Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Daley Corporation; 2007-06-20; PWS07-16ENG
CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL, AND TECHNICAL PROVISIONS FOR WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 BID NO. PWS07-16ENG Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 1 of 275 Pages TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Page Notice Inviting Bids 8 Contractor's Proposal 12 Bid Security Form 26 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 27 Guide for Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form 29 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 31 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 32 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation 33 Bidder's Statement of Re Debarment 34 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 35 Non-Collusion Affidavit to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid 37 Contract Public Works 38 Labor and Materials Bond 44 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 46 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention 48 Revised 11/01706 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 2 of 275 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols 1-1 Terms .................................................................................................................... 51 1-2 Definitions ............................................................................................................ 52 1-3 Abbreviations ....................................................................................................... 56 1-4 Units of Measure .................................................................................................. 60 Section 2 Scope and Control of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract ........................................................................ 62 2-2 Assignment .......................................................................................................... 62 2-3 Subcontracts ........................................................................................................ 62 2-4 Contract Bonds .................................................................................................... 63 2-5 Plans and Specifications ..................................................................................... 64 2-6 Workto be Done .................................................................................................. 68 2-7 Subsurface Data .................................................................................................. 68 2-8 Right-of-Way ........................................................................................................ 68 2-9 Surveying ............................................................................................................. 68 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer ......................................................................... 73 2-11 Inspection ............................................................................................................. 73 2-11 Cross-s ................................................................................................................. 73 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor ............................................................... 74 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency ......................................................................... 74 3-3 Extra Work ........................................................................................................... 75 3-4 Changed Conditions ............................................................................................ 77 3-5 Disputed Work ..................................................................................................... 79 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship ................................................................................ 81 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ................................................. 86 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location ............................................................................................................... 86 5-2 Protection ............................................................................................................. 87 5-3 Removal ............................................................................................................... 88 5-4 Relocation ............................................................................................................ 88 5-5 Delays .................................................................................................................. 89 5-6 Cooperation ......................................................................................................... 89 5-7 Private Utility Service Orders ............................................................................... 91 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work ......................................... 92 6-2 Prosecution of Work ............................................................................................ 96 6-3 Suspension of Work ......................................................................................... ... 98 6-4 Default by Contractor ........................................................................................... 98 6-5 Termination of Contract ....................................................................................... 99 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time ........................................................................... 99 6-7 Time of Completion ............................................................................................. 100 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty .............................................................. 101 6-9 Liquidated Damages ............................................................................................ 101 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction ........................................................... 101 Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 3 of 275 Pages Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 102 7-2 Labor 102 7-3 Liability Insurance 103 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance 103 7-5 Permits 104 7-6 The Contractor's Representative 104 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work 105 7-8 Project Site Maintenance 105 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements 107 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety 108 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties 115 7-12 Advertising 115 7-13 Laws to be Observed 115 7-14 Antitrust Claims 115 Section 8 Facilities for Agency Personnel 8-1 General 116 8-2 Field Office Facilities 117 8-3 Field Laboratories 118 8-4 Bathhouse Facilities 119 8-5 Removal of Facilities 119 8-6 Basis of Payment 119 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 120 9-2 Lump Sum Work 120 9-3 Payment 120 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 4 of 275 Pages TECHNICAL SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2 AND 3 OF THE SSPWC Part 2 Construction Materials Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 Rock Products 125 200-2 Untreated Base Materials 126 Section 201 Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials 201-1 Portland Cement Concrete 127 201-3 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants 129 Section 202 Masonry Material 202-2 Concrete Block 130 202-3 Modular Concrete Retaining Wall 130 Section 203 Bituminous Materials 203-6 Asphalt Concrete 134 203-13 Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealants 135 Section 206 Miscellaneous Metal Items 206-7 Traffic Signs 137 206-8 Light Gage Steel Tubing and Connectors 139 206-9 Portable Changeable Message Sign 141 Section 207 Pipe 207-25 PVC Water Pipe and Appurtenances 142 207-26 Underground Utility Marking Tape 142 Section 209 Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems 209-1 General 143 209-2 Materials and Installation 148 209-3 Controller Assemblies 171 209-4 Traffic Signal Faces and Fittings 172 209-5 Detectors 190 209-6 Lighting 200 209-7 Removing, Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment 213 209-8 Payment 214 Section 210 Paint and Protective Coatings 210-1 Paint 215 210-3 Galvanizing 215 Section 212 Landscape and Irrigation Materials 212-1 Landscape Materials 216 212-2 Irrigation System Materials 219 212-3 Electrical Materials 221 Section 213 Engineering Fabrics 213-2 Geotextiles 222 213-3 Erosion Control Specialties 222 Section 214 Pavement Markers 214-5 Reflective Pavement Markers 223 Section 215 Fencing 215-1 Environmental Fencing 224 Section 217 Storm Drain Inlet Filter Basket 217-1 Inlet Filter Basket 224 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 5 of 275 Pages PARTS Construction Methods Section 300 Earthwork 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing 226 300-2 Unclassified Excavation 227 300-3 Structure Excavation and Backfill 228 300-4 Unclassified Fill 229 300-9 Geotextiles for Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 231 300-11 Stonework for Erosion Control 232 300-12 Rock Slope Protection Fabric 233 300-13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 233 Section 301 Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation and Placement of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation 236 Section 302 Roadway Surfacing 302-4 Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry 237 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement 237 302-11 Asphalt Pavement Repairs and Remediation 239 Section 303 Concrete and Masonry Construction. 303-1 Concrete Structures 241 303-4 Masonry Construction 241 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways 243 303-6 Stamped Concrete 243 303-8 Modular Concrete Retaining Wall 244 303-9 Conrete Barrier-Type 26A Modified 246 Section 304 Metal Fabrication and Construction 304-3 Tubular Hand Railing 247 Section 306 Underground Conduit Construction 306-1 Open Trench Operations 247 306-5 Abandonment of Conduits and Structures 251 Section 307 Street Lighting and Traffic Signals 307-3 Street Lighting Construction 251 307-4 Traffic Signal Construction 251 Section 308 Landscape and Irrigation Installation 308-1 General 251 308-2 Earthwork and Topsoil Placement 252 308-4 Planting 253 308-5 Irrigation System Installation 255 308-6 Maintenance and Plant Establishment 258 308-7 Guarantee 259 308-8 Measurement and Payment 261 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 6 of 275 Pages Section 310 Painting 310-5 Painting Various Surfaces 262 310-7 Permanent Signing 263 Section 312 Pavement Marker Placement and Removal 312-1 Placement 264 Section 313 Temporary Traffic Control Devices 313-1 Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers 264 313-2 Temporary Traffic Signing 265 313-3 Temporary Railing (Type K) and Crash Cushions 265 313-4 Measurement and Payment 267 Appendix A Service Order for Electrical 268 Appendix B Resource Agency Permits 269 Appendix C Notification of Work to be Performed 270 Appendix D Storm Drain Marker 272 Appendix E SWPPP Template 273 Appendix F Right of Entry Forms 274 Appendix G Select Standard Plans 275 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 7 of 275 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS Until 2:00 PM on March 15, 2007, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: The improvements to be constructed for widening Olivenhain Road for 2,010 feet include widening the southern, eastbound, half of Olivenhain Road to a pavement width of 46 feet to provide three eastbound lanes. The work includes widening Rancho Santa Fe Road southerly from Olivenhain Road for 505 feet and associated storm drainage, signing, and striping on both Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road. WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 BID NO. PWS07-16ENG INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. Sections 2 & 3, 2006 Edition all hereinafter designated "SSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 8 of 275 Pages The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly executed including notarization where indicated are: 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $3.385,000. TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: Class A General Engineering license. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 9 of 275 Pages OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, Contract documents and reference documents may be obtained at the Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $75 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. PRE BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. mW Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 10 of 275 Pages ADDENDUMS Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No.2007-015, adopted on the 23rd day of January, 2007. February 2. 2007 Date KApEN R(KJ£JNO7Z, Distant City Clerk Publish Date: February 7, 2007 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 11 of 275 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 OPENED, WITNESSED AND RECORDED: DATE SIGNATURE The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 3860-1 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE "A" SHARED IMPROVEMENTS Item No. Description A-1 Construction Schedule at Twentyfive Thousand Dollars (Lump Sum) A-2 Prepare and Implement SWPPP at Dollars (Lump Sum) A-3 Class "A" Field Office Dollars (Lump Sum) A-4 Traffic Control Dollars (Lump Sum) Revised 11/01/06 1 LS Approximate Quantity Unit and Unit Price $25,000 $ 25.000 Stipulated Amount 1 LS Total $ 25.000 $ Contract No. 3860-1 $ ?>S POP 000 $ Page 12 of 275 Pages Item No. Description A-5 Mobilization at One hundred fifty thousand Dollars (Lump Sum) A-6 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch at Dollars per Square Foot A-7 Crack Seal at Approximate Quantity and Unit Unit Price $150,000 $ 150.000 Stipulated Amount 2000 SF $ 3000 LF $ \.°° Total $ 150.000 $ M 3.000 Dollars per Lineal Foot Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $ SCHEDULE "B" CARLSBAD IMPROVEMENTS (EAST OF STATION 40+10.06) Item No. Description B-1 Temporary AC Pavement at Approximate Quantity and Unit 2,425 SY $ Dollars per Square Yard B-2 Modify Traffic Signal at Olivenhain Road/Rancho Santa Fe Road (Specialty Item) Dollars (Lump Sum) B-3 Traffic Signal at Rancho Santa Fe Road/Old Olivenhain Road (Specialty Item) ~ Revised 11/01/06 1LS 1 LS $ $ Contract No. 3860-1 Unit Price Total $ ooo Page 13 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars (Lump Sum) B-4 Street Lights at SQ/I Dollars (Each) B-5 Temporary Fence at Dollars (Lump Sum) B-7 Clearing and Grubbing in the City of Carlsbad at Dollars (Lump Sum) Approximate Quantity and Unit SEA Dollars per Lineal Foot B-6 Southern Willow Scrub Protection at 1 LS 1 LS Unit Price 500 LF $ 6.OO $ MM,ooD Total $ ^i, Moo $ $ B-8 Unclassified Excavation in the City of Carlsbad (estimated 9,325 CY) at Toco Ai/rveU Dollars (Lump Sum) B-9 AC Pavement Transitions Dollars per Square Foot B-10 Aggregate Base Class 2 1 LS Dollars per Ton B-1 1 Asphalt Concrete 11,080 TON $ 4,810 TON $ 3,250 SF $ 3.00 Dollars per Ton B-12 Emulsion Aggregate Slurry - 10,450 SY $ 2.. OO Type I Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 $ 4SZ. ISO $2.0, Page 14 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars per Square Yard B-13 Adjust Sewer Manhole Approximate Quantity and Unit 11 EA $ Unit Price °° Dollars (Each) B-14 Adjust Handhole 1 EA $ Dollars (Each) B-15 6" Type "G" Curb and Gutter per SDRS G-2 at 'Tit* .» r\. 3,950 LF $oo Dollars per Lineal Foot B-16 Modified 8" Concrete Median Curb and Gutter per plans at 1.320LF $ 2L..°° Dollars per Lineal Foot B-17 Modified 8" Concrete Median 3,390 LF $ -2.2.. oo Curb per plans at Dollars per Lineal Foot B-18 4" PCC Sidewalk per SDRS 12,740 SF $ G-7at Dollars per Square Foot B-19 Pedestrian Access Ramp Type A per SDRS G-27 at 2,328 SF $ Dollars per Square Foot B-20 Pedestrian Access Ramp Type B per SDRS G-27 at 288 SF $ \y . DO Dollars per Square Foot B-21 PCC Cross Gutter at per Revised 1 1/01/06 1.120SF $ \O.oQ Contract No. 3860-1 Total $ $S. $ VXQ, L»OO . TJ& . $ "1H,S8O.OC> $ $ "V \U>8 °° Page 15 of 275 Pages Approximate Item Quantity Unit No. Description and Unit Price Total SDRSG-12andGS9an 10 Dollars per Square Foot B-22 4"Stamped Colored Concrete 18,620SF $ ^y1>O $ L Median Paving at d) ''1'' » Dollars per Square Foot B-23 18"RCP(2000-D)at 517LF $ \ ~b&. $_ Dollars per Lineal Foot B-24 5' Type "A" Curb Inlet per 1 EA $ "ftOOO . $ % OOP. SDRS D-1 at , Dollars Each B-25 5'Type "B" Curb Inlet per SEA $ <S<^GO. $ SDRS D-2 at . 1 £; Dollars Each B-26 6' Type "B" Curb Inlet per 1 EA $ 3°tOO . $ S°tOO . SDRS D-2 at Dollars Each B-27 9' Type "J" Median Curb Inlet 1 EA $ LoHOQ. $ UHO Q • per SDRS D-45 at Dollars Each B-28 Type "A" Curb Outlet per 1 EA $ ^MSQ- $ SDRS D-25 at O So^»^O^ Dollars Each B-29 Pipe Collar per SDRS DS-5 1 EA $ at Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 16 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars Each B-30 Foundation Stabilization at Dollars per Cubic Yard B-31 Retaining Wall N&3 at Approximate Quantity and Unit Dollars per Square Foot Unit Price 150CY $ \DO . 860 SF $ Total $ IS. OOP. $. B-32 Retaining Wall No 4 at Dollars per Square Foot B-33 Concrete Barrier - Type 26A Modified at Dollars per Lineal Foot B-35 Pedestrian Protective Railing per SDRS Mf-24 a£ .e Dollars per Lineal Foot B-36 Traffic Striping and Pavement Marking (Specialty Item) at , > e> KO <f* o*' Dollars (Lump Sum) ffi • B-37 Traffic Signs at ' T K.OO 1600SF $ LS LS 196LF $V2^b Dollars per Lineal Foot B-34 Tubular Hand Railing per plan 196LF $ at 300 LF $ \ $ $ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 $ $ $ $ $ Page 17 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars (Lump Sum) B-38 Pavement Markers (Specialty Item) at ex»^ cS "Tk r-fc^ Dollars (Lump Sum) B-39 1 2° PVC Water Pipeline and Appurtenances at Approximate Quantity and Unit Dollars (Lump Sum) B-40 Landscaping and Irrigation in the City of Carlsbad Complete In Place (Specialty Item) at Dollars (Lump Sum) LS LS LS $ Unit Price Total $ $ •7>1.ooO. 6 00 Total amount of lajd in words for Schedule "B": Twt>?*i>-^~ A>/ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "B": $. tO SCHEDULE "C" ENCINITAS IMPROVEMENTS (WEST OF STATION 40+10.06) Item No. Description C-1 Temporary AC Pavement at Approximate Quantity and Unit 771 SY $ Unit Price S'b.OO Total Dollars per Square Yard C-2 Access to 1877 Olivenhain Road/Alternative Access Revised 11/01/06 1LS $ M.Soo. Contract No. 3860-1 Page 18 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars (Lump Sum) C-3 Street Lights at Dollars (Lump Sum) C-5 Unclassified Excavation in the City of Encinitas (estimated 450 CY) at f\iiv »>-• Dollars (Lump Sum) C-6 Aggregate Base Class 2 Dollars per Ton C-7 Asphalt Concrete V Approximate Quantity and Unit Unit Price 1 EA $ 4?>00. Dollars (Each) C-4 Clearing and Grubbing in the City of Encinitas at 'T.S^r Con f LS $ 2.H.QOQ. LS 1,440 TON $ Dollars per Square Yard 560 TON $ Dollars per Ton C-8 Emulsion Aggregate Slurry - 1,420 SY $_ Type 1 Total $ $ 2.H. OOP $ iM.qoo. $ 3U. 000. $ 2., 8 HO. C-9 6" Type "G" Curb and Gutter per SDRS G-2 at Dollars per Lineal Foot C-10 Modified 8" Concrete Median Curb and Gutter per plans at f c, 710 O • _ Revised 11/01/06 837 LF $ 45 LF Contract No. 3860-1 $ 2S, $ \fMMD. Page 19 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars per Lineal Foot Approximate Quantity and Unit Unit Price Total C-11 Modified 8" Concrete Median 69 LF $ 2."2..oo Curb per plans at Dollars per Lineal Foot C-12 4" PCC Sidewalk per SDRS G-7at f Dollars per Square Foot C-13 _JL;U2/" PCC Driveway Dollars per Cubic Yard C-14 Pedestrian Access Type A per SDRS G-27 Ramp at 1.970SF $ 64 CY $ 238 SF $ $ $ 2.1, \Zo. $ V. Dollars per Square Foot C-15 PCC Cross Gutter at per SDRSG-12andGS9an 10 Dollars per Square Foot C-1 7 18" RCP (2000D) at Dollars per Lineal Foot C-1 8 24" RCP (2000-Di at Dollars per Lineal Foot C-19 30" RCP (2000-D) at Revised 11/01/06 165 SF $ Dollars per Square Foot C-16 4" Stamped Colored Concrete 631 SF $_ Median Paving at 16 LF $ \U2.. 214 LF $ \ 45. 38 LF $ Contract No. 3860-1 $ 2.UMO. $ $ $ Page 20 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Dollars per Lineal Foot C-20 36" RCP (2000-D) at Dollars per Lineal Foot Approximate Quantity and Unit 128 LF $ Unit Price Total $ C-21 5' Type "B" Curb Inlet per SDRS D-2 at (JJ itA<. Dollars Each C-22 Storm Drain Cleanout Type "A4" per SDRS D-9 at, Dollars Each C-23 Curb Inlet Filter Basket at Dollars Each C-24 Wing Headwall per SDRS D-34 at CJ Dollars Each C-25 Rip Rap Energy Dissipator per SDRS D-40 at Dollars Each C-26 Pipe Collar per SDRS DS-5 at hur\ ar- Dollars Each C-27 Foundation Stabilization at 2EA $ 2EA $ 1 EA 1 EA SEA $ U $ 150CY $ \ Dollars per Cubic Yard C-28 Retaining Wall No 1-Modular 5,230 SF $_ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 2EA $ \ 2>f O $ $ $ SOQQ. $ $OOO Page 21 of 275 Pages Item No. Description Concrete Retaining Wall (Specialty Item) at Approximate Quantity and Unit Dollars per Square Foot C-29 Retaining Wall No 2 at 'M'^A-'l \—J Dollars per Square Foot Unit Price 200 SF $ °IO Total $ I? .000 C-30 Sound Wall at 1.741SF $ MS.00 $ Dollars per Square Foot C-31 Chain Link Fence per SDRS M-6 S.V d Dollars per Lineal Foot C-32 Traffic Striping and Pavement Marking at Dollars (Lump Sum) 185 LF $ LS $ \-\,ooo, $ $ t "i. C-33 Traffic Signs at P Dollars (Lump Sum) C-34 Pavement Markers at Dollars (Lump Sum C-35 Landscaping and Irrigation in the City of Encinitas Complete In Place (Specialty Item) at LS LS LS $ $ $ 3-QjQQO $ $SO $ DO/OOP, Dollars (Lump Sum) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "C": Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 22 of 275 Pages * Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule UC": $ ")o2. Total amount of bid in words including Schedule "A", Schedule "B" and Schedule "C": J:<. Total amount of bid in numbers including Schedule "A", Schedule "B" and Schedule "C": $ \ The basis of award will be the sum of Schedule "A", "B" and "C". Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). _ O _ has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity oi^oontractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number _ JWWwO _ , classification A _ which expires on _ g - 31 - <2_OC& and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028. 15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is _ BlUUbR'S BOND _ (Gash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Cheik) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in mW Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 23 of 275 Pages License Detail Page 1 of2 California Home Thursday, March 15, 2007 License Detail Contractor License # 749995 CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD DISCLAIMER A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license data base. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the following limitations: • CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6). If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain complaint and/or legal action information. . Per B&P 7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. • Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. . Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's license data base. Extract Date: 03/15/2007 * * * Business Information * * * NICHOLAS GRANT CORPORATION DBA DALEY CORPORATION 5370 EASTGATE MALL SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 Business Phone Number: (858) 642-7500 Entity: Corporation Issue Date: 05/28/1998 Expire Date: 05/31/2008 * * * License Status * * * This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed. * * * Classifications * * * Class \ Description [ jA [GENERAL ENGINEERINGiCONTRACTOR I * * * Bonding Information * * * CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number SU5009991 in the amount of $12,500 with the bonding company ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY. Effective Date: 01/01/2007 Contractor's Bonding History BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(I): This license filed Bond of Qualifying Individual number SU5021847 for JOHN HOWARD DALEY JR in the amount of $12,500 with the bonding company ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY. Effective Date: 01/01/2007 BQI's Bonding History * * * Workers Compensation Information * * * http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/License+Detail.asp 03/15/200' License Detail Page 2 of 2 This license has workers compensation insurance with the VIRGINIA SURETY COMPANY. INC. Policy Number: ICW50084603 Effective Date: 04/01/2006 Expire Date: 04/01/2007 Workers Compensation History * * * Miscellaneous Information * * * I Date \ Description i 05/1271999 [CLASS B REMOVED Personnel listed on this license (current or disassociated) are listed on other licenses. Personnel List Other Licenses License Number Contractor Name Personnel Name Request Request Request Salesperson Request © 2006 State of California. Conditions of Use Privacy Policy http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/License+Detail.asp 03/15/2001 accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. N|RA SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Nahne under which business is conducted (2) Signatur^giyen and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Busing City and State. (4) Zip Code Ny Telephone No. (5) E-Mail (Street and Number) IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted. (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business City and State (4) Zip Code (5) E-Mail (Street and Number) . Telephone No. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 24 of 275 Pages IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted Daley Corporation (Signature) JOHN H. DALEY; JR., PRESIDENT (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here FAX8M44242S9 (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of CALIFORNIA (4) Place of Business 6370 .EASTGAT.EMALL SAN UltUU, W\ a<9»fefet and NumbeTT City and State (5) Zip Code S2.13-I Telephone No. MB-ffl-7§QQ (6) E-Mail jdateyjr@daloycorp.com «^CcAav\clK2A^UYC<w-p. c NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Daley corporation JOHN DALEY CU«IDU»U AC or\*onit*en JOHN H DALEY JR. MARK THUNDER, PE PRESIDENT/CFO 5I&KE: 1 AKT/I K&A5UKCK EXEC. VICE PRESIDENT Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 25 of 275 Pages BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, , as Principal, and , as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above- bounden Principal for: WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 27 of 275 Pages In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this. PRINCIPAL: day of._,20_ (name of Principal) By: (sign here) (print name here) (Title and Organization of Signatory) By: (sign here) (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this of , 20_ SURETY. (name of Surety) (address of Surety) (telephone number of Surety) By: (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) day (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 28 of 275 Pages Bond No. SU5001450 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, Dalev Corporation as Principal, and Arch Insurance Company as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto City of Carlsbad as Owner, in the penal sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid DOLLARS (10% ) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns. Signed, this 14th day of March ,_2QQ7_. The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to City of Carlsbada certain BID, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing for the Widening of Olivenhain road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 - Bid No. PWS07-16ENG NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said BID shall be rejected, or (b) If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said BID) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful perform- ance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID. Then this obligation, shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the panel amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and Its BOND shall be in no way be impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such BID; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper offices, the day and year fj»t-»«l forth abo> Dale<Corporatlorr „ •» / By=\ JT /Jl L^^J^ ^ (L.S.) JOfiN H. JanlfnaA/lonroe Attorney-in-Fact IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to trans- act business in the state where the project is located. CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of SAN DIEGO On personally ss. before me,MYRNA E. ALVAREZ Date appeared Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe. Notary Public") JOHN H. DALEY, JR. Name(s) of Signerfs) -intentionally left blank- MYRNA E.ALVAREZ CommlHton * 1607549 Notary Public - CaUfomta San 01*90 County MyConrmCxp*e«Sep 1S.2009 Place Notary Seal Above K personally known to me D proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. 8 . OPTIONAL Signature of Notary Bublic \ Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date:Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: _ D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): _ D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: _ RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2004 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toil-Free 1-800-876-6827 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT \ I V State of.California County of Orange 4 2007 . before me,Paris Shahabi/ Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe. Notary PublicT personally appeared Janina Monroe Names) of Signers) personally known to me - OR - D proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within Instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature® on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. PARIS SHAHABI Commission #1572409 Notary Public - California Orange County My Comm. Expires Apr 24,2009 WITNESS my hand and official seal Signature of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date:Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:. Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name:Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer D Title(s): D Partner — D Limited CD General EB Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: D Individual D Corporate Officer D Title(s): RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here BD-1133 9/97 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know AD Men By These Presents: at the Arch Insurance Company, a corporation organized and exisfmg under the laws of the State of Missouri, having its ipal office in Kansas City, Missouri (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") does hereby appoint Victoria M. Campbell, Thomas G. McCall and Janina Monroe of Irvine, CA (EACH) Christine Marotta of Chicago, IL its true and lawful Attomey{s}-m-Fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver from the date of issuance of this power for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: Any and all bonds and undertakings EXCEPTION: NO AUTHORITY is granted to make, execute, seal and deliver bonds or undertakings that guarantee the payment or collection of any promissory note, check, draft or letter of credit This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds in order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth herein. The Company may revoke- this appointment at any time. The execution of such bonds and undertakings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office in Kansas ' is Power of Attorney is executed by authority of resolutions adopted by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of Company on March 3, 2003, true and accurate copies of which are hereinafter set forth and are hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary as being in full force and effect 'VOTED, That the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, or the Secretary shall have the power and authority to appoint agents and attomeys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings, obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officers of the Company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 3,2003: VOTED, That the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, and the signature of the Secretary, the seal of the Company, and certifications by the Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney or bond executed pursuant to the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on March 3. 2003, and any such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company. 50ML0013000303 Page 1 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. In Testimony Whereof, ths Company has caused this Jr.strurr.ep.t to be signed and its corp>orate seal to be affixed by their authorized officers, this 4th day of April , 20 £H> - Arch Insurance Company Attested and Certified Martin J. Nilser^Secretary STATE OF NEW YORK SS COUNTY OF NEW YORK SS Edward M. TttusyvTce President I Peter J. Calleo, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that Edward M. Titus and Martin J. Nilsen personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Vice President and Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free apd^voluntary act ofjaid corporation and as their own free and voluntary acts for the uses and purposes therein set forth. PETER J- CALLEO, ESQ.Notary Public, State of New York No. 02CA6100336 r— M****. . ^,Qrilffied in New York County pe^T J^"|"^I Notary-public commission Expires May 3,2008 My commissW expires 5-03-2008 CERTIFICATION I. Martin J. Nflsen. Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated on behalf of the person(s) as listed above is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said Edward M. Titus, who executed the Power of Attorney as Vice President was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company. FN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed rrty name and Company on this day of MAR 1 4 ?fl07. 20 . of the Arch Insurance Martin J. NilseH. Secretaryr This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. PLEASE SEND ALL CLAIM INQUIRIES RELATING TO THIS BOND TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: Arch Contractors & Developers Group 135 N. Rofcrfes Ave., Ste. 825 Pasadena, CA 91101 OOML0013000303 Page 2 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. Company Profile Page 1 of 2 Company Profile ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY ONE LIBERTY PLAZA, 53RD FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10006 ' 800-821-5546 Former Names for Company Old Name: FIRST AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY DBA AMERICAN FIRST INSURANCE COMPANY Effective Date: 11 -06-2002 Old Name: FIRST AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY Effective Date: 01-05-1987 Agent for Service of Process JERE KEPRIOS, C/O CT CORPORATION SYSTEM 818 WEST SEVENTH STREET, 2ND FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 90017 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC#: 11150 NAIC Group*: 1279 California Company ID #: 3005-6 Date authorized in California: July 19, 1985 License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL Company Type: Property & Casualty State of Domicile: MISSOURI Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the glossary. AIRCRAFT AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY COMMON CARRIER LIABILITY DISABILITY FIRE LIABILITY MARINE SURETY TEAM AND VEHICLE WORKERS' COMPENSATION Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_pr... 03/15/2007 Company Profile Page 2 of 2 Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised - January 17, 2007 12:57 PM Copyright © California Department of Insurance http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_pr... 03/15/200" BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) JDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANG HO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 (NOTE: The followingNorm shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is^a "Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF CARLSBAD, in the sum of. . dollars ($_J, this amount being ten percent (10%) of the tot^l amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and thesundersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payftjent Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the ttndersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for tt*e opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract toNyiother bidder. BIDDER * Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 26 of 275 Pages GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor- installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 29 of 275 Pages Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 30 of 275 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business Subcontractor's License No. and Classification* Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* 0 \/M\ ^ Page.pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." V Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 31 of 275 Pages I '• I I I I DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business Subcontractor's License No, and Classification* Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* C_c> *»*»iA fc .S.T -bfe Lelt-e-9 B'l*eJ~rl,^, fJ Co /ft**. Page.pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 31 of 275 Pages 03/16/2007 FRI 10:28 FAX g]001 DALEY CORPORATION General Engineering Contractors - License # 749995 5370 Eastgate Mali, San Diego CA 92121-2804 858-642-7500 FAX 858-642-9269 FAX To: City of Carlsbad FROM: Daley/ Sandra Valero at ext. 114 Attn: Engineering/Kevin Davis Date: 03/16/07 PHONE: (760) 602-2430 Pages: 1 FAX: (760) 602-8562 RE: Widening of Olivenhain Road Urgent For Review DPlease Comment Please Reply •Comment Kevin, Here are the Contractor License numbers for 3 of our Subcontractors that we listed on the above referenced project. T C CONSTRUCTION 402459 THE JASPER COMPANIES 528767 P&D CONSULTANTS 810514 THANK YOU Construction Estimating Support Contract Compliance If problems occur with transmission please contact Sandra Valero at (858) 642-7500 Ext. 114 03/16/2007 FRI 11:56 FAX Hooi DALEY CORPORATION General Engineering Contractors - License # 749995 5370 Eastgate Mall, San Diego CA 92121-2804 858-642-7500 FAX 858-642-9269 FAX Tos City of Carlsbad FROM: Daley/ Sandra Valero at ext 114 Attn: Engineering/Kevin Davis Dates 03/16/07 PHONE: (760) 602-2430 Pages: 2 FAX: (760) 602-8562 REi Widening of Olivenhain Road D Urgent D For Review nPlease Comment D Please Reply •Comment Kevin, Please see attach. Thank you, Construction Estimating Support Contract Compliance If problems occur with transmission please contact Sandra Valero at (858) 642-7500 Ext. 114 03/16/2007 FRI 11:57 FA1 Subcontractor Information ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^B Company Name | Masson &. Associates, Inc. Location Contact Escondido, CA Phone 760-741-3570 Minority Item and Task Prices Description RFQ Group: Survey Surveying Quantity UM Unit Price Total Price 1.00 LS $37,821-00 $37,821.00 Total Quoted Price: Plug Total For Items Not Quoted: Adjustments! Total Adjusted Price: $37,821.00 $0.00 $0.00 $37,821.00 RFQ Notes: • Please be sure that you have a current insurance certification on file with us at all times • II is understood that you have obtained a copy of the plans and specs for this project and that your prices reflect any and all incidental work Items. 3/16/2007 9:25:12 AM 07-040 Widening Olivsnhain & Raicho Santa Fe Rd Page 7 of 12 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of Work rg-fKry 'hirraui ^urrxt «£JGJO.^ Subcontractor Name and Location of Business Subcontractor's License No. and Classification* *$> * Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* r \ Page pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 31 of 275 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Contract Completed Name and Address of the Employer PUct^« <v* Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract x. aJHcR-cUfJl £1 Type of Work l«j(- • Amount of Contract Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 32 of 275 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE - DALEY CORPORATION DATE NAME & Amount CONTRACT PHONE NUMBER of COMPLETED NAME OF OWNER OF CONTACT NAME/TYPE OF WORK Contract 11/06 10'05 7'05 5'05 11/05 10'06 12/06 6'05 8'05 6'05 11 '05 12'04 8'05 5'05 12'04 11'05 3'06 2'05 1'05 12'05 9'03 6'03 12'02 * 1'02 San Diego Airport Authority McMillin Land Development McMillin Land Development UCSD Caltrans(1 1-274604) Caltransd 1-241 184) County of San Diego San Diego Unified School District County of San Diego Ramona Unified School District City of San Diego City of El Cajon Eastlake Company UCSD City of El Cajon Caltrans(1 1-228904) SDG&E Eastlake Company Eastlake Company City of San Diego (Sverdrup Civil) CA Real Estate Counseling City of Chula Vista City of Vista La Jolla High School Facilities Expansion Foundation Iraj Ghaemi (619)400-2597 Rob Fitzgerald 619.336.3629 Rob Fitzgerald 619.336.3629 Anka Fabian 858.534.3813 Greg McClendon 760 594-30021 Rene Figueroa 619.588.9069 Heidi Holmes 858.694.3834 Doug Jacobson 619.571.2684 Heidi Holmes 858.694.3834 Eric Thomson 760.787.5894 Mike Arnold 619.533.3754 Gary Scott 619.441-1653 Curt Smith 619.421.0127 Anka Fabian 858.534.3813 Gary Scott 619.441-1653 Hassan Sawaged 619.220.7333 Steve Reese 619.696.2605 Curt Smith 619.421.0127 Curt Smith 619.421.0127 Bill Zondorak 619.234.2333 Robert Williams 858.592.0220 Marty Phillips 619.691.5033 Tim Shell 760.726.1340 Jack McGrory 858.551.2302 Resurface Runway 09-27 San Diego Lindbergh Airport McMillin Otay Ranch Birch Parkway Onsite, Ph. 1 Magdalena Avenue, Ph. 3 Cancer Research Parking Lot Rte 78 Near Julian Emergency Slope Repair & Restoration Overlay w/Slurry & Rubberized AC - Poway/Santee Mission Road Improvements Fallbrook, CA Kroc Middle School Asphalt Concrete Resurfacing Road Maintenance Div. 1 & 2 Elementary School #8 Boundary Avenue Via De La Valle Bikeway Murray Dr. Improvements Otay Lakes Rd. Improvements UCSD Science Parking Resurfacing Project #56 Ramp Rehab. I-5 Structural Concrete, Spill Containment Eastlake Vistas, Ph. 1 & 2 Surface Impr. & New Development Eastlake Woods, Surface Improve. & New Development San Diego Ball Park Surfacing, Electrical & Landscape Improvement Williams Ranch Olympic Parkway, Phase 3 Surface Street Improvements 2002 Asphalt Rehab. Project Fay Avenue Realignment 2,359,592 1,221,374 118,998 236,834 3,672,809 2,900,263 3,928,320 534,522 2,698,150 1,463,722 785,512 490,912 493,238 1 ,646,483 824,088 1,685,843 $2,352,661 4,797,208 4,321,469 3,185,514 1,101,366 1,084,769 764,702 2,187,282 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE - DALEY CORPORATION DATE NAME & Amount CONTRACT PHONE NUMBER of COMPLETED NAME OF OWNER OF CONTACT NAME/TYPE OF WORK Contract 9'02 1'03 11 '02 5'03 3'01 12'02 1'02 City of Imperial Beach County of San Diego City of Carlsbad Caltrans(11-241114) City of Chula Vista City of San Diego J.A. Jones Management Services Larry Martin 619.582.4992 Peter Bonnello, P.E. 714.835.4447 Dale Schuck 760.602-2780 John Williamson 619.778-6288 Marty Phillips 619.691.5033 Gene Matter 619.527.3463 Tim Cox & Shaun Conner 760.804.7777 Road Improvements Ramona Airport Runway Exten. Carlsbad 2000/01 Pavement Overlay Coronado Overlay Pavement Rehab. Program Group R-4 Street Resurfacing 87,335 tons AC Repair Runway, Marine Corps Air Station Camp Pendleton, 28,000 tons AC 473,335 5,278,303 1 ,855,956 594,278 5,472,000 5,779,804 2,859,200 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: 1. D Comprehensive General Liability D Automobile Liability D Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 33 of 275 Pages ACOR&. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 04/01/2008 PRODUCER , , . _ . , , ~ , i . ,Lockton Companies, LLC-L Los Angeles 725 S. Figueroa Street, 35th Fl. ^A CA License #OF1 5767 ^^ Los Angeles CA 9001 7 (213)689-0065 INSURED m9fi/ifii Daley Corporation Attn: Gary Sunday, Risk Manager 5370 Eastgate Mall San Diego CA 921 21 i DATE (MM/DD/YY) 05/29/2007 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A : Old Republic General Insurance Corp INSURERS: National Union Fire Ins. Co. of PA INSURER C: INSURER D : INSURER E : COVERAGES DALCO04 P4 THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S). AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR A A 4 B A TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY | CLAIMS MADE 1 X j OCCUR Contractual Liab. GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY 1 X | JECT 1 ! LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X X X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS Comp. Ded. $ 1,000 Coll. Ded. $ 1,000 GARAGE LIABILITY EXC x] ANY AUTO ESS LIABILITY OCCUR | 1 CLAIMS MADE 1 y 1 UMBRELLA DEDUCTIBLE LiJ FORM RETENTION S WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OTHER POLICY NUMBER A1CG37800705 A1CA37800705 NOT APPLICABLE BE7227633 A1CW37800704 POLICY EFFECTIVEDATE (MM/DD/YY) 05/15/2007 05/15/2007 05/15/2007 04/01/2007 POLICY EXPIRATIONDATE (MM/DD/YY) 05/15/2008 05/15/2008 05/15/2008 04/01/2008 LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT(Ea accident) BODILY INJURY(Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AQG EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE v IWCSTATU- OTH-A ITORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 $ 100,000 $ 5,000 $ 1,000,000 s 2,000.000 s 2,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ 5,000,000 $ 5,000,000 $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ xxxxxxx $ 1,000,000 s 1,000.000 $ 1,000,000 RE: Project No. PWS07 - 16ENG, Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road. Daley Corporation Job No. 1286. City of Carlsbad is an Additional Insured to the extent provided by the endorsement issued or approved by the insurance company. CERTIFICATE HOLDER x ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: CANCELLATION [M8569l| 2875335 City of Carlsbad Attn: Kevin Davis • 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad CA 92008 i SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE •> jf? -£*x&; ^* -^mftvsZ&gaK, ^.^-jit*** ACORD 25-S (7/97)For questions regarding this certificate, contact the number listed in the 'Producer1 section above and specify the client code 'DALCO ~© /ffORD CORPORATION 1988 Policy Number: A1CG37800705 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations Or Organization(s): WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declaration. A. Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injruy", "property damage" or "personal and advertsing injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: The insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occuring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG 20 10 07 04 (c) ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 1 ^ertiiCertificate ID: 2875335 Misc Attachment: M85691 BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Daley Corporation here) JOHN H. DALEY, JR., PRESIDENT (print name/title) Page.of . pages of this Re Debarment form Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 34 of 275 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the VVprR ever been stayed? yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 35 of 275 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. tO/A (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: Datey Corporation (name"~o:nContractor) X" ^ By: (sign here) JOHN H. DALEY JR.. PRESIDENT (print name/title) Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 36 of 275 Pages NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 State of California County of SAN DIEGO ) SWE ID # 40-0208-7 j ss FEDERAL ID #334)803450 JOHN H.DALEY JR. (Name of Bidder) _, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of PRESIDENT (Title) Datoy Corporation (Name of Firm) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penaltyof perjury that the fo executed on the /?7o/7 day of oing is true and correct and that this affidavit was / 2- __ 2QQ7 . Signature of Bidder if Subscribed and sworn to before me on the / oiir^day of ., 200?. (NOTAR r MYRNA E. ALVMliZ Commission * 1407949 Notary Puttte-( San Diego County My Comm. ExptaMtap It, 2009 Signature of Notary Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 37 of 275 Pages CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this ^OG ^ day of /^rust-A- _ , 20Q2., by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a mur$ipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and _ DALEY CORPORATION _ whose principal place of business is _ 5370 EAST GATE MALL SAN DIEGO CA 92121 _ (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for: WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD ICONTRACT NO. 3860-1 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and Experience, Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 38 of 275 Pages 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 39 of 275 Pages 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hdd harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 40 of 275 Pages b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. oRevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 41 of 275 Pages (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above/'—\~5r inrS-J-My init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 42 of 275 Pages 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: Daley Corporation corporation of JOHNIH. DALEY. JR., PRSIDENT LORRAINE fa. WOOD (sign here) JOHN H. DALEY, JR., SECRETARY (print name and title) President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney ^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 43 of 275 Pages NICHOLAS GRANT CORPORATION dba DALEY CORPORATION a California Corporation CORPORATE RESOLUTION The Board of Directors of Daley Corporation hereby declares and grants full authority to John H. Daley, Jr. to conduct business with the City of Carlsbad on behalf of Daley Corporation as its president. Furthermore, the Board of Directors of Daley Corporation certifies and declares that John H. Daley, Jr., as President and Secretary, is the authorized signer on all business transactions, on behalf of the corporation. IT IS THEREFORE RESOLVED, all of the officers of the Corporation hereby affirmed, ratified and approved the above referenced certification and declaration John H. Daley, Jr. lark Thunder NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California CA County of San Diego On May 11,2007 3 before me; Myrna E. Alvarez. personally appeared John H. Daley. Sr,, John H. Daley, Jr. and Mark Thunder, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the oerson(s)_whose name(s) is/aje subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies'> and that by his/her/their signatures on the instrument the person(s), or entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted and executed the instrument. Notary Public My Commission expires on September 18,2009 MYRNA E.ALVAREZ ComrnMon # 1607549 Notary PutXc - CoMfomki \ Son Otogo County f My Cornm. fxpnt 8«p 18.2009^ Bond No. SU5023290 Premium: Included in cost of performance bond. LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2007-117. adopted May 15. 2007 has awarded to DALEY CORPORATION (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, DALEY CORPORATION , as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Arch insurance Company as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of Three Million Nine Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Four Dollars and Sixty Cents ($3,934,864.60), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 44 of 275 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this day of flA*Y 20Q1. CONTRACTOR: Daley Corporation Executed by SURETY this. May 24th day of .,20 07 . JOHN H. DALEY JR. (print name here) PRESIDENT SURETY: Arch Insurance Company (name of Surety) 135 N. Los Robles Ave., #825 Pasadena/ CA 91101 (address of Surety) (949) 25^-4400 r of Surety) JOHN H. DALEY JR. (print name here) SECRETARY (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) nina Monroe (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (title and organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney Depi W Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 45 of 275 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of SAN DIEGO On before me, personally Date appeared ss. MYRNA E. ALVAREZ Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") JOHN H. DALEY, JR. Name(s) of Signer(s) Commission # 1607549 Notary Public -California ^ Diego County 8,2009 personally known to me D proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS my hand and official seal. OPTIONAL V Signature of Notary Public Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date:Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee CD Guardian or Conservator D Other: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer Is Representing: ©2004 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT MJJ State of California n County of Orange yl On MAR 2 4 2007 before me. Paris Shahabi, Notary Public \ i Name and Title of Officer (e.g.. -Jane Doe. Notary PublicT V personally appeared Janina Monroe 8; \\ S personally known to me - OR - LJ prov | y J^^5«». Commission* 1572409 """ '\ •\. Names) of Signer(s) ^ ed to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) (\ whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within Instrument j^ and acknowledged to me that he/sheAhey executed the ij same in his/her/their authorized capacity (ies), and that by <y his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), J^ or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, \\ executed the instrument. {\\\ WITNESS my hand and official seal *\ Signature of Notary Public <-»OTPI/MVf>ll '\ N Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent j | K i fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. \ \ U I* A Description of Attached Document |! i ''1 V i Title or Type of Document: i V V Document Date: irv^l Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: V Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) siJ1 Signer's Name: ^ D Individual J D Corporate Officer i DTitlefe): ^ D Partner — D Limited D General J SI Attorney-in-Fact V D Trustee V D Guardian or Conservator |jj|Hffi| 1} D Other: TOP of « ill (1 Signer Is Representing:i Number of Pages: Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer D Titlefs): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee lrMi-(ilill Q Guardian or Conservator piitS^fl dumb here D Other: Top of thumb Signer Is Representing: iW ' IV l\o 1 y 1 1 I I1 I1 I1 l' 1 ' 1 1 'j 1 ^ffl j, here Ji t BD-1133 9/97 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know AB Men By These Presents: That the Arch Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, having its principal office in Kansas City, Missouri (hereinafter referred to as tha "Company) doesliereby appoint Victoria M. Campbell, Thomas G. McCall and Janina Monroe of Irvine, CA (EACH) Christine Marotta of Chicago, IL its true and lawful Attorney{s}-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver from the date of issuance of this power for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed Any and all bonds and undertakings EXCEPTION: NO AUTHORITY is granted to make, execute, seal and deliver bonds or undertakings that guarantee the payment or collection of any promissory note, check, draft or letter of credit This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds in order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth' herein. The Company may revoke this appointment at any time. The execution of such bonds and undertakings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Company as fully and amply to ad intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at Its principal office in Kansas ' ' Sfiws. r This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of resolutions adopted by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 3, 2003, true and accurate copies of which are hereinafter set forth and are hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary as being in full force and effect "VOTED, That the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, or the Secretary shall have the power and authority to appoint agents and attomeys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings, obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officers of the Company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 3, 2003: VOTED, That the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vfce President, or their appointees designated In writing and filed with the Secretary, and the signature of the Secretary, the seal of the Company, and certifications by the Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney or bond executed pursuant to the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on March 3, 2003, and any such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company. OOML0013000303 Page 1 of2 Printed in U.S.A. In Testimony Whereof, ths Company has caused this instrument to be signed and Its corporate seal to be affixed by their authorized officers, fhfs J*L___day of April , 20 «? . Arch Insurance Company Attested and Certified Martin J. Nilser^Secrefary STATE OF NEW YORK SS COUNTY OF NEW YORK SS Edward ML Tfas/fice President I Peter J. Calleo, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that Edward M. Titus and Martin J. NBsen personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Vice President and Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, subscribed to the foregoing instrument appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duty authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act ofjaid corporation and as their own free and voluntary acts for the uses and purposes therein set forth. { }f\ & /-, CALLED,ESO. . \J[ U l\ f /Notary PufaUb; State of New Yotfc CERTIFICATION New York County Commission Expires May 3. 2008 My commii Notary-Public ^ i expires 5-03-2008 I. Martin J. Nilsen. Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated on behalf of the person(s) as listed above is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on (he date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said Edward M. Titus, who executed the Power of Attorney as Vice President was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and Company on this day of ^AR 2 4 2QQ7.20 of the Arch Insurance This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. PLEASE SEND ALL CLAIM INQUIRIES RELATING TO THIS BOND TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: Arch Contractors & Developers Group 135 N. Robles Ave., Ste. 825 Pasadena, CA 91101 OOML0013000393 Page 2 of2 Printed in U.S.A. Bond No. SU5023290 Premium: $59,023.00 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2007-117. adopted May 15..2007 has awarded to DALEY CORPORATION (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE DALEY CORPORATION , as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Arch Insurance Company as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of Three Million Nine Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Four Dollars and Sixty Cents ($3,934,864.60), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. mf Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 46 of 275 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this day of Kl/lowf CONTRACTOR: Daley Corporation By: (name of Contractor) (sign here) JOHN H.DALEY JR. (print name here) PRESIDENT (sign here) JOHN H. DALEY JR. (print name here) SECRETARY 24th . day ofExecuted by SURETY this , _ May _ .20 07 SURETY: Arch Insurance Company (name of Surety) 135 N. Los Robles Ave. , #825 Pasadena, CA 91101 _ (address of Surety) (949) 252-4400 number of Surety) (Title and Organization of Signatory) iture of Attorney-in-Fact) JaniVta Monroe (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Title and Organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: Deputy City Attorney Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 47 of 275 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of SAN DIEGO ' Date personally appeared before me, ss. MYRNA E. ALVAREZ Name and Title of Officer (e.g.. "Jane Doe, Notary Public") JOHN H. DALEY, JR. Name(s) of Signerfs) ALVAREZ Commission # 1607549 Notary Public - California San Diego County My Comm. Expires Sepia ; personally known to me D proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS my hand and official seal. OPTIONAL Signature of Notary Public Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date:. Number of Pages:. Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: _ D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): _ D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: _ RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing:. RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2004 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT M S State of California n Countv of Orange y! On HAR 9 4 ?nfl7 before me- Paris Shahabi, Notary Public V 1 Name and Title of Officer (e.g.. Mane Doe. Notary PublicT V personally appeared Janina Monroe J ^i H personally known to me — OR — LJ prov Ni ' j^^ju&&. Commission* 1572409 N! : v*£w"iy Otange CountyV N3al0^ My Cccrm Expires Ap( 24, 2009 1'S'S. !Ji Names) of Signer(s) \ I 3d to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) (\ whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within Instrument |> and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the *\ same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by (\ his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), jJ or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, \\ executed the instrument. \ i WITNESS my hand and official seal ^ ^ ^zZ^2^^~~p{-&*^£' {\ Signature of Notary Public r\n-rir\*iAi 'X(\\ > Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent J j ^ fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. \ \ tf Description of Attached Document \\ i !1 S Title or Type of Document: iV V Document Date: y Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: y Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) J Signer's Name: y D Individual J D Corporate Officer j DTitle(s): 5 D Partner — D Limited D General ^ H Attorney-in-Fact J D Trustee { D Guardian or Conservator liliiiffilj iJ D Other: Topoitti y j Signer Is Representing: Number of Pages: Sianer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer D Title(s): D Partner — Q Limited D General D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee ^JUttfill D Guardian or Conservator liliiiffitl umb here D Other: TOD of tt Signer Is Representing: i IV\\v I* 0iyi\ i1 i1 i1 i1 i1 i1 \ IBB !^ iumb here i i 1 NL^ ^ BD-11339/97 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know AH Men By These Presents: That the Arch Insurance Company, a corporation organized and easting under the laws of the State of Missouri, having its principal office in Kansas City, Missouri (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") does "hereby appoint Victoria M. Campbell, Thomas G. McCaU and Janina Monroe of Irvine, CA (EACH) Christine Marotta of Chicago, IL its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver from the date of issuance of this power for and on Its behalf as surety, and as fe act and deed: Any and all bonds and undertakings EXCEPTION: NO AUTHORITY is granted to make, execute, sea! and deliver bonds or undertakings that guarantee the payment or collection of any promissory note, check, draft or letter of credit This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds in order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth' herein. The Company may revoke this appointment at any time. The execution of such bonds and undertakings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at Its principal office in Kansas city^'s^pl^*-,* ?.. «»•«•, ;:; fcSJH. f •{&# -WlHSXS «QWH«»ni0v This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of resolutions adopted by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 3, 2003, true and accurate copies of which are hereinafter set forth and are hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary as being in full force and effect "VOTED, That the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, or the Secretary shall have the power and authority to appoint agents and attomeys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings, obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officers of the Company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 3,2003: VOTED, That the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, and the signature of the Secretary, the seal of the Company, and certifications by the Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney or bond executed pursuant to the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on March 3, 2003, and any such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company. OOML0013000303 Page 1 of2 Printed In U.S.A. In Testimony Whereof, tha Company has caused ihfe instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by their authorized officers, this 4th davof April , 20 °B . Arch Insurance Company Attested and Certified Martin J. Nflsen^Secretary STATE OF NEW YORK SS COUNTY OF NEW YORK SS Edward M. Trtus ATce President ! Peter J. Calteo, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that Edward M. Titus and MarBn J. Nilsen personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Vice President and Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, subscribed to the foregoing instrument appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act ofjaid corporation and as their own free and voluntary acts for the uses and purposes therein set forth. CERTIFICATION Notary Publfc, State of New York No, 02CA610933B Qrslffied to New Vfark County Commission Expires May 3, 2008 PeferJ> My commissli NotafrPubBc ^ I expires 5-03-2008 I. Martin J. Nilsen, Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated on behalf of the person(s) as listed above is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said Edward M. Titus, who executed the Power of Attorney as Vice President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and Company on this day of 2 A ?flfl7.20 of the Arch Insurance Martin J.Secretary This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein and they have no authority to bind the Company except In the manner and to the extent herein stated. PLEASE SEND ALL CLAIM INQUIRIES RELATING TO THIS BOND TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: Arch Contractors & Developers Group 135 N. Robles Ave., Ste. 825 Pasadena, CA 91101 OOMLOD13000393 Page 2 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. Company Profile Page 1 of 1 Company Profile ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY ONE LIBERTY PLAZA, 53RD FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 10006 800-821-5546 Former Names for Company Old Name: FIRST AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY DBA AMERICAN FIRST INSURANCE COMPANY Effective Date: 11-06-2002 Old Name: FIRST AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY Effective Date: 01-05-1987 Agent for Service of Process JERE KEPRIOS, C/O CT CORPORATION SYSTEM 818 WEST SEVENTH STREET, 2ND FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 90017 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC#: 11150 NAIC Group #: 1279 California Company ID #: 3005-6 Date authorized in California: July 19, 1985 License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL Company Type: Property & Casualty State of Domicile: MISSOURI Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the glossary. AIRCRAFT AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY COMMON CARRIER LIABILITY DISABILITY FIRE LIABILITY MARINE SURETY TEAM AND VEHICLE WORKERS' COMPENSATION Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_pr... 06/07/2007 Company Profile Page 2 of 2 Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised - January 17,2007 12:57 PM Copyright © California Department of Insurance http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_pr... 06/07/2007 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and whose address is hereinafter called "Contractor" and whose address is hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights arid responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 48 of 275 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR Name Signature. Address 1635 Faradav Avenue. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor: Title Name Signature Address _ For Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature. Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 49 of 275 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City: Title MAYOR Name Signature Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor: Title Name Signature. Address For Escrow Agent:Ti- tle Name Signa- ture Ad- dress Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 50 of 275 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 - TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 51 of 275 1 -2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency —the City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representa- tive. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 52 of 275 Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the general conditions, permits from other agencies, the Special Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer -A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. oRevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 53 of 275 Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 54 of 275 Specifications - Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Special Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State - State of California. Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street-Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne - Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 55 of 275 Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate APIS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Curb face CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base CMC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONG Concrete CONN Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSSD Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard D Load of pipe dB Decibels DBL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach E Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT Extra long ton ENGR Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 56 of 275 EXST Existing F Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation FED SPEC Federal Specification FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG Footing FW Face of wall G Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIP Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint L Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL . Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MUTCD.... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant R Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 57 of 275 S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent SEC Section SF Square foot SFM Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC Specifications SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction STHWY State highway STA Station STD Standard SIR Straight SIR GR Straight grade STRUG Structural/Structure SW Sidewalk SWD Sidewalk drain SY Square yard T Telephone TAN Tangent TC Top of curb TEL Telephone TF Top of footing TOPO Topography TR Tract TRANS Transition TS Traffic signal or transition structure TSC Traffic signal conduit TSS Traffic signal standard TW Top of wall TYP Typical UE Underground Electric USA Underground Service Alert VAR Varies, Variable VB Valve box VC Vertical curve VCP Vitrified clay pipe VERT Vertical VOL Volume VWD Vallecitos Water District W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Wl Wrought iron WM Water meter WPJ Weakened plane joint XCONN Cross connection XSEC Cross section Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 58 of 275 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 59 of 275 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. 1 -4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) 25.4 micrometer (urn) 1 jnch (in) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (fr) 0.0929 square meter (nrr) 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m ) 1 cubic foot (ft). 0.0283 cubic meter (m)1 cubic yard (yd ) ; 0.7646 cubic meter (m ) 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (mL) 1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm /s) 1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (Ibf/ft) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F-32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 60 of 275 Common Metric Prefixes kilo(k) 10, centi(c) 1CT milli(m) 1CT micro ((i)...'. 10nano(n) 10" pico(p) 10'12 1-5 SYMBOLS A Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Z Angle % Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds1 Number / per or (between words) Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 61 of 275 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one- half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which- ever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 62 of 275 cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. Am^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 63 of 275 All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2006 Edition (Part 2 & 3), hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The construction plans consist of one set of drawings. The set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 399-1 and consists of 57 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City of Carlsbad hereinafter designated as CES and the and the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Drawings including all amendments as adopted by the Olivenhain Municipal Water District prior to the approval date of the construction plans. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 64 of 275 The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) City of Carlsbad General Provisions. 3) City of Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions. 4) Plans. 5) City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, 2004 Edition 6) Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Drawings 7) Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications 8) San Diego Regional Standard Drawings 9) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans 10) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 11) Reference Specifications 12) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 12) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.2.1 Precedence of Contract Documents, add the following: Where CALTRANS specifications are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of precedence in Section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all other matters. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2- 5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 65 of 275 The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 66 of 275 Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A) (tern Section Number Title Subject 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 7-10.4.1 207-2.5 207-8.4 207-10.2.1 300-3.2 303-1.6.1 303-1.7.1 303-3.1 304-1.1.1 304-1.1.2 304-2.1 306-2.1 306-3.1 306-3.4 306-6 306-8 307^.3 202-3.2 207-25.2 Safety Orders Joints Joints General Cofferdams General General General Shop Drawings Falsework Plans General General General Tunnel Supports Remodeling Existing Sewer Facilities Microtunneling Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Submittals/Certification Shop Drawings Trench Shoring Reinforced Concrete Pipe Vitrified Clay Pipe Fabricated Steel Pipe Structure Excavation & Backfill Falsework Placing Reinforcement Prestressed Concrete Construction Structural Steel Structural Steel Metal Hand Railings Jacking Operations Tunneling Operations Tunneling Operations Polyethylene Liner Installation Microtunneling Operations Traffic Signal Construction Modular Concrete Retaining Wall PVC Water Pipe and Appurtenances Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13,14, 16 and 18 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 67 of 275 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. The following geotechnical reports and recommendations were prepared as part of the design process for the project and is made available for reference only and as such it is not a part of the Contract Documents. Geootechnical Evaluation, Olivenhain Municipal Water District Headquarters and Road Project, Encinitas, California, December 12, 2001, prepared by Kleinfelder, Inc. and Addendum No. 1, Field Exploration and Foundation Study for Three new Retaining Walls, dated July 5, 2005. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 68 of 275 to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 69 of 275 TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Street Centerline Clearing Slope Fence Rough Grade Cuts or Fills > 10m (33') Final Grade (includes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base) Asphalt Pavement Finish Course Drainage Structures, Pipes & similar Facilities®, ® Curb Traffic Signal © Signal Poles & Controller ® Junction Box ® Conduit ® Minor Structure ® Abutment Fill Wall® Stake Description ® SDRS M-10 Monument Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake, Blue- top in grading area RP, paint on previous course RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, ® <1000', Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans lath - Intervisible, < 50' on tangents & < 25' on curves, Painted line - continuous Intervisible and < 50' < 200' on tangents, < 50' on curves when R£ 1000' & 25' on curves when Rs 1000' <50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' < 25' or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information intervisible & < 25', beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines < 25', BC & EC, at 1/4A, 1/2A & y'A on curb returns & at beginning & end Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location at each junction box location < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' or where grade < 0.30% for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression ® < 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions < 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height Lateral Spacing <3>, ® on street centerline at clearing line Grade Breaks S^25' N/A ( constant offset) N/A <22' edge of pavement, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks as appropriate ( constant offset) as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate Setting Tolerance (Within) 0.02' Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein 1' Horizontal 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal 0.1 'Verticals Horizontal V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical J/a" Horizontal & V Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical J/8n Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from existing pavement 1/4" Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical (when vertical data needed) 0.1' Verticals Horizontal 1/4" Horizontal & V Vertical Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 70 of 275 Feature Staked Major Structure ® Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls Superstructures Miscellaneous CD Contour Grading CD Utilities ®, © Channels, Dikes & Ditches © Signs ® Subsurface Drains © Overside Drains © Markers © Railings & Barriers © AC Dikes © Box Culverts Pavement Markers© Stake Description ® RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, ® 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns 10' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns <50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' or where grade < 0.30% intervisible & < 100', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location intervisible & < 50', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities longitudinal location for asphalt street surfacing < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000'. At beginning & end and < 50' on tangents & curves when R > 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000' At beginning & end 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when R > 1000' & 25' on curves when R < 1000'. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice Lateral Spacing (D, ® as appropriate as appropriate along contour line as appropriate as appropriate Line point as appropriate At beginning & end At marker location(s) at railing & barrier location(s) as appropriate as appropriate at pavement marker location(s) Setting Tolerance (Within) V Horizontal & V Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V Vertical 0.1 ' Vertical & Horizontal V Horizontal & V Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & V Vertical 0.1 'Vertical* Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal & V4" Vertical 0. 1' Horizontal & V Vertical V/ Horizontal V Horizontal & Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & Vertical J/e" Horizontal & V Vertical V/ Horizontal © Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature (D Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table CD Perpendicular to centerline. ® Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto © Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature ® > means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. < means less than, or equal to, the number fol- lowing the symbol. © The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 71 of 275 TABLE 2-9.2.2(6) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Horizontal Control Vertical Control Clearing Grading Structure Drainage, Sewer, Curb Right-of-Way Miscellaneous Description Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, alignments, etc. Bench marks Limits of clearing Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc. Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Color* White/Red White/Orange Yellow/Black Yellow White Blue White/Yellow Orange Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2- 9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 72 of 275 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. 2-12 CROSS SECTIONS. Cross sections were prepared as part of the design process for the project and are made available for reference only and as such are not a part of the Contract Documents. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 73 of 275 SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 25 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 125 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 74 of 275 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 75 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 75 of 275 equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 76 of 275W 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials 15 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures.. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 77 of 275 and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 78 of 275 The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 79 of 275 (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 80 of 275 construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 81 of 275 Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 82 of 275 shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. 0Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 83 of 275 Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment All scales and metering equipment used for Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 84 of 275 proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 85 of 275 information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investiga- tion will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 86 of 275 Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 87 of 275 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 301-1.6, 2006 Edition. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 88 of 275 minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. Installation of utility facilities as listed on the following table will require coordination with the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements with each utility company, and submit a schedule of work, verified by a representative of each utility company, to the Project Engineer. The advance notification requirements and scheduling windows for each utility company to complete their work are shown on the following table. The working days for each scheduling window for each utility company to complete their work shall not begin until both the notification and site preparation requirements have been met. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 89 of 275 Activities and Scheduling Windows for Utility Relocatons Utility Owner SDG&E SDG&E SDG&E SDG&E AT&T AT&T AT&T AT&T AT&T Cox Activity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Install new gas pipeline and service to residence at 1877 Olivenhain Road. Adjust gas valve cover to new finished grade on Olivenhain Road at Sta 40+10 Lower or relocate existing electrical conduit crossing Olivenhain Road at Sta 46+15. Adjust gas valve cover to new finished grade on Rancho Santa Fe Road at Sta 57+20. Adjust manhole to new finished grade on the south side of Olivenhain Road at Sta 42+76. Relocate existing duct bank along the south side of Olivenhain Road from Sta 48+00 to Sta 49+1 7 Lower existing telephone conduit crossing Olivenhain Road at Sta 46+ 15 Adjust manhole to new finished grade on the south side of Olivenhain Road at Sta 50+51 Relocate existing telephone conduits from Sta 50+50 Olivenhain Road to Sta 15+00 Rancho Santa Fe Road and relocate two telephone cabinets at Sta 13+78 Rancho Santa Fe Road. Relocate cable TV vault at Sta 10+53 Rancho Santa Fe Advance Notification Requirement (working days) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Scheduling Window (working days) 10 5 10 5 5 40 10 5 40 10 Site Preparation A B A B B A A B A A Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 90 of 275 Time Warner Time Warner OMWD OMWD 11 12 13 14 Road. Relocate existing cable TV pedestal at Sta 13+78 Rancho Santa Fe Road. Relocate existing cable TV conduit and pedestal from Sta 54+00 to Sta 54+85 Rancho Santa Fe Road. Adjust water valve covers to new finished grade on Olivenhain Road at Sta. 51+50. Adjust water valve covers to new finished grade on Rancho Santa Fe Road at Sta 10+83, 14+00, 14+50, and 14+70. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 A A B B Site Preparation:A- Rough grading for road widening is completed. B- Surface course of AC pavement is completed. 5-7 PRIVATE UTILITY SERVICE ORDERS 5-7.1 Electrical Connection for Irrigation Controller. Add the following: A copy of the Service Order from the City of Carlsbad to SDG&E showing the new electrical service point and meter pedestal for the irrigation controller is included in Appendix "A". Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 91 of 275 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 5 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6- 1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 92 of 275 format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a "Suretrak", "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 93 of 275 Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1 .8.1 . 6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1 .8.1 . The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1 .2 through 6- 1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1 .2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 94 of 275 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 95 of 275 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Weekly Upcoming Work Report for 1877 Olivenhain Road. Prior to the end of work each week, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a description of work anticipated to occur adjacent to 1877 Olivenhain Road for the upcoming 10 working days. 6-1.9 Measurement and Payment. Construction Schedule will be paid for at the stipulated lump- sum price of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00). The stipulated lump-sum price paid for Construction Schedule shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited to, the computer hardware and software, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing all the work involved in attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the tabular, bar and flow chart Construction Schedules and narrative reports required by these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that each and any construction schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be precedent to each and any payment for the Construction Schedule. Payments for Construction Schedule will be made as per sections 6-1.9.1 through 6-1.9.3. 6-1.9.1 Initial Payment. Seven thousand five hundred dollars ($7,500) of the stipulated lump-sum bid for the Construction Schedule will be made when the Engineer has accepted a Construction Schedule for this project 6-1.9.2 Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments. Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments of one thousand two hundred fifty dollars ($1,250) will be made subsequent to the initial payment for the Construction Schedule for each monthly Construction Schedule, updated as required herein, that the Engineer has accepted as sufficient within the month that the monthly progress payment pertains. No payment shall be made, nor shall any payment accrue, for any monthly updated construction schedule that is not marked "Accepted" by the Engineer on or before the twentieth working day of the month such monthly updated construction schedule is due per section 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The sum of the amounts paid for Construction Schedule during the initial and subsequent payment periods, or extensions to the contract, shall not exceed the stipulated lump-sum price for Construction Schedule. 6-1.9.3 Concluding Payment. A Final payment of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) for the Construction Schedule will be made when both one hundred percent of the contract work is completed and the Engineer has accepted a final construction schedule update prepared and submitted by the Contractor as required herein that shows the actual beginning and ending dates and all other data that is required for baseline and update schedules for each activity shown on the baseline construction schedule and updates thereto that the Engineer accepted for this project. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 96 of 275 excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes widening Olivenhain Road for 2,010 feet include widening the southern, eastbound, half of Olivenhain Road to a pavement width of 46 feet to provide three eastbound lanes and includes widening Rancho Santa Fe Road southerly from Olivenhain Road for 505 feet and associated storm drainage, signing, and striping on both Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road. The descriptions for Stage 1 through 4 are overviews only and shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibilities to perform the coordination and work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Some phases or portions of phases may overlap each other and/or occur during the same time period for work on Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road. 6-2.2 Olivenhain Road Construction Phasing 6-2.2.1 Stage I. Includes placing temporary asphalt concrete pavement in the existing dirt median, construction of OMWD Access No. 2 (Stage 1A), construction of alternative access for 1877 Olivenhain Road, construction of an improved right turn at Olivenhain Road/Rancho Santa Fe Road and widening the west side of Rancho Santa Fe Road (Stage 1B), widening the south side of Olivenhain Road and utility relocations. 6-2.2.2 Stage 2. Includes widening along the south side of Rancho Santa Fe Road east of Olivenhain Road and utility relocations. 6-2.2.3 Stage 3. Includes construction of the medians along Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road. 6-2.2.4 Stage 4. Includes widening the north side of Rancho Santa Fe Road east of Olivenhain Road. 6-2.2.5 Weekend Work. Weekend work shall be performed by the Contractor to reconstruct the areas within the intersection of Rancho Santa Fe Road And Olivenhain Road. Work shall be performed only during the hours of work specified in section 6-7 of these supplemental provisions. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of bi-weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's epresentative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 97 of 275 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 98 of 275 due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 99 of 275 the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. Unless otherwise specified, the time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 190 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. No work involving closures to active traffic lanes shall be performed by the contractor between 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 am, and between 3:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. The Contractor shall incorporate the work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed as described in this section. Contractor is hereby advised that the Engineer will require after hours and weekend work on an interim basis to maintain traffic control devices and water pollution control measures as required by the plans, the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of work required after hours and on weekends as described in this section. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 100 of 275 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of One thousand four hundred Dollars ($1,400.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that one thousand four hundred dollars ($1,400.00) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 101 of 275 by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimina- tion because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 102 of 275 such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall furnish the Agency a policy or certificate of liability insurance in which the Agency is the named insured or is named as an additional insured with the Contractor. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement, the Agency shall be the insured or as an additional insured covering the Work, whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the Agency. The policy shall insure the Agency, its officers, employees, and agents, while acting within the scope of their duties on the Work, against all claims arising out of or in connection with the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. The Contractor may file insurance acceptable to the Agency covering more than one project. The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits: Bodily Injury $250,000 each person $500,000 each occurrence $500,000 aggregate products and completed operations Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence $250,000 aggregate A combined single limit policy with aggregate limits in the amount of $1,000,000 will be considered equivalent to the required minimum limits. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 103 of 275 equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. Resource agency permits for the Work are included in Appendix 'B' of these supplemental provisions. Resource agency permits pertaining to this project include: 1) California Department of Fish and Game letter, dated May 27, 2005 regarding Streambed Alteration Agreement number 1600-2004-0369-R5. 2) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers letter, dated August 7, 2003, regarding application No. 200301211-JMB. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 104 of 275 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others, the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 105 of 275 immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 106 of 275 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. A model Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is provided to the Contractor, in Appendix E, for use in preparing the Project SWPPP for approval by the City. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be included as part of the contract price bid. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 107 of 275 Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "C". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 108 of 275 compensation for printing and distributing these notices. 7-10.1.1 Access to 1877 Olivenhain Road / Alternative Access. The Contractor shall maintain access to 1877 Olivenhain Road at all times. Should construction operations interfere with the existing access to the property, then the Contractor shall provide alternative access. Alternative access shall be a minimum of 20 feet wide with 2 inches of asphalt concrete pavement over 4 inches of crushed aggregate base, with a maximum grade of 15 percent and be approved in writing in advance by the Engineer. Changes to existing access to 1877 Olivenhain Road shall only occur with the written approval of the Engineer. A five working day advance notice to the Engineer is required for any access changes to 1877 Olivenhain Road. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer (760) 602-2720 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch (760)931-2197 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch (760) 931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) (760) 438-2980 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations (760) 602-2752 6) North County Transit District (760) 967-2828 7) Waste Management (760) 929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 109 of 275 street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1 .et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214- 5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than (insert Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 110 of 275 minimum acceptable lateral safety buffer distance, eg. 1.8 m (6')), nor operate equipment within 0.6 m (2') from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the than (insert minimum acceptable shy distance, eg. 0.6 m (2')) shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers. During the entire construction, a minimum of (insert appropriate number of lanes) paved traffic lanes, not less than (insert appropriate minimum lane widths, e.g. 12') wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under 'Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 111 of 275 temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The Contractor may choose to modify, add to or supplement the TCP shown on sheets 26-34 of Drawing 399-1 of the contract documents or substitute TCP to further its own interests. Such substitution shall be prepared in type and kind as sheet(s) 26-34 of Drawing 399-1. The level of detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality and size no less than shown on sheets 26-34 of Drawing 399-1. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall provide traffic control at the contract lump sum price bid. The contract lump sum price paid for "traffic control" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control plans, placing, applying traffic stripes and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as specified in these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All expenses and time to prepare and review modifications, additions, supplements and/or new TCP designs shall be included in the lump sum bid for traffic control and no additional payment will be made therefore. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." The cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for at the unit price bid. When there is no bid item the cost of Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 112 of 275 labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to the work being performed and no additional payment will be made therefore. Progress payments for "Traffic Control" will be based on the percentage of the improvement work completed. 7-10.3.8 Payment for Temporary AC Pavement. Payment for temporary AC pavement will be made at the unit price for Temporary AC Pavement bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved excavating for, providing, and placing and compacting aggregate base and asphalt concrete pavement, and removing temporary AC pavement as required, as shown on the plans, as specified in Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 7-10.3.9 Payment for Access to 1877 Olivenhain Road / Alternative Access. Payment for maintaining access to 1877 Olivenhain Road and providing alternative access will be made at the lump-sum price for Access to 1877 Olivenhain Road / Alternative Access bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved excavating for, providing, placing and compacting aggregate base and asphalt concrete pavement to create an alternative access, removing the alternative access at the completion of construction operations, and restoring the existing ground to the pre-construction grade, as shown on the plans, as specified in Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 113 of 275 The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- €5•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 114 of 275 required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 115 of 275 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. All facilities provided for Agency personnel shall be at suitable locations approved by the Engineer. Such facilities must be in a room, building, or trailer provided for this purpose with acceptable means for locking. A Class "A" Field Office in accordance with Section 8-2.1 shall be provided at any offsite plant facility furnishing pipe subject to Agency inspection during manufacture. A Field Laboratory in accordance with Section 8-3.1 shall be provided at any offsite or project site plant facility furnishing Portland cement concrete or asphalt paving material. Any other facilities for Agency personnel shall be provided only when required by the Specifications. Offices and laboratories at plants may be used concurrently by inspection personnel of other agencies provided such use does not seriously conflict with Agency use. When facilities are shared in this manner, at least one locker provided with a hasp for a padlock must be available for the exclusive use of Agency inspectors. Otherwise any facilities furnished are for the exclusive use of Agency personnel. All facilities shall conform to the applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations of the local jurisdiction and of the State of California, and shall conform to current practice. The interior shall be paneled or suitably lined to provide a facility of good appearance. The Contractor shall provide janitorial and other maintenance services in all types of facilities provided. Such services shall include the supply of the appropriate paper products and dispensers. Trash receptacles shall be provided and emptied by the Contractor at weekly intervals or sooner as required. The trash shall be removed from the project site. All costs to furnish, maintain, service, and remove the specified facilities at the project site shall be included in the price bid for such facilities. If no bid item is provided in the proposal, costs shall be included in other items for which bids are entered. The first progress payment will not be approved until all facilities are in place and fully comply with the Specifications. Revised 11701/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 116 of 275 8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES. 8-2.1 Class "A" Field Office. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a "Class A" Field Office. The field office shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and such other individuals that the Engineer may designate. The field office shall be a separate structure from any other office facility. The Contractor shall maintain the field office throughout the entire duration of the contract unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct. This office shall have a minimum floor space of 22 ft2. All doors and windows shall be provided with screens. Furniture shall be provided as follows: one plan table, one standard 5 feet long double-pedestal desk with a drawer suitable for holding files, two chairs, one drafting stool, and one plan rack. Electric power shall be provided to include a minimum of four duplex convenience outlets. The office shall be illuminated at the tables and desk. An outdoor lighting fixture with a 300-watt bulb shall be installed. Heating and air conditioning of sufficient capacity shall be provided at no expense to the Agency. The Contractor shall provide drinking water within the office and integral sanitary facilities directly adjoining. Sanitary facilities shall include a toilet and wash basin with hot and cold running water. Extended area, non-coin-operated telephone service shall be provided within the office area. The installation shall include sufficient extension cord to serve the plan table and desk. Additionally the "Class A" Field Office shall be provided with: one (1) additional standard 5' double pedestal desk with two chairs, one (1) electrostatic copier and supplies, copier shall be Xerox Model Document Centre 545, or equal, one (1) FAX machine, Canon Model Faxphone B640 Bubble Jet Facsimile, or equal, one (1) refrigerator, one (1) microwave oven, and one (1) additional plan rack shall be provided. Water cooler to have hot and chilled water. The integral sanitary facilities may be separate enclosed toilets per Section 7-8.4. Furnishings are subject to agency approval. The field office shall be located at a site satisfactory to the Engineer and within or immediately adjacent to the limits of work. Access and three parking spaces for the exclusive use of the Engineer and his/her designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. The field office shall have a 24" by 36" sign affixed near the entry door. The sign text shall be proportioned as shown below. The Contractor shall affix a City seal to the sign in a centered location. The City seal will be supplied by the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 117 of 275 CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING INSPECTION 8-2.2 Class "B" Field Office. This office shall be the same as class "A" except that integrated sanitary facilities and air conditioning are not required. A chemical toilet facility shall be provided adjacent to the office. 8-2.3 Class "C" Field Office. The office shall be of suitable proportions with 120 ft2 of floor area. It shall be equipped with one 3 by 5 foot table, four chairs and one plan rack. It shall be adequately heated, ventilated, and lighted and two duplex convenience outlets shall be provided. Air conditioning, telephones, and sanitary facilities are not required. 8-3 FIELD LABORATORIES. 8-3.1 Offsite at Manufacturing Plant. Field laboratories shall conform to the requirements for a Class "C" Field Office specified in Section 8-2.3 except for the following: 7. 1. Telephone service per Section 8-2.1. 2. Chair. 3. Work table, 4 by 10 feet, 3 feet high. 4. Sieves per Section 203-6. 5. Scales and weights. 6. Burner plate for heating supplies. Thermometer, with 90 to 260°C (200 to 400°F) degree range (Asphalt Plants only). 8. Air meter for all concrete in accordance with ASTM C 231 of the type that indicates percentage of air directly (Precast Concrete Plants only). All sampling and testing equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory operating condition by Contractor or plant owner. Laboratories shall be located immediately adjacent to and with full view of batching and loading operations. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 118 of 275 8-3.2 At Project Site. Field laboratories shall be in accordance with Section 8-3.1, except that sieves, scales, weights, burner plates, sampling devices, pans, and thermometers will be furnished by the Agency at no expense to the Contractor. If air entraining agents are being used in the Concrete on the project, an air meter of the type described in Section 8-3.1 shall be furnished by the Contractor. 8-4 BATHHOUSE FACILITIES. When the Plans or Specifications require bathhouse facilities, the following shall be provided: 1. One lavatory with hot and cold water. 2. One toilet in a stall. 3. One 1 m (3 feet) trough-type urinal. 4. One enclosed shower at least 3 by 3 feet with hot and cold water. 5. One bench, 2 m (6 feet) long. 6. Soap dispensers. 7. Toilet paper holders. 8. Paper towel cabinet. 9. Wastepaper receptacle. These facilities shall be serviced and provided with necessary sanitary supplies. These facilities shall be for the exclusive use of Agency personnel. However, a separate building need not be provided for this purpose if such facilities are located in a separate room in a building which includes other facilities. 8-5 REMOVAL OF FACILITIES. Field offices, laboratories, and bathhouse facilities at the project site shall be removed upon completion of the Work. Buildings and equipment furnished by the Contractor at the project site under the provisions of this section are the property of the Contractor. 8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. All costs incurred in furnishing, maintaining, servicing, and removing field offices laboratories, or bathhouse facilities required at the project site shall be included in the bid item for furnishing such facilities. If such facilities are required by the Plans or Specifications and no bid item is provided in the proposal, the costs shall be included in other items for which bids are entered. Such costs incurred in connection with offices and laboratories at plants shall be borne by the plant owners. Payment for field office will be made at the monthly price bid and will include full compensation for installing and removing the field office, relocating it as may be necessary to facilitate the project, obtaining all permits, property rental, providing utilities including, but not limited to, high speed internet service, electrical, telephone, potable water and sanitary facilities, and maintenance. The monthly rate will be paid for each full calendar month throughout the duration of the contract that the field office, complete with all facilities and utilities, is available to the Engineer and on the project excepting when the Engineer has ordered that the field office be removed from the project. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 119 of 275 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 120 of 275 will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 121 of 275 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 122 of 275 Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 123 of 275 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum. amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 124 of 275 CITY OF CARLSBAD SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO "GREENBOOK" STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(6). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(6). TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 50-mm (2") 37.5-mm(lV) 19-mm (3/4") 12.5-mm (V) 9.5-mm (3/8 n) 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 75-um (no. 200) Percen Type A — — 100 95-100 70-100 0-55 0-10 0-3 tage Passing Type 6 100 95-100 50-100 — 15-55 0-25 0-5 0-3 TABLE 200-1.2.2(8) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 25-mm (1") 19-mm (3/4") 9.5-mm (3/8") 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 600-um (No. 30) 300-um (No. 50) 75-Mm (no. 200) Percentage Passing 100 90-100 40-100 25-40 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 125 of 275 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" 100 — 11/2" 90-100 — 1" — 100 3/4" 50-85 90-100 No. 4 25-45 35-60 No. 30 10-25 10-30 No. 200 2-9 2-9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 126 of 275 No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2(A)(3) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way Trench Backfill Slurry Concrete Backfill for RCP Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments Traffic Signal Foundations Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection Concrete Class 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) (1) 115-E-3 (190-E-400) 265-C-14 (450-C-2000) 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) 350-C-27 (590-C-3750) 310-C-17 (520-C-2500P) Maximum Slump mm (Inches) (2) 200 (8") 100 (4°) 100 (4") 100 (4") per Table 300-11 .3.1 (1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table. 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.4(a) Integral Colored Concrete. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the installation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete. Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 127 of 275 Color: To match existing paving along Rancho Santa Fe Road from Olivenhain Road to Calle Barcelona Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials. Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures, (e) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. Add the following: 201-1.6 Finish/Pattern: To match existing median paving along Rancho Santa Fe Road from Olivenhain Road to Calle Barcelona. Add the following: 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products. 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and natural concrete. Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the masonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer's directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Clear, non-yellowing Odor: Mild Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method) Specific Grav.: 1.03 Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours VOC Content: None (0 g/l) excluding water Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 128 of 275 Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application. Method of: Airless sprayer. Application Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer's direction. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures, (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. Add the following: 201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a %" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment Type "A" as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Supplemental provisions. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 129 of 275 sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II. Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPII"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield Lithoseal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polystyrene foam is not acceptable. SECTION 202 - MASONRY MATERIALS 202-2 CONCRETE BLOCK 202-2.1 Masonry Units. Add the following: High Strength Masonry Units. For Retaining Wall No. 3, concrete masonry units shall be high strength, hollow, load bearing, conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 90, medium weight classification, Type II. The mass of each unit shall not exceed 38 Ibs. Standard units shall be used. The high strength masonry units shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,750 psi based on net area. Each high strength concrete masonry unit shall be identified with a groove embedded in an interior corner. The groove shall extend from a mortar surface for a length of about 2 inches and shall have a depth of about % inch. 202-3 MODULAR CONCRETE RETAINING WALL Add the following. 202-3.1 General. Modular Concrete Retaining Wall shall consist of standard modular concrete retaining wall units, shear connectors, leveling pad, unit drainage fill, reinforced structural backfill, geogrid soil reinforcement, and drainage pipe conforming to the requirements of the Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Modular Concrete Retaining Wall shall be a Keystone retaining wall system; or equal. 202-3.2 Submittals / Certification. Contractor shall submit a Manufacturer's certification, prior to start of work, that the retaining wall system components meet the requirements of this specification and the structure design. Contractor shall submit a test report documenting strength of specific modular concrete unit and geogrid reinforcement connection. The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall be equal to the laboratory tested ultimate strength of geogrid / facing unit connection at a maximum normal force limited by the "Hinge Height" of the structure divided by a safety factor of 1.5. The connection strength evaluation shall be performed in accordance with NCMA test method SRWU-1. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 130 of 275 202-3.3 Quality Assurance. Contractor shall submit certification, prior to start of work, that the contractor has successfully installed the retaining wall system (modular concrete units and specific geogrid): on a minimum of five (5) projects, of similar height, soil fill types, erection tolerances, etc.; and that the contractor has successfully installed a minimum of 500,000 square feet of modular concrete retaining walls. Contractor shall submit a list of five (5) previously completed projects with contact names and telephone numbers of the specific modular concrete retaining wall system to be installed for this project. 202-3.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling. Contractor shall check all materials upon delivery to assure that the proper type, grade, color, and certification has been received. Contractor shall protect all materials from damage due to jobsite conditions and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Damaged materials shall not be incorporated into the work. 202-3.5 Definitions. 202-3.5.1 Modular Unit. A concrete retaining wall element machine made from Portland cement, water, and aggregates. 202-3.5.2 Structural Geogrid. A structural element formed by a regular network of integrally connected tensile elements with apertures of sufficient size to allow interlocking with surrounding soil, rock, or earth and function primarily as reinforcement. Structural geogrid for the upper wall shall be Strata Grid SG 300; or equal. Structural geogrid for the lower wall shall be Strata Grid SG 500; or equal. 202-3.5.3 Unit Drainage Fill. Drainage aggregate, which is placed within and immediately behind the modular concrete units. 202-3.5.4 Reinforced Backfill. Compacted soil, which is placed within the reinforced soil volume as shown on the plans. 202-3.6 Modular Concrete Retaining Wall Units Modular concrete units shall conform to the following architectural requirements: 1. Face color and finish - Split-face Padre Brown as manufactured by RCP Block & Brick, Inc. Provide a sample at least six weeks in advance of beginning wall construction. 2. Bond configuration - running with bonds nominally located at midpoint vertically adjacent units, in both straight and curved alignments. 3. Exposed surfaces of units shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 131 of 275 Modular concrete materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C1372 - Standard Specifications for Segmental Retaining Wall Units. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following structural and geometric requirements measured in accordance with appropriate references: 1. Compressive strength: > 3000 psi; 2. Absorption: 8 % for standard weight aggregates; 3. Dimensional tolerances: ± 1/8" from nominal unit dimensions not including rough split face, ±1/16" unit height - top and bottom planes; 4. Unit size: 8" H x 18" W x 21.5" D minimum (standard unit); 5. Unit weight: 100 Ibs/unit minimum for standard weight aggregates; 6. Inter-unit shear strength: 1500 plf minimum at 2 psi normal pressure; 7. Geogrid/unit peak connection strength: 1000 plf minimum at 2-psi normal force. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following constructability requirements: 1. Vertical setback: 1/8"± per course (near vertical); 2. Alignment and grid positioning mechanism - fiberglass pins, two per unit minimum; 3. Maximum horizontal gap between erected units shall be < 1/2 inch. 202-3.7 Shear Connectors. Shear connectors shall be 1/2-inch diameter thermoset isopthalic polyester resin-pultruded fiberglass reinforcement rods or equivalent to provide connection between vertically and horizontally adjacent units. Strength of shear connectors between vertical adjacent units shall be applicable over a design temperature of 10 degrees F to + 100 degrees F. Shear connectors shall be capable of holding the geogrid in the proper design position during grid pre-tensioning and backfilling. 202-3.8 Leveling Pad Material. Crushed aggregate base conforming to the requirements of Section 200-2.2. 202-3.9 Unit Drainage Fill. Unit Drainage fill shall consist of crushed rock, with a V* inch gradation, conforming to the requirements of Section 200-1.2. One cubic foot minimum, of crushed rock shall be used for each square foot of wall face. Crushed rock shall be placed within cores of, between, and behind units to a minimum of depth of 24 inches from the face of the wall. 202-3.10 Reinforced Backfill. Reinforced backfill shall be free of debris and meet the following gradation tested in accordance with ASTM D-422: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 132 of 275 Sieve Size Percent Passing 2-inch (50 mm) 100 3/4-inch (19 mm) 100-75 No. 40 0-60 No. 200 0-35 Plasticity Index (PI) <15 and Liquid Limit <40 per ASTM D-4318, and Phi Angle (<(>) of 28 degrees or greater. The maximum aggregate size shall be 3/4 inch. Material can be site-excavated soils where the above requirements can be met. Unsuitable soils for backfill (high plastic clays or organic soils) shall not be used in the backfill or in the reinforced soil mass. 202-3.11 Geogrid Soil Reinforcement. Geosynthetic reinforcement shall consist of geogrids manufactured specifically for soil reinforcement applications and shall be manufactured from high tenacity polyester yarn or high-density polyethylene. Polyester geogrid shall be knitted from high tenacity polyester filament yarn with a molecular weight exceeding 25,000 Meg/m and a carboxyl end group values less than 30. Polyester geogrid shall be coated with an impregnated PVC coating that resists peeling, cracking, and stripping. Ta, Long Term Allowable Tensile Design Load, of the geogrid material shall be determined as follows. Ta = Tult / (RFcr*RFd*RFid*FS), Ta shall be evaluated based on a 75-year design life. 1. Tult, Short Term Ultimate Tensile Strength, Tult is based on the minimum average roll values (MARV) 2. RFcr, Reduction Factor for Long Term Tension Creep, RFcr shall be determined from 10,000-hour creep testing performed in accordance with ASTM D5262. Reductionvalue = 1.60 minimum. 3. RFd, Reduction Factor for Durability, RFd shall be determined from polymer specific durability testing covering the range of expected soil environments. RFcf = 1.10 mini-mum. 4. RFid, Reduction Factor for Installation Damage, RFid shall be determined from prod- uct specific construction damage testing performed in accordance with GRI-GG4.Test results shall be provided for each product to be used with project specific or more severe soil type. RFid = 1.05 minimum. 5. FS, Overall Design Factor of Safety, FS shall be 1.5 unless otherwise noted for the maximum allowable working stress calculation. The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall not exceed the laboratory tested ultimate strength of the geogrid/facing unit connection as limited by the "Hinge Height" divided by a factor of Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 133 of 275 safety of 1.5. The connection strength testing and computation procedures shall be in accordance with NCMA SRWU-1 Test Method for Determining Connection Strength of SRW. Soil Interaction Coefficient, Ci, values shall be determined per GRI:GG5 at a maximum 0.75-inch displacement. Manufacturing Quality Control. The geogrid manufacturer shall have a manufacturing quality control program that includes QC testing by an independent laboratory. The QC testing shall include: Tensile Strength Testing, Melt Flow Index (HOPE), and Molecular Weight (Polyester). 202-3.12 Drainage Pipe. Drainage pipe shall be 4 inch diameter perforated and solid wall PVC plastic pipe conforming to the requirements of Section 207-17. SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. DELETE sections 203-6.2 and 203-6.3.2 and ADD the following: 203-6.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a design mix report and verification data for review by the Engineer for each source of supply and type of mixture specified. The design mix report shall indicate the results of all testing requirements identified in sections 203-1.2 and 203- 6.3 of the standard specifications for public works construction and these supplemental provisions. 203-6.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-AR-4000 for surface course, and B-AR-4000 for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-AR-8000 for dikes and class E-AR-8000 ditches. 203-6.3.2 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accordance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability1 using: a. Stabilometer Value2 using Calif. Test 366 and shall be the average of three individual Stabilometer Values And/or b. Marshall Stability in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 134 of 275 for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. Stability will be waived provided the extracted asphalt concrete is within +/-.5 of mix design and the extracted gradation complies with Table 203-6.3.2 (A). 2Use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Stabilometer Values are greater than +1-4. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. The amount of asphalt binder used in asphalt concrete placed in dikes, gutters, gutter flares, overside drains and aprons at the ends of drainage structures shall be increased one percent by mass of the aggregate over the amount of asphalt binder determined for use in asphalt concrete placed on the traveled way. 203-6.3.3 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the asphalt content is within +/-.5 of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.3.2 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.3.2 (A) Marshall Stability using Asphalt Institute MS-2. Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.3.2 (A). 203-6.6.2, Batch Plant Method, modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete "and from the Engineer's field laboratory". Last paragraph, add after D 2172: "method A or B." 203-6.7 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in the work. 203-6.7 AC Pavement Transitions. Add the following: AC pavement overlay for AC Pavement Transitions shall be C2-AR-4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 203-6.2 of the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. 203-13 ASPHALT PAVEMENT CRACK SEALANTS 203-13.1 Elastomeric Sealant. Elastomeric sealant shall be a polyurethane material of a composition that will, within its stated shelf life, cure only in the presence of moisture. No elastomeric sealant shall be incorporated into any portion of the work that is beyond the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer. No elastomeric sealant shall be incorporated into any portion of the work that has been stored under conditions not recommended by its manufacturer. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. The cured sealant shall have the performance characteristics in Table 203-13(A). Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 135 of 275 TABLE 203-13.1 (A) ELASTOMERIC SEALANT CHARACTERISTICS Property Hardness (indentation) Tensile Strength Elongation Flex at -40°C Weathering Resistance Salt-Spray Resistance Dielectric Constant Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) ASTM D 2240 Rex. Type A, Model 1700 ASTM D 41 2 Die C, ASTM D 41 2 Die C, 0.6 mm (25 mil) Free Film Bend (180°) ASTM D 822 Weatherometer 350 h ASTM B 117 28 days at 38°C ASTM D 150 Results 65-85 3.45 MPa, minimum 400%, minimum No cracks Slight chalking 3.45 MPa, minimum tensile; 400% minimum Elongation Less than 25% change Conditions 25°C @ 50% relative humidity pulled at 508 mm (20") per minute pulled at 508 mm (20") per minute over 13 mm (V) Mandrel Cured 7 days at 25°C @ 50% relative humidity 5% NaCI, Die C, pulled at 508 mm (20") per minute over a temperature range of -30-«C to 50-»C 203-13.2 Asphaltic Emulsion Sealant. Asphaltic emulsion sealant shall conform to the State of California Specification 8040-41 A-15 and shall be used only for filling slots in asphalt concrete pavement. This material shall not be used in slots which exceed 16 mm (5/8") in width or where the slope causes the material to run from the slot. The material shall not be thinned in excess of the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not be placed when the air temperature is less than 7°C (45°F). 203-13.3 Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot- melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 203-13.3(A). TABLE 203-13.3(A) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Cone Penetration Flow, 60°C Resilience Softening Point, Ductility, Flash Point, COC, °C Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 .ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 ASTM D 36 ASTM D 113 ASTM D 92 ASTM D 4402 Results 3.5 mm, max. 5 mm, max. 25%, min. 82 °C, min. 300 mm, min. 288 °C, min. 2.5-3.5 Pa-s Conditions 25°C, 150g, 5s 25°C 25°C, 50 mm/min No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C, Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 136 of 275 SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Add the following section: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. Add the following section: 206-7.1 Permanent Traffic Signs Permanent traffic signs shall consist of 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing. This includes all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic upon the completion of the Work unless otherwise shown on the plans. Add the following section: 206-7.1.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall conform to the requirements of "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993", Sheets 1 through 5 that accompany "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993" of dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and "OPAQUE COLOR CHART", dated February 1980, all published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement Services, Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95819 and as modified herein. Where the "SPECIFICATION FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993" require the Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said SPECIFICATIONS, to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California, Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the Engineer. Add the following section: 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. Modify the "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993" as follows: Sign identification shall be as per "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993", except that the notation shall be "PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD". Add the following section: 206-7.1.3 Drawings. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved "Approved Sign Specification Sheets" of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. Add the following section: 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type III encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. Add the following section: 206-7.1.5 Substrate. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: All permanent traffic signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall use aluminum substrate. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 137 of 275 Add the following section: 206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold- rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. Add the following section: 206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45. Add the following section: 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable signs. Add the following section: 206-7.2.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all temporary traffic signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall conform to the requirements of "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993", Sheets 1 through 5 that accompany "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" of dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and "OPAQUE COLOR CHART", dated February 1980, all published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement Services, Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95819 and as modified herein. Where The "Specification For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" require the Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993", to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California, Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the Engineer. Add the following section: 206-7.2.2 Drawings. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: Standard temporary traffic signs shall be as per the most recently approved "Approved Sign Specification Sheets" of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. Add the following section: 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type III encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. Add the following section: 206-7.2.4 Substrate. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: Excepting only construction warning signs used at a single location during daylight hours for not more than five (5) consecutive days, all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall be stationary mounted and shall use aluminum substrate. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 138 of 275 Add the following section: 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation "Standard Plans" 2002 edition standard plans numbers RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: a) Wood posts shall not be used. b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (71). d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft*)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements specified for aluminum signs in the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993". Add the following section: 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. Add the following section: 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of sign panels for stationary mounted signs in the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and leg- end requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these Supplemental Provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated on all four faces with 1 1mm (7/16") holes on 25 mm (1") centers. Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.01 1", Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 139 of 275 -0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.010") applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 " in 3'). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64") radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10'). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64") on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(6). TABLE 206-8.2(A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE Nominal Outside Dimensions mm (inches) 25x25 32x32 38x38 44x44 51 x51 56x56 57 x 57 64x64 51 x 76 (1x1) dV4x11/4) Cr/2x11/2) (1%x13/4) (2x2) (2J/16 x 23/16) (2V4x2V4) (2V2X2V2) (2x3) Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Corners mm (inches) 0.13 0.15 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.005 0.006 0.006 0.008 0.008 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 TABLE 206-8.2(6) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST Nominal Outside Dimension mm (Inches) 25x25 32x32 38x38 44x44 51x51 56x56 57x57 64x64 51 x76 (1x1) (1-1/4x1-1/4) (1-1/2x1-V2) (1-3/4x1-3/4) (2x2) (2-3/16 x 2-3/16) (2-V4 x 2-1/4) (2-1/2 x 2-V2) (2x3) Squareness(1) mm (Inches) 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.36 0.36 0.38 0.46 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.010 0.012 0.014 1.014 0.015 0.018 Twist Permissible in 900 mm {3") mm(2) (lnches)<2) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.9 1.9 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.075 0.075 (1> Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed. (2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate. Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel "pull-through" electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8") diameter head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200") to 0.90 mm (0.356"). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM 6-633, Type III Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 140 of 275 Add the following section: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN Add the following section: 206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20°C (-4°F) to +70°C (158°F) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (71) above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer Add the following section: 206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete alphanumeric selection. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet. Add the following section: 206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. PCMS must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions of these specifications, including current registration. Add the following section: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 141 of 275 206-9.4 Measurement and Payment The contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. SECTION 207 - PIPE 207-25 PVC WATER PIPE AND APPURTENANCES. Add the following: 207-25.1 General. PVC water pipe and appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of the most recent edition of the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the construction of water mains and facilities, including all amendments adopted prior to the District's approval date of these Contract Documents. 207-25.2 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings shall be submitted as required in the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications. 207-26 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. Add the following section: 207-26.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207- 25 (B). TABLE 207-26.1 (A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Thickness Tensile strength Elongation Printability Flexibility Inks Message repeat Foil Top layer Bottom layer Adhesives Bond strength Colors Method ASTM D2103 ASTM D882 ASTM D882-88 ASTM D2578 ASTM D671-81 Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Boiling H2O at 100 degrees Celsius APWA Code Value 01 14 mm (0.0056") 4500g/cm (25 Ibs/inch) (5,500 PSI) <50 percent at break >50 dynes/square centimeter Pliable hand Heat-set Mylex Every 500 mm(20") Dead soft/annealed Virgin PET Virgin LDPE >30 percent, solid 1.5#/R Five hours without peel See Table 207-25.1 (B) Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 142 of 275 TABLE 207-26.1 (B) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Red Yellow Orange Blue Green Brown Purple Utility Marked Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Water systems. Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Force mains. Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-26.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the requirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321 (e). B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Traffic Electrical Systems", herein, shall replace Section 209, "Electrical Components", of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and materials and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. For electrical components provided and installed in systems not including street lighting and traffic signals section 209 SSPWC is unmodified except as specified in sections other than section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems", herein. For section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Traffic Electrical Systems", for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals both construction materials and construction methods have been combined into a single section. 209-1 GENERAL 209-1.01 Description. Signals, lighting and electrical systems work shall consist of furnishing and installing, modifying or removing one or more traffic signals, traffic signal master controller assemblies and interconnection facilities, flashing beacon systems, lighting systems, sign illumination systems, traffic monitoring stations, communication systems, electrical equipment in structures, falsework lighting, provisions for future systems, or combinations thereof, all as shown on the plans, and as specified in these supplemental provisions. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 143 of 275 The locations of signals, beacons, standards, lighting fixtures, signs, controls, services and appurtenances shown on the plans are approximate and the exact locations will be established by the Engineer in the field. All systems shall be complete and in operating condition at the time of acceptance of the contract. 209-1.015 Definitions. The following definitions pertain only to Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Traffic Electrical Systems." Actuation. — The operation of any type of detector. Burn-In Procedure. — The procedure by which each LED signal module is energized for a minimum of 24 hours at operating voltage at a 100% duty cycle, and in an ambient temperature of 60°C (140°F). Candlepower Values. — Luminous intensity expressed in candelas (cd). Channel. — A discrete information path. Chromaticity (Color). — The color of the light emitted by a signal module, specified as x-y chromaticity coordinates on the Chromaticity diagram according to the 1931 Commission Internationale d'Eclairage standard observer and coordinate system. The measured chromaticity coordinates shall fall within the limits specified in VTCSH Section 8.04 "Limits of Chromaticity Coordinates." Controller Assembly. — The complete assembly for controlling the operation of a traffic signal or other system, consisting of a controller unit, and all auxiliary equipment housed in a rainproof cabi- net. Controller Unit — That part of the controller assembly which performs the basic timing and logic functions. Detector. — A device for indicating the passage or presence of vehicles or pedestrians. Duty Cycle. — The amount of illuminated on-time a signal module is energized, expressed as a percent of signal cycle time period. Electrolier. — The complete assembly of lighting standard, luminaire, ballast and lamp. Flasher. — A device used to open and close signal circuits at a repetitive rate. Flashing Beacon Control Assembly. — A complete electrical mechanism for operating a warning beacon or intersection control beacon. Inductive Loop Vehicle Detector. — A detector capable of being actuated by the change of inductance caused by a vehicle passing over or standing over the loop. Integrating Photometer. — An instrument used in measuring the intensity of light that enables total luminous flux to be determined by a single measurement. LED Light Source. — An individual light emitting diode. LED Signal Module. — A sealed circular ball or arrow that includes the lens and utilizes LED devices as the light source. An LED signal module may directly replace an existing traffic signal lamp and lens combination. Lighting Standard.— The pole and mast arm which support the luminaire. Luminaire.— The assembly which houses the light spurce and controls the light emitted from the light source. Magnetic Vehicle Detector.— A detector capable of being actuated by the induced voltage caused by the passage of a vehicle through the earth's magnetic field. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 144 of 275 Magnetometer Vehicle Detector.— A detector capable of being actuated by the magnetic disturbance caused by the passage or presence of a vehicle. Major Street.— The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the major volume of vehicular traffic. Minimum Intensity. — In accordance with the values in Table 1 of the existing "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads", hereinafter VTCSH standard, the minimum intensity values below which no LED signal modules will be released from the supplier. Minor Street.— The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the minor volume of vehicular traffic. Pedestrian Detector.— A detector, usually of the push button type, capable of being operated by hand. Plans. — For this Section (Section 209) plans shall include all documents listed in Section 2.5, "Plans and Specifications", et seq. as well as the "STANDARD PLANS", 2002 edition as promulgated by the State of California, Department of Transportation. Power Consumption. — The rms electrical power (watts) consumed by an LED signal module when operated at rated voltage. Pre-timed Controller Assembly.— A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance with a pre-determined cycle length. Rated Initial Intensity. — The light intensity of a new LED signal module, operated at rated voltage, measured after the burn-in procedure with an integrating photometer. Rated Voltage. — The ac rms voltage at which light output performance and power consumption are specified (117 VAC at 60 Hz). Signal Face.— That part of a signal head provided for controlling traffic in a single direction and consisting of one or more signal sections. Signal Head.— An assembly containing one or more signal faces. Signal Indication.— The illumination of a signal section or other device, or of a combination of sections or other devices at the same time. Signal Section.— A complete unit for providing a signal indication consisting of a housing, lens, reflector, lamp receptacle and lamp. Sun Phantom. — The effect of an outside light source entering the signal assembly and being returned in such a manner as to present the appearance of the signal assembly being illuminated. Traffic-Actuated Controller Assembly. — A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance with the varying demands of traffic as registered with the controller unit by detectors. Traffic Phase.— The right of way, change and clearance intervals assigned to a traffic movement or combination of movements. Vehicle.— Any motor vehicle normally licensed for highway use. VTCSH Standard. — The definitions and practices described in "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads" published in the "Equipment and Materials Standards" of the Institute of Transportation Engineers. 209-1.02 Regulations and Code. All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL), the Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL), the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc. (NETA), or the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 145 of 275 Electronic Industries Association (EIA), wherever applicable. In addition to the requirements of the plans, these supplemental provisions, all materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code 1996 edition, hereinafter referred to as the Code; California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 4, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders; Rules for Overhead Electrical Line Construction, General Order No. 95 of the Public Utilities Commission; Standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); American National Standards Institute (ANSI); and any local ordinances which may apply. Wherever reference is made to any of the standards mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, order, or standard that is in effect on the day the Notice to Contractors for the work is dated. 209-1.03 Equipment List and Drawings. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, within 15 days following award of the contract, submit to the Engineer for review a list of equipment and materials which the Contractor proposes to install as specified in Section 2- 5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals." The list shall be complete as to name of manufacturer, size and identifying number of each item. The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required, including schematic wiring diagrams and scale drawings of cabinets showing location and spacing of shelves, terminal blocks and equipment, including dimensioning. All of the above data shall be submitted, install as specified in Section 2-5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals", for review. Where electrical equipment is constructed as detailed on the plans, the submission of detailed drawings and diagrams will not be required. The Contractor shall furnish 5 sets of controller cabinet schematic wiring diagrams made by (1) wet blueprint, white background process using iron-sensitized paper, (2) the offset lithograph process, or (3) the electrostatic process. The diagrams shall show the location of the installation and shall list all equipment installed in each controller cabinet. In addition, for each signal installation, the Contractor shall furnish an intersection sketch showing poles, detectors, field wire connection terminals and phasing as shown on the plans. All schematic wiring diagrams of the controller units and auxiliary equipment, all cabinet diagrams, and all operation manuals shall be submitted at the time the controller assemblies are delivered for testing. The schematic wiring diagram shall show in detail all circuits and parts. All parts shown thereon shall be identified by name or number and in such manner as to be readily interpreted. All diagrams, plans and drawings shall be prepared using graphic symbols shown in ANSI publication Y32.2, entitled "IEEE Standard and American National Standard Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams." 209-1.04 Warranties, Guaranties and instruction Sheets. Manufacturers' warranties and guaranties furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied with materials shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project. 209-1.05 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems. Existing electrical systems (traffic signal, street lighting, flashing beacon, traffic monitoring, sign illumination and other facilities), or approved temporary replacements thereof, shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work, except when shutdown is permitted, to allow for alterations or final removal of the systems. The traffic signal shutdowns shall be limited to normal working hours. Lighting system shutdowns shall not interfere with the regular lighting schedule, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to performing any work on existing systems. The Contractor shall notify the local traffic enforcement agency prior to any operational shutdown of a traffic signal. Where an existing system or temporary system is being modified, work not shown on the plans or specified in these supplemental provisions and which is considered by the Engineer as necessary to keep all or any part of the system in effective operation will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3 "Extra Work.". The Agency will: 1) Continue the operation and maintenance of existing electrical facilities. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 146 of 275 2) Continue to provide for electrical energy for the operation of existing electrical facilities. 3) Repair or replace existing facilities damaged by public traffic. 4) Pay the cost of electrical energy for the operation of existing or new facilities that are undergoing the functional tests described in Section 209-2.14C, "Functional Testing." The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location and depth of existing detectors, conduits, pull boxes and other electrical facilities before using any tools or equipment that may damage those facilities or interfere with any electrical system. Where damage is caused by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly in accordance with these specifications. If any existing loop conductor, including the portion leading to the detector hand hole or termination pull box, is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. The affected detectors shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense and as directed by the Engineer within 24 hours. If the Contractor fails to complete the repairs within this period, the repairs will be made by Agency forces at the Contractor's expense. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of performing the repairs or replacements will be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor. Where roadways are to remain open to traffic and existing lighting systems are to be modified, the lighting systems shall remain in operation and the final connection to the modified circuit shall be made so that the modified circuit will be in operation by nightfall of the same day. Temporary electrical installations shall be kept in effective operation until the temporary installations are no longer required for the traveling public. Removal of temporary installations shall conform to the provi- sions in Section 209-7, "Removing, Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment." These provisions will not relieve the Contractor in any manner of the Contractor's responsibilities as provided in Sections 4-1.1, "General" and 4-1.2, "Protection of Work and Materials." During traffic signal system shutdown the Contractor shall place "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic through the intersection. All signal faces shall be covered when the system is shut down overnight. Temporary "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be either covered or removed when the system is turned on. "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-10.3, "Street Closures, Detours, Barricades." Minimum size of "STOP" signs shall be 750 mm (30"). One "STOP AHEAD" sign and one "STOP" sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two, or more, lane approaches, two "STOP" signs shall be placed for each direction of traffic. Location of the signs shall be as directed by the Engineer. 209-1.06 Scheduling of Work. No above ground work, except service equipment, shall be performed until the Contractor has all materials on hand to complete that particular signal location or lighting circuit. Work shall be so scheduled that each traffic signal, lighting and sign illumination system shall be completed and ready for operation prior to opening the corresponding section of the roadway to traffic. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer no less than three days prior to placing any traffic signal in operation. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the energizing of street lighting at the intersection to be controlled if street lighting exists or is being installed in conjunction with the traffic signals. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation until the roadways to be controlled are open to public traffic, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Lighting and traffic signals shall not be placed in operation, including flashing operation, prior to commencement of the functional test period specified in Section 209-2.14, "Testing," unless ordered otherwise by the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 147 of 275 Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until pull boxes are set to grade, crushed rock sumps installed and metallic conduit bonded. In vehicular undercrossings, soffit lights shall be placed in operation as soon as practicable after falsework has been removed from the structure. Lighting for pedestrian structures shall be placed in operation prior to opening the structure to pedestrian traffic. If the Engineer orders soffit lights or lighting for pedestrian structures placed in operation before permanent power service is available, the cost of installing and removing temporary power service will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3, "Extra Work." The initial turn-on shall be made only between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. and Tuesday through Thursday unless otherwise approved, in writing, by the Engineer. Prior to turn-on, all equipment as shown on the plans shall be installed and operable including pedestrian signals, pedestrian push buttons, vehicle detectors, lighting, signs and pavement delineation. All louvers, visors, and signal faces shall be directed to provide maximum visibility. Functional tests shall start on any working day except Friday, or the day preceding a legal holiday. 209-1.07 Safety Precautions. Attention is directed to Section 7-10.4.1, "Safety Orders." Before starting work on existing series street lighting circuits, the Contractor shall obtain daily a safety circuit clearance from the serving utility. By-pass switch plugs shall be pulled and "Men at Work" signs posted at switch boxes before any work is done. 209-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION 209-2.01 Excavating and Backfilling. The excavations required for the installation of conduit, foundations, and other appurtenances shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid any unnecessary damage to streets, sidewalks, landscaping, and other improvements. The trenches shall not be excavated wider than necessary for the proper installation of the electrical appurtenances and foundations. Excavation shall not be performed until immediately before installation of conduit and other appurtenances. The material from the excavation shall be placed in a position that will not cause damage or obstruction to vehicular and pedestrian traffic nor interfere with surface drainage. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, all surplus excavated material shall be removed and disposed of, within 48 hours, outside the public right of way in accordance with the provisions in Sections 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control", 300-1.3, "Removal and Disposal of Materials" and 302-6, "Surplus Material", depending on the origin and nature of the materials to be removed and disposed. The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the provisions in Sections 300-3.5, "Structure Backfill" or 306-1.3, "Backfill and Densification," depending on the nature of the structure or conduit that the excavation being backfilled accommodates. Excavations after backfilling shall be kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well-drained condition until permanent repairs are made. All excavations shall be filled, and sidewalks, pavement, and landscaping restored at each intersection prior to excavating at any other intersection, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. Excavations in the street or highway shall be performed in such a manner that not more than one traffic lane is restricted at any time, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 209-2.02 Removing and Replacing Improvements. In addition to the requirements of sections 7- 9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements" and 306-1.5, "Trench Resurfacing" Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants, and any other improvements removed, broken or damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality. The new work shall be left in a serviceable condition. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 148 of 275 Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, or driveway is broken or damaged, the entire square, section or slab shall be removed and the concrete reconstructed as above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in portland cement concrete sidewalks and driveways and in pavements shall be cut to a minimum depth of 50 mm (2") with an abrasive type saw prior to removing the sidewalk, driveways and pavement material. Cuts shall be neat and true along score lines, with no shatter outside the removal area. 209-2.03 Foundations. Portland cement materials and construction methods shall conform to Section 201, "Concrete, Mortar and Related concrete Materials," for Materials and Section 303, "Concrete and Masonry Construction," for construction methods. Concrete foundations shall rest on firm ground. Except when located on structures, foundations for posts, standards, and pedestals, not shown on the plans to have mortar pads, shall be placed "in the solid" and monolithic except for the top 50 mm (2") which shall be placed after the post, standard or pedestal is in proper position. After each post, standard, or pedestal on structures, and each standard shown on the plans to have mortar pads, is in proper position, mortar shall be placed under the base plate as shown on the plans. The exposed portions shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Mortar shall consist of one part by volume of Portland cement and 3 parts of clean sand, shall contain only sufficient moisture to permit packing and shall be cured by keeping it damp for 3 days. Reinforced cast-in-drilled-hole concrete pile foundations for traffic signal and lighting standards shall conform to the provisions in Section 205-3.3, "Cast-in-Place Concrete Piles," except that material resulting from drilling holes shall be disposed of as provided in Section 209-2.01, "Excavating and Backfilling." The exposed portions of the foundation shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Forms shall be true to line and grade. Tops of foundations for posts and standards, except special foundations, shall be finished to curb or sidewalk grade or as directed by the Engineer. Forms shall be rigid and securely braced in place. Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be placed in proper position and to proper height, and shall be held in place by means of a template until the concrete sets. Anchor bars or studs and nuts, except for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards, shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. Headed anchor bolts for foundations shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade B with S1 supplementary requirements. At the option of the Contractor, nonheaded anchor bolts for foundations shall conform either to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C or to the provisions in AASHTO Designation: M 314, Grade 36 or 55 with S1 supplementary requirements. When nonheaded anchor bolts conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C are furnished, the end of each fabricated anchor bolt shall be either coded by end stamping as required in ASTM Designation: A 307 or the end that projects from the concrete shall be permanently coded with a green color by the manufacturer. High strength anchor bolts, bars, or studs for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or A 449 and shall comply with the mechanical requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. Nuts and washers for high strength anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM Designations: A 563 or A 563M, and F 476 or F 476M, respectively. In addition to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 449, studs shall be marked on either end as required for bolt heads. All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." The upper threaded portion of all anchor bolts shall be provided with 2 nuts and 2 washers each. Anchor bars or studs shall be provided with 3 nuts and washers each. Welding shall not be performed on any portion of the body of high-strength anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 149 of 275 Plumbing of the standards shall be accomplished by adjusting the leveling nuts before placing mortar or before the foundation is finished to final grade. Shims, or other similar devices shall not be used for plumbing or raking of posts, standards or pedestals. Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moistened before placing concrete. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has thoroughly set. Ordinary surface finish, as specified in Section 303-1.9.2, "Ordinary Surface Finish," shall be applied to exposed surfaces of concrete. Where obstructions prevent the construction of a planned foundation, the Contractor shall construct an effective foundation as directed by the Engineer. The foundations shown on the plans shall be extended if conditions require additional depth, and the additional work, if ordered by the Engineer, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-2, "Changes Initiated By The Agency." Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, foundations not to be reused shall be removed. When a foundation is shown on the plans to be abandoned, the top of foundation, anchor bolts, and conduits shall be removed to a depth of not less than 1.0 m (3') below surface of sidewalk or unimproved ground. The resulting hole shall be backfilled with material equivalent to the surrounding material. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all standards to be relocated shall be provided with new foundations and anchor bolts of the proper type and size. Posts, poles, standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall not be erected until the foundation has set at least 7 days, and shall be plumbed or raked, as directed by the Engineer. In unpaved areas, a 1 .0 m (3') square, 100 mm (4") thick or of the size shown on the plans, whichever is the larger, raised pad of portland cement concrete shall be placed in front of each controller cabinet. 209-2.04 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts. Standards for traffic signals and lighting, and steel pedestals for cabinets and other similar equipment shall be located as shown on the plans. Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best general practice of metal fabrication shops. All welding shall conform to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code," and to the requirements in this Section 209-2.04. All welds joining the shafts of the standards and mast arms to their base plates shall be as shown on the plans, however, alternative weld joint details may be approved by the Engineer. Approval of alternative weld joint details will be contingent upon the proposed weld joint passing both weld procedure and nondestructive testing as deemed necessary by the Engineer. All costs of the supplemental testing shall be borne by the Contractor. All standards except Type 1 , and all signal mast arms, shall have an aluminum identification plate, as noted on the plans, attached with stainless steel rivets or screws. Type 1 standards and steel pedestals for controller cabinets shall be constructed of 3 mm (.125") or thicker galvanized steel; or 100 mm (4") standard weight galvanized, steel pipe or Size 103, Type 1 conduit, with the top designed for post-top slip-fitter. Standard weight galvanized, steel pipe shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Materials and construction methods for all ferrous metal parts of standards, with shaft length of 4.6 m (15') and longer, shall conform to the details shown on the plans, the requirements of Sections 206, "Miscellaneous Metal Items," for Materials and Section 304, "Metals Fabrication and Construction," for construction methods except as otherwise noted, and the following requirements: Except as otherwise specified, standards shall be fabricated from sheet steel of weldable grade having a minimum yield strength, after fabrication, of 276 Mpa (40,000 psi). Certified test reports which verify conformance to the minimum yield strength requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer. The test reports may be the mill test reports for the as-received steel or, when the as- received steel has a lower yield strength than required, the Contractor shall provide supportive test data which provides assurance that the Contractor's method of cold forming will consistently increase the tensile properties of the steel to meet the specified minimum yield strength. The supportive test Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 150 of 275 data shall include tensile properties of the steel both before and after cold forming for specific heats and thicknesses. When a single-ply 8 mm (0.3125") thick pole is specified, a 2-ply pole with equivalent section modulus may be substituted. Standards may be fabricated of full-length sheets or shorter sections. Each section shall be fabricated from not more than 2 pieces of sheet steel. Where 2 pieces are used, the longitudinal welded seams shall be directly opposite one another. When the sections are butt-welded together, the longitudinal welded seams on adjacent sections shall be placed to form continuous straight seams from base to top of standard. Butt-welded transverse joints shall be strengthened by inserting a metal sleeve at each joint. The sleeve shall be 3 mm (0.120") nominal thickness, or thicker, steel having the same chemical composition as the steel in the standard. When the sections to be joined have different specified minimum yield strengths, the steel in the sleeve shall have the same chemical composition as the higher minimum yield strength steel to be joined. The metal sleeve shall have a minimum length of 25 mm. The sleeve shall be centered at the joint and have the same taper as the standard with the outside of the sleeve in full contact with the inside of the standard throughout the sleeve length and circumference. All welds shall be continuous. The weld metal at the transverse joint shall extend to the sleeve, making the sleeve an integral part of the joint. Longitudinal welds in steel tubular sections will be tested in accordance with California Test 664. The sampling frequency shall be as determined by the Engineer. The welds may be made by the electric resistance welding process. All exposed welds, except fillet and fatigue resistant welds and welds on top of mast arms, shall be ground flush with the base metal. All exposed edges of the plates which make up the base assembly shall be finished smooth and all exposed corners of the plates shall be neatly rounded unless otherwise shown on the plans. Shafts shall be provided with slip-fitter shaft caps. Standards shall be straight, with a permissive variation not to exceed 25 mm (1") measured at the midpoint of a 9 m (30') or 1 1 m (36') standard and not to exceed 20 mm (3/4") measured at the midpoint of a 5 m (17') through 6 m (20') standard. Variation shall not exceed 25 mm (1") at a point 4.5 m (15') above the base plate for Type 35 and Type 36 standards. All galvanized nuts, used on assemblies with a specified preload or torque, shall be lubricated in accordance with the requirements specified for galvanized Grade DH nuts in ASTM Designation: A563orA563M. Standards with an outside diameter of 300 mm (12") or less shall be round. Standards with an outside diameter greater than 300 mm (12") shall be round or multisided. Multisided standards shall have a minimum of 10 sides which shall be convex and shall have a minimum bend radius of 100 mm (4"). Mast arms for standards, shall be fabricated from material as specified for standards and shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans. The cast steel option for slip bases shall be fabricated from material conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 27/A 27M, Grade 70-40. Other comparable material may be used if written permission is given by the Engineer. The casting tolerances shall be in accordance with the Steel Founder's Society of America recommendations (green sand molding). One casting from each lot of 50 castings or less shall be subject to radiographic inspection, in accordance with the provisions in ASTM Designation: E 94. The castings shall comply with the acceptance criteria severity level 3 or better for all types and categories of discontinuities as specified in ASTM Designations: E 186 and E 446. If the one casting fails to pass the inspection, 2 additional castings shall be radiographed. Both of these castings shall pass the inspection or the entire lot of 50 will be rejected. Material certifications consisting of physical and chemical properties, and radiographic films of the castings shall be filed at the manufacturer's office. These certifications and films shall be available for inspection upon request. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 151 of 275 High-strength bolts, nuts and flat washers used to connect slip base plates shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M and shall be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." Plate washers shall be fabricated by saw cutting and drilling steel plate conforming to AISI Designation: 1018, and be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." Prior to galvanizing, all burrs and sharp edges shall be removed and holes shall be chamfered sufficiently on each side to allow the bolt head to make full contact with the washer without tension on the bolt. High-strength cap screws shown on the plans for attaching mast arms to standards shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or ASTM Designation: A 449 and shall comply with the me- chanical requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. The cap screws shall be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." The threads of the cap screws shall be coated with a lubricant which is clean and dry to the touch. The galvanized faying surfaces of the connections between signal or lighting mast arms and poles shall be free of surface imperfections, such as lumps, runs, and scum, which would prevent intimate, uniform contact between the faying surfaces. Handholes in the base of standards shall conform to the details shown on the plans. All handholes shall be provided with covers. Changes in configuration of mast arms will be permitted, provided the mounting height and stability are maintained. Fabricators electing to use larger than minimum arm diameters shall adjust the details as required to permit solid seating of the cap screws. All arms shall be bent to the approximate configuration shown on the plans. A smooth curving arm is required. Pedestrian push button posts shall be constructed of 65 mm (2 1/2") standard pipe conforming to the dimensions shown on the plans. Guard posts shall be constructed of 100 mm (4") nominal dimension galvanized standard pipe 1.7 m (66") long. Posts shall be set 900 mm (31) in a block of Portland cement concrete, as shown on the plans, and the pipe shall be filled with portland cement concrete. Push button posts and guard posts shall be pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Slip bases shall be assembled and tightened when the pole is on the ground prior to erection. The threads of the heavy hex nuts for the slip base bolts shall be coated with an additional lubricant which is clean and dry to the touch. Each high strength slip base bolt shall be tightened to within 10 N-m (10 foot-pounds), plus or minus, of values in Table 209-2.04(A): TABLE 209-2.04 (A) HIGH STRENGTH SLIP BASE BOLT TORQUE VALUES Standard Type 15-SB 30 31 36-20A Torque (Newton-meters) 200 200 275 225 Torque Foot- Pounds 150 150 200 165 Holes left in the shafts of existing standards, due to removal of equipment or mast arms, shall be repaired by welding in a suitable disk, grinding smooth, and painting as provided for repairing Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 152 of 275 damaged galvanized surfaces in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." When directed by the Engineer, existing standards to be relocated or reused in place shall be repaired. Large dents shall be removed, shafts shall be straightened, and portions which are in poor condition due to corrosion or damage, shall be replaced. Extent of repairs or replacements will be determined by the Engineer and the repairs or replacements ordered by the Engineer will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-2, "Changes Initiated By The Agency." Anchor bolts or bars and nuts required for relocating existing standards shall be furnished by the Contractor. When a standard or mast arm is relocated, or when a used standard or mast arm is Agency-furnished, new nuts, bolts, cap screws and washers shall be provided and, if the standard has a slip base, a new keeper plate shall be provided. New hardware shall conform to the requirements for hardware used with new standards. New standards, mast arms, posts and other ferrous materials shall be galvanized as provided in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." 209-2.05 Conduit All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary installations, and where conductors are run inside poles. Conduit shall be of the sizes shown on the plans and as specified in this Section 209-2.05. In addition, the Contractor may, as an option at the Contractor's expense, use conduit of a larger size than that shown or specified, provided the larger size is used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet. Reducing couplings will not be permitted. New conduit shall not pass through foundations for standards. 209-2.05A Materials. Conduit and conduit fittings shall be UL or ETL listed and shall conform to the following: Type 1. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements in UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. The zinc coating will be tested in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 239. Type 2. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to Type 1 above and coated with polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. The exterior thermoplastic coating shall have a minimum thickness of 0.9 mm (35 mils). Type 3. Rigid non-metallic conduit conforming to the requirements in the UL Standard for Rigid Non- Metallic Conduit (Publication UL 651). Type 3 conduit shall be installed at all underground loca- tions. Type 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall consist of conduit with a liquid tight, non-metallic, sunlight-resistant jacket over an inner flexible metal core. Type 4 conduit shall be UL listed for use as the grounding conductor. Type 5. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC) conforming to the requirements in UL Publication 1242 for Intermediate Metallic Conduit. Type 5 conduit shall only be used when specified. Bonding bushings to be installed on metal conduit shall be insulated and shall be the galvanized or zinc alloy type. All conduit installed underground shall be Type 3, rigid non-metallic conduit. Type 3 conduit shall be installed at underground locations only. 209-2.05B Use. Exposed conduit installed on a painted structure shall be painted the same color as the structure. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum metric trade size of conduit shall be: 1) From an electrolier to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 41 (11/2" dia). 2) From a pedestrian push button post to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 27 (1" dia). 3) From a signal standard to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 53 (2" dia). 4) From a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 78 (3" dia). 5) For detector runs shall be Size 41 (11/2" dia). Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 153 of 275 6) Not otherwise specified shall be Size 41 (11/2" dia). 209-2.05C Installation. Conduit shall be installed in conformance with the codes and regulations listed in Section 209-1.02, "Regulations and Code." Conduit runs shown on the plans may be changed to avoid underground obstructions with written approval by the Engineer. The ends of all conduits, whether shop or field cut, shall be reamed to remove burrs and rough edges. Cuts shall be made square and true. Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit. When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling metal type conduit, a UL or ETL listed threaded union coupling shall be used. All couplings for metal type conduit shall be tightened to pro- vide a good electrical connection throughout the entire length of the conduit run. Conduit shall be tightened into couplings or fittings using strap wrenches or approved groove joint pliers. Conduit threads and damaged surfaces on metal conduit shall be painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." Aerosol cans shall not be used. The ends of conduit shall be threaded and shall be capped with standard pipe caps or "pennies" to protect the raceway against dirt and concrete until wiring is started. When caps or "pennies" are removed, the ends of conduit and conduit fittings shall be provided with conduit bushings. Conduit terminating in pull boxes or foundations shall be provided with insulated bonding bushings Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than 6 times the inside diameter of the conduit. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, without crimping or flattening, using the longest radius practicable. A No. 12 copper pull wire or a pull rope shall be installed in all conduits which are to receive future conductors. The pull rope shall be nylon or polypropylene with a minimum tensile strength of 2225 N (500 pounds). At least 0.6 m (21) of pull wire or rope shall be doubled back into the conduit at each termination. Existing underground conduit to be incorporated into a new system shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. Conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than 460 mm (18") below grade in Portland cement concrete sidewalk areas and curbed paved median areas, and not less than 750 mm (30") below finished grade in all other areas. Conduit may be laid on top of the existing pavement within new curbed medians being constructed on top of the existing pavement. Conduit couplings shall be located at least 150 mm (6") from face of foundation. Jacking will be required except in areas of new road construction. Pavement shall not be disturbed without permission from the Engineer. In the event obstructions are encountered, upon approval of the Engineer, small holes may be cut in the pavement to locate or remove obstructions. Jacking or drilling pits shall be kept 0.6 m (2') clear of the edge of any type of pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined or subgrade softened, will not be permitted. Conduit to be placed as part of the completed work shall not be used for drilling or jacking. When "Trenching in Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or required on the plans or in these supplemental provisions, installation of conduit under pavement shall conform to the following: Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement in a trench approximately 50 mm (2") wider than the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed. Trench shall not exceed 150 mm (6") in width. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 154 of 275 Trench depth shall not exceed 300 mm (12") or conduit metric trade size plus 250 mm (10"), whichever is greater, except that at pull boxes the trench may be hand dug to required depth. The top of the installed conduit shall be a minimum of 230 mm (9") below finished grade. In areas where additional pavement is to be placed, trenching installation shall be completed prior to placing the final pavement layer. The outline of all areas of pavement to be removed shall be cut to a minimum depth of 75 mm (3") with a rock cutting excavator specifically designed for this purpose. Cuts shall be neat and true with no shatter outside the removal area. The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the trench shall be backfilled with trench backfill slurry concrete. Concrete backfill shall be placed to the pavement surface except, when the trench is in asphalt concrete pavement and additional pavement is not being placed, the top 30 mm (0.10') of the trench shall be backfilled with asphalt concrete produced from commercial quality paving asphalt and aggregates. Prior to spreading asphalt concrete, paint binder (tack coat) shall be applied as specified in Section 302-5.4, "Tack Coat." Spreading and compacting of asphalt concrete shall be performed by any method which will produce an asphalt concrete surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture, and density. All excavated areas in the pavement shall be backfilled, except for the top 30 mm (0.10'), by the end of each work period. The top 30 mm (0.10') shall be placed within 3 calendar days after trenching. Conduit to be placed beneath railroad tracks shall comply with the following: The conduit shall be Size 41 (1V2" dia.) minimum, and shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm (3') below bottom of tie. The near side of each conduit jacking pit shall be constructed not less than 4 m (12') from the centerline of track. When the jacking pit is to be left overnight, it shall be covered with substantial planking. Conduit terminating in standards or pedestals shall extend not more than 50 mm (2") vertically above the foundation and shall be sloped towards the handhole opening. Conduit entering through the side of non-metallic pull boxes shall terminate not more than 50 mm (2") inside the box wall and not less than 50 mm (2") above the bottom, and shall be sloped toward top of box to facilitate pulling of conductors. Conduit entering through the bottom of a pull box shall terminate 50 mm (2") above the bottom and shall be located near the end walls to leave the major portion of the box clear. At all outlets, conduits shall enter from the direction of the run. Conduit runs from underground, including under sidewalks, which are adjacent to gasoline service stations or other installations of underground gasoline or diesel storage, piping, or pumps, and which lead to a controller cabinet, circuit breaker panel, service, or any enclosure where an arc may occur during normal operations, shall be sealed if the conduit is within the limits specified in the National Electrical Code for Class 1, Division 1, Hazardous Locations. Type 1 or Type 2 conduit shall be used for these runs. Conduit for future use in structures shall be threaded and capped. Conduit leading to soffit, wall or other lights or fixtures below the grade of the pull box shall be sealed by means of a sealing fitting and sealing compound, except that sealing fitting and sealing compound will not be required where conduit terminates in a No. 9 or No. 9A pull box. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 155 of 275 Conduits in or on walls or bridge superstructures shall be supported as shown on the plans, in conformance with the following: Steel hangers, steel brackets, and other fittings shall conform to the materials and construction methods provisions in Sections 206-1 , "Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, pins and Anchor Bolts", for materials and 304-1 , "Structural Steel" for construction methods. Cast-in-place metal inserts for hangers or brackets shall be capable of developing 135 Mpa (20,000 pounds per square inch) in tension on the net section of the bolt or threaded rod. Precast concrete conduit cradles shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be constructed of commercial quality concrete containing not less than 350 kg of portland cement per cubic meter (564 Ibs. per cubic yard) and commercial quality welded wire fabric. The cradles shall be moist cured for not less than 3 days. Precast concrete cradles shall be bonded to the structure with epoxy adhesive conforming to the provisions in Section 214-6.2.2, "Standard Set Epoxy Adhesive for Pavement Markers," or Section 214-6.2.1, "Rapid Set Epoxy Adhesive for Pavement Markers" or conforming to State of California specification 8040-21 M-08, Type I when cure temperatures are above 15°®C (59^F) or to State of California specification 8040-21 M-08, Type I when cure temperatures are below 15°®C Openings for conduits through bridge superstructure concrete shall be formed or may consist of pipe sleeves. Where conduits pass through the abutment concrete, the conduits shall be wrapped with 2 layers of asphalt-felt building paper, securely taped or wired in place. The space around conduits through bridge abutment walls shall be filled with portland cement mortar conforming to the provisions in Section 201-5, "Cement Mortar," except that the proportion of cement to sand shall be one to 3. When the bridge superstructure is to be prestressed, the space around conduits through abutments shall not be filled until the prestressing has been completed. Conduit which is surface mounted shall be run straight and true, horizontal or vertical on the walls and parallel to walls on ceilings or other similar surfaces. Conduit shall be supported at intervals of not more than 1 .5 m (5'), and closer where necessary to prevent vibration or unsightly deflection. The supports shall consist of galvanized malleable iron conduit clamps and clamp backs secured with expansion anchorage devices conforming to the requirements for concrete anchorage devices in Sections 206-1 , "Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, pins and Anchor Bolts", for materials and 304-1 , "Structural Steel" for construction methods. Threaded studs shall be galvanized and shall be of the largest diameter that will pass through the mounting hole in conduit clamp. Attention is directed to Section 209-2.10, "Bonding and Grounding." Where pull boxes are placed in conduit runs, the conduit shall be fitted with threaded bushings and bonded. The location of ends of all conduits in structures, or terminating at curbs, shall be marked by a "Y" at least 75 mm (3") high cut into the face of curb, gutter, or wall, directly above the conduit and above grade line. 209-2.05D Expansion Fittings. Expansion fittings shall be installed where the conduit crosses any expansion joint in the structure. Each expansion fitting for metal conduit shall be provided with a copper bonding jumper having the ampacity required by the Code. Each expansion-deflection fitting for expansion joints of 38 mm (1 1/2") movement rating shall be watertight and shall consist of a molded neoprene sleeve, a bonding jumper and 2 silicon bronze or zinc-plated iron hubs. Each fitting shall permit a minimum of 19 mm (3/4") expansion and contraction and a minimum of 19 mm (3/4") lateral deflection. Details of expansion-deflection fittings for joints of movement rating of more than 38 mm (11/2") shall be as shown on the plans and specified in these supplemental provisions. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 156 of 275 209-2.06 Pull Boxes. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans or as specified. The Contractor may, as an option, at the Contractor's expense, use pull boxes of a larger standard size than that shown or specified. 209-2.06A Materials. Pull boxes, covers and extensions for installation in the ground or in sidewalk areas shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans and shall be precast of reinforced portland cement concrete (PCC) or of non-PCC material. Non-PCC material shall be fire resistant and shall not burn at a rate greater than 8 mm (0.3") per minute per 2.5 mm (0.1") of thickness when tested in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 635. The non-PCC material shall show no appreciable change in physical properties with exposure to the weather. Non-PCC material shall be dense and free of voids or porosity, and shall be a gray or brown color. Top dimensions of non-PCC pull boxes shall not exceed the bottom dimensions by more than 25 mm (1"). Extensions for non-PCC pull boxes shall be of the same material as the pull boxes, and shall be attached to the pull boxes in a manner that will maintain the minimum combined depths shown on the plans. Non- PCC pull boxes shall be of sufficient rigidity that when a designated concentrated force is applied perpendicularly to the midpoint of one of the long sides at the top while the opposite long side is sup- ported by a rigid surface, it shall be possible to remove the cover without the use of tools. The designated concentrated force shall be 650 N (150 Ibs.) for a No. 31/2 pull box and shall be 450 N (100 Ibs.) for a No. 5 or No. 6 pull box. When a vertical force of 6500 N (1,500 Ibs.) is applied, through a 13 mm (1//2") x 75 mm (3") x 150 mm (6") steel plate, to a non-PCC cover in place on a pull box, the cover shall not fail and shall not deflect more than 6 mm (1/4"). The steel plate shall be centered on the cover with its longitudinal axis coinciding with the longitudinal axis of the cover. Where a ballast or transformer or other device is to be placed in a non-metallic pull box, the box shall be provided with recesses for a hanger. Pull boxes and covers for installation in structures shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans. Each No. 7 ceiling pull box located near a flush soffit fixture and to be used to house the ballast for the fixture shall be provided with mounting brackets for the ballast and any required capacitors. Covers, except covers for ceiling pull boxes, shall be secured with 9 mm (3/8") bolts, cap screws, or studs, and nuts which shall be of brass, stainless steel or other non-corroding metal material. Stainless steel holddown bolts, cap screws or studs, and nuts and washers shall have a chromium content of not less than 18 percent and a nickel content of not less than 8 percent. All ferrous metal parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." 209-2.06B Cover Marking. Covers for pull boxes, except covers for ceiling pull boxes, shall be marked as shown on the plans. Marking shall be clearly defined and uniform in depth and may be placed parallel to either the long or short sides of the cover. Marking letters shall be between 25 mm (1") and 75 mm (3") high. Marking shall be applied to each steel or cast iron cover prior to galvanizing by one of the following methods: (a) Cast iron strips, at least 6 mm (V4 U) thick, with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (V16°). Strips shall be fastened to covers with 6 mm (V) flathead stainless steel machine bolts and nuts. Bolts shall be peened after tightening. (b) Sheet steel strips at least 0.7 mm (22 ga.) with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (V16") above the surrounding surface of the strips. Strips shall be fastened to covers by spot welding, tack welding or brazing, with 6 mm (1/4") stainless steel rivets, or with 6 mm (1/4 U) roundhead stainless steel machine bolts and nuts. Bolts shall be peened after tightening. (c) Bead welding the letters on the covers. The letters shall be raised at least 2 mm (3/32M). 209-2.06C Installation and Use. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans and, in conduit runs exceeding 60 m(200'), shall be spaced at not over 60 m (200') intervals. The Contractor may, at the Contractor's expense, install additional pull boxes to facilitate the work. The A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 157 of 275 bottoms of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas, shall be bedded in crushed rock as shown on the plans. 209-2.08 Conductors. Conductors shall be copper of the gage shown on the plans, unless specified otherwise. Copper wire shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designations: B 3 and B8. Wire sizes, other than conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable, shall be based on American Wire Gage (AWG), except that conductor diameter shall be not less than 98 percent of the specified AWG diameter. Conductors for branch circuits shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable of simultaneous operation. The maximum voltage drop for both feeders and branch circuits shall not exceed 5 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable of simultaneous operation. Conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: B 286. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, "Certification," shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each type of cable to be used on a project. 209-2.08A Conductor Identification. All single conductors in cables, except detector lead-in cables, shall have clear, distinctive and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the entire length showing the manufacturer's name or trademark, insulation type letter designation, conductor size, voltage rating and the number of conductors if a cable. Conductor insulation shall be of a solid color or of basic colors with a permanent colored stripe as detailed in the following table unless otherwise specified. Solid or basic colors shall be homogeneous through the full depth of insulation. Identification stripes shall be continuous over the entire length of the conductor. For conductor sizes No. 2 and larger, the insulation may be black and the ends of the conductors shall be taped with electrical insulating tape of the required color for a minimum of 500 mm (20"). All single conductors in cables shall be marked as shown in Table 209-2.08A (A): TABLE 209-2.08A (A) CONDUCTORS Circuit Vehicle Signals (Note 4) Pedestrian Signals (Note 4) Pedestrian Push Buttons (Note 4) Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Highway Lighting Pull Box to Luminaire (Note 9) Multiple Highway Lighting Signal Phase or Function 2,6 *8 1 5 3,7 'p 60 . .. to 80 |p,5p 3p,7p >p,6p to,8p 1p,5p 3P.7P Jngrounded between Service Switch & Cabinet Jngrounded-Line 1 Jngrounded-Line 2 Srounded Ungrounded-Line 1 Jngrounded-Line 2 Identification Insulation Colors Base Red, Yellow, Brown Red, Yellow, Brown Red, Yellow, Brown Red, Yellow, Brown Red, Brown Red, Brown Red, Brown Red, Brown Blue Blue Blue Blue Black Red Black Red White Black Red Stripe (Note 1) Black Orange None Purple Black Orange None Purple Black Orange None Purple None None None None None None None Band Symbols (Note 6) 26 48 1 5 37 2o 6p 4o 8p 1p 5p . ... 3p,7p P-2 P-6 .... P-4 P-8 ... P-1 P-5 .. P-3.P-7 CON-1 CON-2 No band require: No band requirec No band requirec Ml -I ML2 • Minimum Size (Note 11) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 6 6 14 14 14 10 10 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 158 of 275 Lighting Control Multiple Service Sign Lighting (Note 8) Flashing Beacons (Note 7) Grounded & Common Interconnect Railroad Pre-Emption.... Spares Jngrounded to Phntnolertrir 1 Init fPFI l\ Switching leg from PEU unit or SM transformer Jngrounded-Line 1 (Signals) Jngrounded-Line 2 (Lighting) Jngrounded-Line 1 Jngrounded-Line 2 Jngrounded between Flasher and Beacons 'edestrian Push Buttons.. Signals & Multiple Lighting Cashing Beacons & Sign Lighting Jghting Control Multiple Service Common -lash )ia!2 Dials Jffset Rlark Red Black Red (Note 10) Black Red Red or Yellow White White White White White White Orange Orange Orange Orange Black Black None None None None None None Black None None None None None None None None None None None r-\ C2 No band require Except per Note SL-1 SL-2 F-Location No. (See Note 3) .. No band requirec No band requirec No band requirec C-3 . No band requirec -F -D2 .. -D3 -O R No band requirec 14 14 6 8 10 10 14 14 10 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Notes: 1. On overlaps, insulation is striped for first phase in designation, for example, a phase (2+3) conductor is striped as for phase 2. 2. Band for overlap and special phases as required. 3. Flashing beacons having separate service do not require banding. 4. These requirements do not apply to signal cable. 5. "S" if circuit is switched on line side of service equipment by utility. 6. Band conductors in each pull box and near ends of termination points. On signal light circuits, a single band may be placed around 2 or 3 ungrounded conductors comprising a phase. 7. Ungrounded conductors between service switch and flasher mechanism shall be black and banded as indicated in this column. 8. Conductors between ballasts and sign lighting lamps shall be No. 16 and color shall correspond to that of the ballast leads. 9. Both conductors between external H.I.D. ballast and lamp socket shall be black. 10. Black acceptable for size No. 2 and larger. Tape ends for 500 mm (20") with indicated color. 11. Wire sizes listed are minimums. Ampacity requirements of specific circuits or voltage drop may necessitate larger conductors. 209-2.08B Multiple Circuit Conductors. Conductors for multiple circuits shall be UL or ETL listed and rated for 600-volt operation. The insulation for No. 14 through No. 4 conductors shall be one of the following: Type TW polyvinyl chloride conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 2219. Type THW polyvinyl chloride. Type USE, Type RHH or Type RHW cross-linked polyethylene. At any point, the minimum thickness of any Type TW, THW, USE, RHH or RHW insulation shall be 1.0 mm (40 mils) for conductor sizes No. 14 to No. 10, inclusive, and 1.3 mm (54 mils) for No. 8 to No. 2, inclusive. The insulation for No. 2 and larger conductors shall be one of the types listed above or shall be Type THWN. Conductors for wiring wall luminaires shall be stranded copper, with insulation rated for use at temperatures up to 125°C. Overhead lighting conductors shall be No. 8, or larger, medium hard drawn copper with weatherproof covering. 209-2.08C Series Circuit Conductors. Conductors for series circuits shall be No. 8, shall be rated for 5000-volt operation and shall be insulated with 3.7 mm (150 mils) minimum thickness Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 159 of 275 polyvinyl chloride compound conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2219, or polyethylene conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 1351. 209-2.08D Signal Cable. Signal cable shall be installed. Individual conductors are not allowed. Signal cable shall conform to the following: The cable jacket shall be black polyethylene with an inner polyester binder sheath, and shall be rated for 600- volt and 75°C. All cables shall have clear, distinctive, and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the entire length of the cable showing the manufacturer's name or trademark, insulation designation, number of conductors, conductor sizes, and the voltage rating of the jacket. Filler material, if used, shall be polyethylene material. Individual conductors in the cable shall be solid copper with Type THWN insulation, and shall conform to the requirements in Section 209-2.08, "Conductors," and ASTM Designation: B 286. The minimum thickness of Type THWN insulation, at any point, shall be 0.3 mm (13 mils) for conductor sizes No. 14 and No. 12, and 0.4 mm (18 mils) for conductor size No. 10. The minimum thickness of the nylon jacket shall be 0.1 mm (4 mils) at any point. Three-Conductor Cable (3CSC). The 3-conductor signal cable shall consist of three No. 14 conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 10 mm (0.10"). The color code of the conductors shall be blue/black stripe, blue/orange stripe, and white/black stripe. The 3 conductor cable shall be used for pedestrian push buttons and a spare. FiveConductor Cable (5CSC). The 5-conductor signal cable shall consist of five No. 14 conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 13 mm (0.50"). The color code of the conductors shall be red, yellow, brown, black, and white. Nine-Conductor Cable (9CSC). The 9-conductor cable shall consist of eight No. 14 conductors and one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of .5 mm (60 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 17 mm (0.70"). The color code for the No. 12 conductor shall be white. The color code for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(A): TABLE 209-2.08D(A) NINE-CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE Insulation Colors red yellow brown red/black stripe yellow/black stripe brown/black stripe black white/black stripe Twelve-Conductor Cable (12CSC). The 12-conductor signal cable shall consist of eleven No. 14 conductors and one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.5 mm (60 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 17 mm (0.70"). The color code for the No. 12 conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(B), unless otherwise approved by the Engineer: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 160 of 275 TABLE 209-2.08D(B) TWELVE -CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE Color Code red yellow brown red/black stripe yellow/black stripe brown/black stripe black/red stripe black/white stripe black red/white stripe brown/white stripe Termination vehicle signal red vehicle signal yellow vehicle signal green vehicle signal red vehicle signal yellow vehicle signal green spare, or use as required for red or Don't Walk spare, or use as required for yellow spare, or use as required for green or Walk ped signal Don't Walk ped signal Walk Phase 2,4, 6 or 8 2, 4, 6 or 8 2, 4, 6 or 8 1,3, 5 or 7 1,3, 5 or 7 1,3, 5 or 7 The 12-conductor cable shall be used for vehicle signals, pedestrian signals, spares and the signal common. Twenty Eight-Conductor Cable (28CSC). The 28-conductor signal cable shall consist of 27 No. 14 conductors and one No. 10 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 2 mm (80 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.6 mm (64 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 23 mm (0.90"). The color code for the No. 10 conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(C): Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 161 of 275 TABLE 209-2.08D(C) TWENTY EIGHT - CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE Color Code red/black stripe yellow/black stripe brown/black stripe red/orange stripe yellow/orange stripe brown/orange stripe red/silver stripe yellow/silver stripe brown/silver stripe red/purple stripe yellow/purple stripe brown/purple stripe red/2 black stripes brown/2 black stripes red/2 orange stripes brown/2 orange stripes red/2 silver stripes brown/2 silver stripes red/2 purple stripes brown/2 purple stripes blue/black stripe blue/orange stripe blue/silver stripe blue/purple stripe white/black stripe black/red stripe black Termination vehicle signal red vehicle signal yellow vehicle signal green vehicle signal red vehicle signal yellow vehicle signal green vehicle signal red vehicle signal yellow vehicle signal green vehicle signal red vehicle signal yellow vehicle signal green ped signal Don't Walk ped signal Walk ped signal Don't Walk ped signal Walk overlap A, C red overlap A, C green overlap B, D red overlap B, D green ped push button ped push button overlap A, C yellow overlap B, D yellow ped push button common railroad pre-emption spare Phase 2 or 6 2 or 6 2 or 6 4 or 8 4 or 8 4 or 8 1 or 5 1 or 5 1 or 5 3 or 7 3or7 3 or 7 2 or 6 2 or 6 4 or 8 4 or 8 OLA, OLC OLA, OLC OLB, OLD OLB, OLD 2 or 6 4 or 8 OLA(y), OLC(y) OLB(y), OLD(y) 1) The signal commons in each 28-conductor cable shall be kept separate except at the signal controller. 2) Each 28-conductor cable shall be labeled in each pull box "C1" or "C2",. 3) The cable identified "CT shall be used for signal Phases 1, 2, 3 and 4. The cable identified "C2" shall be used for signal Phases 5, 6, 7 and 8. 4) Each signal cable, except 28-conductor, shall be marked, in each pull box, showing the signal standard to which it is connected. 209-2.08E Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC). Signal Interconnect Cable shall consist of six or twelve No. 20, minimum, stranded tinned copper conductors as shown on the plans or required herein. Each conductor shall be insulated with 0.33 mm (0.013"), minimum nominal thickness, color coded, polypropylene material. Conductors shall be in twisted pairs. Color coding shall distinguish each pair. Each pair shall be wrapped with an aluminum polyester shield and shall have a No. 22 or larger, stranded, tinned copper drain wire inside the shielded pair. The cable jacket shall be black, high density polyethylene, rated for a minimum of 300- volts and 60°C, and shall have a nominal wall thickness of 1.0 mm (40 mils), minimum. The cable jacket or the moisture-resistant tape directly under the outer jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, insulation type designation, number of conductors and conductor size, and voltage and temperature ratings. Splices shall be made only where shown on the plans or in controller cabinets. A minimum of one meter (3') of slack Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 162 of 275 shall be provided at each splice and 2 m (6') at each controller cabinet. Splices of conductors shall be insulated with heat-shrink tubing of the appropriate size and shall overlap the conductor insulation at least 15 mm (0.5"). The overall cable splice shall be covered with heat-shrink tubing, with at least 40 mm (1V2") of overlap of the cable jacket. 209-2.09 Wiring. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary installations and where conductors are run inside poles. Wiring shall be done in conformance with the regulations and code listed in Section 209-1.02, "Regulations and Code," and the following additional requirements: 209-2.09A Circuitry. Sufficient traffic signal light conductors shall be provided to perform the functional operation of the signal and, in addition thereto, 3 spare conductors shall be provided in all conduits containing traffic signal light conductors, unless shown otherwise on the plans. Traffic signal light conductors shall not run to a terminal block on a standard unless they are to be connected to a signal head that is mounted thereon. Connection to each terminal of a pedestrian push button shall be by a single conductor. The common for pedestrian push button circuits shall be separate from the traffic signal light circuit grounded conductors. Where ballasts or transformers are used, series conductors shall be run from ballast to ballast, transformer to transformer, and from bal- last or transformer to service. 209-2.09B Installation. A UL or ETL listed inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in conduit. Conductors shall be pulled into conduit by hand and the use of winches or other power actuated pulling equipment will not be permitted. All conductors shall be pulled directly from the spool into the conduit and shall not be dragged on the around as to cause damage to the conductors. When new conductors are to be added to existing conductors in a conduit, all conductors shall be removed; the conduit shall be cleaned as provided in Section 209-2.05C, "Installation''; and both old and new conductors shall be pulled into the conduit as a unit. Where traffic signal light conductors are run in lighting standards containing street lighting conductors from a different service point, either the traffic signal light conductors or the lighting conductors shall be encased in flexible or rigid metal conduit, to a point where the 2 types of conductors are no longer in the same raceway. Temporary conductors less than 3 m (10') above grade shall be enclosed in flexible or rigid metal conduit. At least 0.3 m (1 ') of slack shall be left for each conductor at each signal or lighting standard, or combined standard, and at least one meter (3') of slack at each pull box. At least one meter (3') of slack shall be left for each conductor at each splice. Ends of spare conductors or conductors terminated in pull boxes shall be taped to provide a watertight seal. Conductors within fixtures or service cabinets shall be neatly arranged and shall be cabled together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or other method approved by the Engineer. Traffic signal light conductors, interconnect conductors, service conductors, detector conductors and cables in controller cabinets and flashing beacon cabinets shall be neatly arranged, and shall be cabled together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or enclosed in plastic tubing or raceway. Conductor identification shall be provided under the following conditions: Where signal phase or circuit are not clearly indicated by conductor insulation color and stripe as detailed in the conductor table in Section 209-2.08, "Conductors," or when identification stripes are not available, marking shall be as detailed in the conductor table for special and overlap phases. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 163 of 275 Where metered and unmetered conductors occupy the same pull box, the unmetered circuit conductors shall be identified, "UNMETERED-STREET LTG," "UNMETERED-COUNT STATION," or as appropriate to describe the unmetered circuit. Conductors shall be permanently identified as to function. Identification shall be placed on each conductor, or each group of conductors comprising a signal phase, in each pull box and near the end of terminated conductors. Identification shall be by direct labeling, tags or bands fastened to the conductors in such a manner that they will not move along the conductors. Labeling shall be by mechanical methods. 209-2.09C Connectors and Terminals. Conductors shall be joined by the use of UL or ETL listed crimp type connectors as shown on the plans. Connectors and terminals shall be applied with the proper type tool as recommended by the manufacturer of the connector or terminal being used. Finished connections and terminals shall comply with the requirements of Military Specification MIL- T-7928. All stranded conductors smaller than No. 14 shall be terminated in crimp style terminal lugs. All connectors and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted. 209-2.09D Splicing and Terminations. Unless specified otherwise or permitted by the Engineer, splices shall conform to the details shown on the plans and will be permitted only in the following types of circuits at the following locations: Grounded conductors in pull boxes. Pedestrian push button conductors in pull boxes. Multiple or series lighting conductors in the pull box adjacent to each electrolier or luminaire location or in the bases of Type 21 standards. Where electroliers are more than 120 m (400') apart, splices will be permitted in pull boxes at 120 m (400'), or greater, intervals. When traffic signals are being modified, ungrounded traffic signal light conductors may be spliced in pull boxes at locations shown on the plans. Ungrounded traffic signal light conductors to a terminal compartment or signal head on a standard may be spliced to through conductors of the same phase in the pull box adjacent to the standard. All splices and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted. 209-2.09E Splice Insulation. All splices shall be capable of satisfactory operation under continuous submersion in water. Multi-conductor cables shall be spliced and insulated to provide a watertight joint and to prevent absorption of moisture by the cable. Where more than one conductor enters the sleeve of a ballast installed in a pull box, the insulation and taping shall be applied between the conductors in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint. Splice insulation shall conform to the details shown on the plans. Low-voltage tape shall be UL or ETL listed and shall be the following types: Self-fusing, oil and flame-resistant, synthetic rubber. Pressure-sensitive, adhesive, polyvinyl chloride, 0.15 mm (0.007") minimum thickness. Tape for insulating splices in high-voltage (over 600 V) circuits shall be designed for use on 5-kvolt circuits and shall be resistant to ozone, corona and water. Insulating pad shall be composed of a laminate of 2 mm (0.085") thickness of electrical grade polyvinyl chloride and a 3 mm (0.125") Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 164 of 275 thickness of butyl splicing compound with removable liner. . Heat-shrink tubing shall be medium or heavy wall thickness, irradiated polyolefm tubing containing an adhesive mastic inner wall. Minimum wall thickness prior to contraction shall be one millimeter (39 mils). When heated, the inner wall shall melt and fill all crevices and interstices of the object being covered while the outer wall shrinks to form a waterproof insulation. Each end of the heat shrink tube or the open end of the end cap of heat-shrink tubing shall, after contraction, overlap the conductor insulation at least 38 mm (1%"). Heat-shrink tubing shall conform to the requirements of UL Standard 468D and ANSI C119.1, for extruded insulated tubing at 600-V. All heat-shrink tubing shall also meet the requirements of Table 209-2.09E(A): TABLE 209-2.09E(A) HEAT-SHRINK TUBING Property Shrinkage Ratio Dielectric Strength Resistivity Tensile Strength Operating Temperature Water Absorption Requirement 33 percent, maximum, of supplied diameter when allowed to cool to 25°C. heated to 125°Cand 140 kV per 10 mm, minimum. 10^3 4 • mm, minimum. 14 MPa, minimum. -40°C to 90°C (135°C Emergency). 0.5 percent, maximum. When three or more conductors are to be enclosed within a single splice using heat-shrink tubing, mastic shall be placed around each conductor, prior to being placed inside the heat-shrink tubing. The mastic shall be the type recommended by the manufacturer of the heat-shrink tubing. After contraction, the ends and seams of heat-shrink tubing shall be painted with electrical insulating coating. Heat-shrink tubing shall not be heated with an open flame. A heating device designed for the purpose is required. The Contractor may, at the Contractor's option, use either of the following splice insulation methods: 1) "Method B" as shown on the plans. A minimum of 2 thicknesses of electrical insulating pad shall be used. Pads shall be applied to the splice in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2) Heat-shrink tubing as provided above. 209-2.095 Fused Splice Connectors. In the pull box adjacent to each luminaire a fused disconnect splice connector shall be installed in each ungrounded conductor between the line and the ballast. The connector shall be readily accessible in the pull box regardless of whether the ballast is remote or is integral with the luminaire. For 240-volt and 480-volt circuits, each connector shall be designed so that both ungrounded conductors are disconnected simultaneously. The connector shall have no exposed metal parts, except the head of a stainless steel assembly screw may be exposed. The head of the metal as- sembly screw shall be recessed a minimum of 0.8 mm (1/32") below the top of a plastic boss which surrounds the head. The splice connector shall completely enclose the fuse and shall protect the fuse against damage from water and weather. The contact between the fuse and fuse holder shall be by spring pressure. The terminals of the splice connector shall be rigidly crimped, using a tool of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the fused splice connector, onto the line conductors and the conductors to the ballasts and shall be insulated and made waterproof in accordance with the splice connector manufacturer's recommendations. Fused splice connectors shall not be used in series circuits. A'N'' Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 165 of 275 Fuses shall be standard midget, ferrule type, with "Non-Time-Delay" feature, and shall be 10 mm (13/32")x38mm(lV). 209-2.10 Bonding and Grounding. Metallic cable sheaths, metal pull box covers, metal conduit, equipment grounding conductors, ballast and transformer cases, service equipment, sign switches, and metal poles and pedestals shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to form a continuous system, and shall be effectively grounded. Bonding jumpers shall be copper wire or copper braid of the same cross sectional area as No. 6 for series lighting systems and No. 8 or larger for all other systems. The jumper size shall be increased to match the load or the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Equipment grounding conductors shall be color coded to Code requirements or shall be bare. The bonding jumper in standards with handholes shall be attached by a 4.5 mm (3/16") or larger brass bolt and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Standards without handholes shall be bonded by a jumper attached to all anchor bolts, and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been placed on foundation. Where slip base standards or slip base inserts are installed, the bonding jumper shall not intrude into the slip plane. Bonding shall be accomplished by a bonding strap to all anchor bolts or a 4.5 mm (3/ieu) or larger brass bolt installed in the bottom slip base plate. One side of the secondary circuit of series-multiple and step-down transformers shall be grounded. Grounding of metal conduit, service equipment and the grounded conductor at service point shall be accomplished as required by the Code and the serving utility, except that grounding electrode conductor shall be No. 6, or larger. For equipment grounding purposes in Type 3 conduit, a No. 6 copper wire shall be run continuously in circuits used for series lighting, and a No. 8, minimum, copper wire shall be run continuously in all other circuits. The bonding wire size shall be increased to match the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Where Type 3 conduit is to be installed for future conductors, the copper wire may be omitted. Equipment bonding and grounding conductors are not required in conduits which contain only loop lead-in cable or signal interconnect cable or both. At each multiple service disconnect location, a ground electrode shall be furnished and installed. Ground electrodes shall be one-piece lengths of galvanized steel rod or pipe not less than 19 mm (3/4") in diameter, or of copper clad steel rod not less than 15 mm (5/8u) in diameter. Ground electrodes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the Code. The service equipment shall be bonded to the ground electrode by use of a ground clamp or exothermic weld and No. 6 or larger copper wire, enclosed in a size 16 or larger diameter conduit. Ground clamp for service grounding and for grounding of equipment on wood poles shall be Size 16 galvanized, malleable iron conduit hub with swivel feature. On wood poles, all metallic equipment mounted less than 2.4 m (8') above ground surface shall be grounded. Bonding of metallic conduit in non-metallic pull boxes shall be by means of bonding bushings and bonding jumpers. Bonding of metallic conduit in metal pull boxes shall be by means of locknuts, one inside and one outside of the box. 209-2.11 Service. Electrical service installation and materials shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility. When the service equipment is to be installed on a utility-owned pole, the Contractor shall furnish and install conduit, conductors and all other necessary material to complete the installation of the service. The position of the riser and equipment will be determined by the utility. Service conduit shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility and shall be not less than Size 41 (11/2"dia.). A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 166 of 275 Where a kilowatt-hour meter is required, a meter socket with sealing ring, as approved by the serving utility, shall be furnished and installed. Where a meter socket is installed, the meter enclosure shall be provided with factory installed test bypass facilities as required by the serving utility. Service equipment shall be installed as soon as possible to enable the utility to schedule its work well in advance of the completion of the project. Each service shall be provided with a circuit breaker which shall simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded service entrance conductors. All circuit breakers shall be quick-break on either automatic or manual operation. The operating mechanism shall be enclosed and shall be trip-free from the operating handle on overload. Circuit breakers shall be trip-indicating, shall have frame size plainly marked and shall have trip rating clearly indicated on the operating handle. Overload tripping of breakers shall not be influenced by an ambient temperature range of from -18°C to 50°C. Multiple-pole breakers shall be the internal trip type. All circuit breakers shall be listed by UL or ETL. Current rating of breakers shall be as shown on the plans. Circuit breakers used as service disconnect equipment shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10 000 A, rms. Circuit breakers shall be enclosed in a NEMA rain tight enclosure with dead-front panel and hasp with a 11 mm (7/i6 u) hole for a padlock. The padlock will be furnished by others. Service equipment enclosures, except Types II and III, shall be galvanized. Types II and III service equipment enclosures shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel or fabricated from sheet steel and zinc or cadmium plated after fabrication, or shall be fabricated from aluminum. Fabrication of service equipment enclosures shall conform to the requirements of Section 209-3.04A, "Cabinet Construction." Steel enclosures shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, "Painting." All overlapping exterior seams and doors shall meet the requirements for Type 3R enclosures specified in the NEMA Enclosure Standards. Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor's operations, upon written request by the Contractor, the Engineer will arrange with the serving utility to complete service connections for both temporary and permanent installations and the Agency will pay all costs and fees required by the utility. The request shall be submitted not less than 15 days before service connections are required. Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor's operations, upon written request by the Contractor, the Engineer will arrange for furnishing electrical energy. Energy used prior to completion of the contract will be charged to the Contractor, except that the cost of energy used for public benefit, when an operation is ordered by the Engineer, will be at the expense of the Agency. Full compensation for furnishing and installing Agency-owned or permanent service poles, service equipment, conduit, conductors and pull boxes (including equipment, conduit, and conductors placed on utility-owned poles) shall be considered as included in the contract item of electrical work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Where the service point is indeterminate and is shown on the plans as an "approximate location" or "service point not yet established", the labor and materials required for making the connection between the service point, when established, and the nearest pull box shown on the plans will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3, "Extra Work." 209-2.12 Wood Poles. Wood poles for service or temporary installations shall be ANSI Class 5, or larger. Poles shall not have more than 180 degrees twist in grain over the full length. Sweep shall be no more than 100 mm (4"). Tops of poles shall be beveled. Poles shall be placed in the ground to a depth of at least 1.8 m (6'). The lengths of poles shall be 7.6 m (25') for service poles and 10.7 m (35') for other poles, unless otherwise specified. After each wood pole is set in the ground, the space around the pole shall be backfilled with selected earth or sand, free of rocks and other deleterious material, placed in layers approximately 100 mm (4") thick. Each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 167 of 275 Mast arms for wood pole installations shall be fabricated from standard pipe, free from burrs. Each mast arm shall be provided with an insulated wire inlet and wood pole mounting brackets for mast arm and tie-rod cross arm. Tie rods shall be of structural steel and pipe. Mast arms for luminaires shall be mounted to provide a mounting height of 9.1 m (30'). Mast arms for traffic signals and flashing beacons shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 5.2 m (17') from bottom of equipment to the pavement. Wood poles, not to be painted, shall be pressure treated after fabrication with creosote, pentachlorophenol (oil borne) or copper naphthenate as provided in Section 204-2, "Treatment With Preservatives." All wood poles shall be pressure treated after fabrication with ammoniacal copper ar- senate, chromated copper arsenate or ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate as provided in Section 204- 2, "Treatment With Preservatives." The minimum retention for water borne preservatives shall be that specified for posts. 209-2.13 Sign Control. Each sign illumination installation shall be provided with a disconnect circuit breaker mounted on the sign standard or structure, as shown on the plans. Where the sign lighting is served from a series lighting circuit through a series-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the secondary circuit. Where the sign lighting is served through a multiple-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the primary circuit. Circuit breakers shall meet the requirements for circuit breakers in Section 209-2.11, "Service." Enclosure for the circuit breaker shall be NEMA Type 3R, shall be galvanized or shall be cadmium plated, and shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp with a 11 mm (7/16 u) diameter hole for a padlock. Padlocks will be furnished by others. When the sign structure is to be painted, the circuit breaker or sign switch enclosure shall be painted the same color as the sign structure on which it is mounted. 209-2.14 Testing. Attention is directed to Section 4-1.4, "Test of Materials." Testing shall conform to the following: 209-2.14A Materials Testing. Material and equipment to be tested shall be delivered to a testing location designated by the Engineer. Testing will be performed by the Agency. Testing and quality control procedures for Model 170 and Model 2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications," and "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Testing and quality control procedures for all other traffic signal controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in the NEMA TS Standards for Traffic Control Systems. In the event equipment submitted for testing does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall remove the equipment for repair within 5 working days after notification that the equipment is re- jected. In the event the equipment is not removed within that period, it may be shipped to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency testing from the time the material or equipment is delivered to the Agency test site. When equipment being tested has been rejected for failure to comply with the specifications, the Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency retesting. The retesting period shall begin when the corrected equipment is made available at the test site. All testing subsequent to rejection of the equipment for failure to comply with specification requirements will be at the expense of the Contractor. Deductions to cover the cost of that testing will be made from any moneys due or which may become due the Contractor under the contract. The Contractor will be notified when testing of the equipment has been completed and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to deliver the equipment to the site of the work or, at the Contractor's re- Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 168 of 275 quest and the Agency's convenience, the Agency will pack and ship the equipment to the Contractor or to the site of work. The sum of $100 or the actual cost of packing and shipping, whichever amount is greater, will be deducted, for each unit of equipment shipped by the Agency, from any moneys due to the Contractor under the contract. 209-2.14B Field Testing. Prior to start of functional testing, the Contractor shall perform the following tests on all circuits, in the presence of the Engineer. 209-2.148(1) Continuity. Each circuit shall be tested for continuity. 209-2.148(2) Ground. Each circuit shall be tested for grounds. 209-2.148(3) Insulation Resistance. An insulation resistance test at 500 volts DC shall be made on each circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 10 MQ on all circuits, except for inductive loop detector circuits which shall have an insulation resistance value of not less than 100 MQ. The insulation resistance test shall not be performed on magnetometer sensing elements. Splices in the pull box adjacent to the magnetometer sensing elements shall not be made prior to performing the test on the lead-in conductors between the pull box and the controller cabinet field terminals. 209-2.14C Functional Testing. Attention is directed to Section 209-1.06, "Scheduling of Work," regarding requirements for test periods. A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the system functions as specified. The functional test for each new or modified system shall consist of not less than 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation. If unsatis- factory performance of the system develops, the condition shall be corrected and the test shall be repeated until the 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation is obtained. Turn-on of new or modified traffic signals shall be made only after all traffic signal circuits have been thoroughly tested as specified above. Except for new or modified portions of existing lighting circuits and sign illumination systems, The Agency will maintain the system or systems during the test period and will pay the cost of electrical energy for the operation of all of the facilities that are undergoing testing. The cost of any necessary maintenance performed by the Agency on new circuits or on the portions of existing circuits modified under the contract, except electrical energy, shall be at the Contractor's expense and will be deducted from any moneys due, or to become due, the Contractor. A shutdown of the electrical system resulting from damage caused by public traffic, from a power interruption or from unsatisfactory performance of Agency-furnished materials shall not constitute discontinuity of the functional test. 209-2.15 Galvanizing. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities," except that cabinets may be constructed of material galvanized prior to fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 525 or A 525M, Coating Designation G 90, in which case all cut or damaged edges shall be painted with at least 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 169 of 275 requirements in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used. Other types of protective coating shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Iron or steel pipe standards and pipe mast arms shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanized surfaces shall have spurs removed. Tie-rods, bolts, nuts, washers, clamps and other miscellaneous ferrous parts shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities." Not less than 250 mm (10") of the upper end of the anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs, and all nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities." After galvanizing, the bolt threads shall accept galvanized standard nuts without requiring tools or causing removal of protective coatings. Galvanizing of existing materials in an electrical installation will not be required. 209-2.16 Painting. Painting of electrical equipment and materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 310, "Painting," with the following additions and modifications. Paint materials for electrical installations, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to the provisions in Section 210, "Paint and Protective Coatings." Factory or shop cleaning methods for metals will be acceptable if equal to the methods specified herein. In lieu of the temperature and seasonal restrictions for painting as provided in Section 310, "Painting," paint may be applied to equipment and materials for electrical installations at any time permitted by the Engineer. All ungalvanized ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to applying the prime coat. Blast cleaning will not be required. If an approved prime coat has been applied by the manufacturer, and it is in good condition, the first primer application by the Contractor will not be required. Existing equipment to be painted in the field, including Agency-furnished equipment, shall be washed with a stiff bristle brush using a solution of water containing 7.5 ml. of heavy duty detergent powder per liter (2 tablespoons per gallon). After rinsing, all surfaces shall be wire brushed with a coarse, cup shaped, power-driven brush to remove all poorly bonded paint, rust, scale, corrosion, grease or dirt. Any dust or residue remaining after wire brushing shall also be removed prior to priming. Immediately after cleaning, all galvanized surfaces and all non-ferrous metal surfaces shall be coated with one application of Primer (Wash) Pre-Treatment, Section 210-1.5 or wash primer conforming to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-P-15328D. The wash primer shall be applied by spraying or brushing to produce a uniform wet film on the surface. Galvanized equipment and wood poles for traffic signal or flashing beacon installations shall not be painted. New galvanized metal surfaces to be painted in the field shall be cleaned as specified for existing equipment before applying the prime coats specified. Wire brushing of new galvanized surfaces will not be required. After erection, all exterior surfaces shall be examined for damaged primer and the damaged surfaces shall be cleaned and spot coated with primer. Galvanized metal guard posts shall not be painted. Painting of Agency-furnished controller cabinets will not be required. Types II and III steel service equipment enclosures shall be painted with a polymeric or an enamel coating system conforming to Color No. 14672 (light green) of Federal Standard 595B. All coatings shall be commercially smooth, substantially free of flow lines, paint washout, streaks, blisters, and other defects that would impair serviceability or detract from general appearance. The coatings shall comply with the following requirements: 1) Coating Hardness - The finish shall have a pencil lead hardness of HB minimum using an Eagle Turquoise pencil. 2) Salt Spray Resistance - The undercutting of the film of the coating system shall not exceed 3 mm (1/8") average, from lines scored diagonally and deep enough to expose the base metal, after 250 hours exposure in a salt spray cabinet in accordance with ASTM Designation: B 1 17. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 170 of 275 3) Adherence - There shall be no coating loss when tested by California Test 645. Compliance of the coating system to the above requirements may be determined by the application of the coating, to 100 mm (4") x 200 mm (8") x 0.6 mm (0.0236") test specimens of the same material as the cabinets, in the same manner as applied to the cabinets. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-1.5, "Certification," certifying that the coating system furnished complies in all respects with these re- quirements. Interior of metal signal visors, louvers and front faces of back plates shall be finished with 2 applications of lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces, except that factory finish in good condition will be acceptable. Metal signal sections, signal head mountings, brackets and fittings, outside of visors, pedestrian push button housings, pedestrian signal sections and visors, and back faces of back plates, shall be finished with 2 applications of lusterless black or dark olive green exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces. Dark olive green color shall match Color Chip No. 68 on file at the Caltrans Transportation Laboratory. Conduit and conduit fittings above ground shall be prepared and finished in the same manner as the adjacent standard or post. Relocated, reset or modified equipment previously finished as specified in this Section 209-2.16, except for galvanized standards previously finished with traffic signal yellow enamel, shall be given a spot finishing application on newly primed areas, followed by one finishing application over the entire surface. If any signal faces or mounting brackets are required to be painted under this Section, all signal faces and mounting brackets on the same mounting shall be repainted. Small rusted or repaired areas of relocated or reset galvanized equipment shall be cleaned and painted as provided in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities,"for repairing damaged galvanized surfaces. Equipment number shall be neatly stenciled on the standard or adja- cent structure. The number designation will be determined by the Engineer. All paint shall be applied either by hand brushing or by spraying machines in the hands of skilled operators. The work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the right to require the use of brushes for the application of paint, should the work done by the paint spraying machine prove unsatisfactory or objectionable, as determined by the Engineer. 209-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES 209-3.01 Controller Assembly. A controller assembly shall consist of a complete mechanism for controlling the operation of traffic signals or other systems, including the controller unit and all necessary auxiliary equipment, mounted in a cabinet. All equipment required to provide the operation shown on the plans and as specified shall be provided. All field conductors No. 12 and smaller shall terminate with spade type terminals. All field conductors No. 10 and larger shall terminate in spade type or ring type terminals. 209-3.02 Type 90 Controller Assembly. Deleted 209-3.03 Model 170 and Model 2070 Controller Assemblies. Model 170 and Model 2070 (Model 170/2070) controller assemblies shall consist of a Model 170, 170E or 2070 controller unit, a wired cabinet and all auxiliary equipment required to control the system as shown on the plans, and as specified in these supplemental provisions. Model 170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications," (TEES) and "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications" (TSCES), issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 171 of 275 Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, controller assembly cabinets (housing) shall be Type 1 as shown in the TSCES. In addition to the requirements found in TEES and TSCES, Model 170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the following: 209-3.04 Controller Cabinets. Unless otherwise specified, controller cabinets for Model 170/2070 controllers shall conform to the following: 1) Controller cabinets shall be fabricated from aluminum sheet per the TSCES. 2) Controller cabinets shall have a single front door equipped with a Best Company lock core and lock. No other manufacturers shall be accepted. 209-3.05 Cabinet Accessories. The following accessories shall be furnish with each cabinet assembly for Model 170/2070 controllers: 1) Controller cabinets shall have a pull-out type document tray. 2) Each cabinet shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture mounted on the inside top of the cabinet near the front edge. Fixture shall be provided with an F15T8, cool white lamp operated from a normal power factor UL or ETL listed ballast. The "on-off switch for the lighting fixture shall be a door-actuated switch that turns the light on when either door is open and off when either door is closed. 3) An uninterruptible power system (UPS) shall be installed in each cabinet. The UPS shall be Clary SP 1000 series or approved equal and shall provide a minimum of eight (8) hours of continuous red flash operation at intersections using red LED signal indications and provide power conditioning to the controller. Batteries for the UPS shall be housed in a NEMA 3R rated cabinet mounted to the side of the Model 332 cabinet per Caltrans specifications. 209-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS 209-4.01 Vehicle Signal Faces. Each vehicle signal face shall be of the adjustable type conforming to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) Publication: ST-008B, "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads." Plastic signal sections shall meet the requirements of California Test 605. Any fracture within the housing assembly, or a deflection of more than 10 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed from the front of the signal face, or a deflection of more than 6 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed .from the back of the signal face will be considered structural failure. Vehicle signal faces, except arrow and "X" faces, shall meet the requirements of California Test 604. Adjustment shall permit rotation of 360 degrees about a vertical axis. The number and type of sections shall be as specified herein or as shown on the plans. Each vehicle signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all vehicle signal faces shall contain 3 sections arranged vertically; red-top, yellow-center, green-bottom. All new vehicle signal faces, except programmed visibility type, installed at any one intersection shall be of the same manufacture and of the same material. 209-4.01 A Optical Units. Each optical unit for green, yellow and red sections, circular ball or arrow, shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-4.02, "Light Emitting Diode Signal Module". Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 172 of 275 209-4.01 B Signal Sections. Each signal section housing shall be structural plastic. Signal sections shall conform to the following: 1. Maximum height of a signal section shall be 375 mm (143/4") for each 300 mm (12") section. 2. The housing of each signal section shall be provided with a one-piece, hinged, square-shaped door designed to permit access to the section for relamping without the use of tools. 3. The door shall be secured by a method that will hold the door closed during the loading tests specified in this Section. 4. The lens shall be mounted in the door in a watertight manner. 5. All exposed hardware, such as hinge pins and door latching devices, shall be Type 304 or 305 stainless steel. 6. All interior screws and fittings shall be stainless steel. 7. An opening shall be provided in the top and bottom of each signal section to receive 40 mm (iV)pipe. 8. The 300 mm (12") signal sections of an individual manufacturer shall be capable of joining to form a signal face in any combination. This interchangeability is not required between metal and plastic signal sections. 9. All gaskets, including those for the door, lens, reflector and lamp holder, shall be made of a material that is not affected when installed in a signal section with a metal or plastic housing that is operated continuously for 336 hours. 209-4.01 B(2) Plastic Signal Sections. Housings shall be either molded in one piece or shall be fabricated from 2 or more pieces joined into a single piece. The plastic shall have ultraviolet stability, shall be unaffected by the heat of the lamp used and shall be self-extinguishing. Housings and doors shall be colored throughout and shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard 595B. Each section in a face shall be joined to the adjacent section by one of the following methods: 1. A minimum of 4 machine screws for 300 mm (12") sections, installed through holes near the front and rear of the housings. Machine screws shall be No. 10 and each shall be provided with a nut, flat washer and lock washer. 2. Two machine screws (each with a nut, flat washer and lock washer) installed through holes near the front of the housings, plus a fastening through the 40 mm (1V2") pipe openings. The fastening shall consist of two large flat washers to distribute the load around the pipe opening and three carriage bolts, each with a nut and lock washer. Minimum size of machine screws shall be No. 10. Minimum size of carriage bolt shall be 6 mm (V4"-20). The supporting section of each signal face supported solely at the top or bottom shall be provided with reinforcement. Reinforcement plates shall be either sheet aluminum, galvanized steel, or cast aluminum. Each plate shall be not less than 2.7 mm (0.110") thick and shall have a hole concentric with the 40 mm (1V2") pipe mounting hole in the housing. Sheet aluminum reinforcement plates shall be placed both inside and outside the housing; galvanized steel reinforcement plates shall be placed inside only; and cast aluminum reinforcement plates shall be placed outside only. Reinforcement plates placed outside of the housing shall be finished to match the color of the signal housing and shall be designed to permit the proper serrated coupling between signal face and mounting hardware. A minimum of three No. 10 machine screws shall be installed through holes in the plates and matching holes in the housing. Each screw shall have a round or binder head and shall be provided with a nut and lock washer. Where a signal face is to be supported by a Type MAS side attachment slip-fitter inserted between 2 sections, a spacer or spacers shall be placed between the 2 sections. The vertical dimension of spacers shall permit proper seating of the serrations between the slip-fitter and the 2 sections. Holes in spacers shall align with the front holes in the section housings. In addition to the fastening through Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 173 of 275 the large openings in the housings, the 2 sections shall be joined with at least 2 machine screws through holes near the front of the housings and the spacers, and through matching holes in a reinforcing plate installed in each housing. Machine screws shall be No. 10 minimum size. Spacers shall be made of the same material as the signal housings. Reinforcing plates and machine screws shall be as specified above. Reinforcing plates will not be required where the housing is provided with reinforcing webs connecting the rear of the housing with the top, bottom and sides. Holes for machine screws shall be either cast or drilled during fabrication of the signal section. Each hole shall be surrounded by a 3 mm (1/8") minimum width boss to permit contact between signal sections about the axis of the hole. Each plastic signal face shall be provided with plastic or metal visors. Plastic signal faces which require backplates shall be provided with plastic backplates. A serrated nylon washer shall be inserted between each plastic signal section and a metal mounting assembly. Each washer shall be not less than 4 mm (3/ie") nor more than 6 mm (1/4") thick. Serrations shall match those on the signal section and the mounting assembly. 209-4.01 C Electrical Components. Lamp receptacles and wiring shall conform to ITE Publications: ST-008B. The metal portion of the medium base lamp socket shall be brass, copper or phosphor bronze. Each lamp receptacle shall be wired with a conductor, connected to the shell of the receptacle, with black insulation or with insulation color-coded. These conductors shall, in turn, be connected to a terminal block mounted inside at the back of the housing. The terminal block shall have sufficient screw type terminals or NEMA type tab connectors to terminate all field conductors and lamp conductors independently. The terminals to which field conductors are attached shall be permanently identified or conductors shall be color coded to facilitate field wiring. Lamp receptacle conductors shall be No. 18 or larger, 600-V, appliance wiring material (AWM), with 0.75 mm (30 mil) thickness insulation rated 105°C or with insulation that conforms to the requirements in Military Specification MIL-W-16878D, Type B, with vinyl nylon jacket rated 115°C. The manufacturer's name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type letter designation and temperature rating shall be marked on the insulation or a Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certification of Compliance", shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each shipment of traffic signal faces. 209-4.01 D Visors. Each signal section shall be provided with a removable visor conforming to ITE Publication: ST-008B. Visors are classified, on the basis of lens enclosure, as full circle, tunnel (bottom open), or cap (bottom and lower sides open). Unless otherwise specified, visors shall be the full circle type. The visor shall be a minimum of 240 mm (91/2") in length for nominal 300 mm (12") round lenses, with a downward tilt between 3 degrees and 7 degrees. Plastic visors shall conform to the following: 1. Visors shall be either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from one or more injection, rotational or blow molded plastic sections. 2. Sections shall be joined using thermal, chemical or ultrasonic bonding or with aluminum rivets and washers permanently colored to match the visor. 3. Visors shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. 4. Each visor shall be secured to its door in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent deformation when the wind load specified in California Test 605 for plastic visors is applied to the side of the visor for 24 hours. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 174 of 275 209-4.02 Light Emitting Diode Signal Modules. Each light emitting diode (LED) signal module shall be Type 2 and consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections and conform to the following: 1 . Each Type 2 LED signal module shall be designed to mount in the standard lamp socket normally used with an incandescent lamp. When a Type 2 LED signal module is used, a standard traffic signal lens in the doorframe shall be used or, at the option of the Contractor, the standard lens may be replaced with a translucent or clear lens to seal the signal section from weather. The installation of a Type 2 LED signal module shall not require any modifica- tion to the standard lamp socket or reflector. 2. LED signal modules shall be from the same manufacturer, and each size shall be the same model. 3. Type 2 LED signal modules shall be a sealed unit containing all components necessary for operation except, at the option of the Contractor, use of a corresponding lens mounted in the doorframe will be allowed. 4. Type 2 LED signal modules shall not require a specific mounting orientation or have a variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any mounting orientation. 5. The LEDs utilized in the modules shall be Aluminum Indium Gallium Phosphide (AllnGaP) technology for red indications and Gallium Nitride (GaN) technology for green indications, and shall be the ultra bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40°C to +74°C. 6. The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in the loss of not more than 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an individ- ual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or indication. 209-4.02A Physical and Mechanical Requirements. LED traffic signal modules shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not require special tools for installation. LED signal modules shall fit into existing traffic signal section housings without any modification to the housing. Installation of a LED signal module shall only require the removal of the optical unit components, i.e., lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector; shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and shall connect directly to electrical wiring. The arrow modules shall meet or exceed specifications stated in Section 9.01 of the ITE Publication: Equipment and Materials Standards, Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads) for arrow indications. The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area. 209-4.02A(1) LED Signal Module Lens. The LED signal module shall be capable of replacing the optical unit. The lens may be tinted or may use transparent film or materials with similar characteristics to enhance ON/OFF contrasts. The use of tinting or other materials to enhance ON/OFF contrasts shall not affect chromaticity and shall be uniform across the face of the lens. If a polymeric lens is used, a surface coating or chemical surface treatment shall be used to provide front surface abrasion resistance. 209-4.02A(2) Environmental Requirements. The LED signal module shall be rated for use in the operating temperature range of -40°C (-40°F) to +74°C (+165°F). The LED signal module shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per the requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 for Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 175 of 275 Type 4 enclosures to protect all internal components. The LED signal module lens shall be UV stabilized and shall be capable of withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum period of 60 months without exhibiting evidence of deterioration. 209-4.02A(3) Construction. The LED signal module shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing traffic signal housing. The power supply for the LED signal module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED signal assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources. 209-4.02A(4) Materials. Material used for the lens and signal module construction shall conform to ASTM specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power supply or electronic components of the signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials. The lens of the signal module is excluded from this requirement. 209-4.02A(5) Module Identification. Each LED signal module shall have the manufacturer's name, trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module. Each individual LED signal module shall be identified with serial number for warranty purposes. The following operating characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt- ampere. 209-4.02B Photometric Requirements. The minimum initial luminous intensity values for the modules shall be as stated in Table 209-4.026(1) and Table 209-4.026(3) at 25°C. The modules shall meet or exceed the illumination values as shown in Table 209-4.026(2) and Table 209-4.026(4), throughout the useful life based on normal use in a traffic signal operation over the operating temperature range. The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements of Table 209-4.026(5), throughout the useful life over the operating temperature range. The LED signal modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical average production units. Circular modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 604. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a visor or hood attached to the signal section. The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area. Arrow modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 3001. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a visor or hood attached to the signal section. Each LED arrow signal section indication shall provide a minimum average luminous intensity as listed in Table 209-4.026(3). All measurements shall be performed at rated operating voltage of 120 VAC. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 176 of 275 Table 209-4.026(1) Minimum Initial Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd) Angle (v,h) 2.5, ±2.5 2.5, ±7.5 2.5, ±12.5 2.5, ±17.5 7.5, ±2.5 7.5, ±7.5 7.5, ±12.5 7.5, ±17.5 7.5, ±22.5 7.5, ±27.5 12.5, ±2.5 12.5, ±7.5 12.5, ±12.5 12.5, ±17.5 12.5, ±22.5 12.5, ±27.5 17.5, ±2.5 17.5, ±7.5 17.5, ±12.5 17.5, ±17.5 17.5, ±22.5 17.5, ±27.5 300 mm (12") .? - ' R«d • • • • i -- - 399 295 166 90 266 238 171 105 45 19 • 59 57 52 40 26 19 26 26 26 26 24 19 = Yellow & Green 798 589 333 181 532 475 342 209 90 38 119 114 105 81 52 38 52 52 52 52 48 38 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 177 of 275 Table 209-4.028(2) Maintained Minimum Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd) Angle (v,h) 2.5, ±2.5 2.5, ±7.5 2.5, ±12.5 2.5, ±17.5 7.5, ±2.5 7.5, ±7.5 7.5, ±12.5 7.5, ±17.5 7.5, ±22.5 7.5, ±27.5 12.5, ±2.5 12.5, ±7.5 12.5, ±12.5 12.5, ±17.5 12.5, ±22.5 12.5, ±27.5 17.5, ±2.5 17.5, ±7.5 17.5, ±12.5 17.5, ±17.5 17.5, ±22.5 17.5, ±27.5 300 mm (12") ' -• ffc*l '•: :•••'•• 339 251 141 77 226 202 145 89 38 16 50 48 44 34 22 16 22 22 22 22 20 16 Yellow & Green 678 501 283 154 452 404 291 178 877 32 101 97 89 69 44 32 44 44 44 44 41 32 Table 209-4.026(3) Minimum Initial Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cd/m2) Arrow Indication Red 5,500 Yellow & Green 11,000 Table 209-4.026(4) Minimum Maintained Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cd/m2) Arrow Indication Red 5,500 Yellow & Green 11,000 Table 209-4.026(5) Chromaticity Standards (CIE Chart) Red Yellow Green Y: not greater than 0.308, or less than 0.998-x Y: not less than 0.41 1 , nor less than 0.995-x, nor less than 0.452 Y: not less than 0.506-0.51 9x, nor less than 0.150+1 .068x, nor more than 0.730-x Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 178 of 275 209-4.02C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be as listed in Table 209-4.02C. Table 209-4.02C Maximum Power Consumption (in Watts) Temperature 300 mm circular 300 mm arrow r f '«e<| Ji.:'..i 25°C 11 9 74°C 17 12 Yellow 25°C 22 10 74°C 25 12 Green 25°C 12 13 74°C 12 13 LED signal modules shall operate from a 60 Hz ±3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 80 volts to 135 volts. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity of the indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 volts. The signal module on-board circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients as stated in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. LED signal modules shall be operationally compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED signal modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise. The LED signal module shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED signal module shall not exceed 20 percent. 209-4.02D Quality Assurance. LED signal modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of LED signal modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. LED signal module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification. 209-4.020(1) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub- assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies. 209-4.02D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED signal module prior to shipment. Failure to meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty purposes shall retain test results for seven years. Each LED signal module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after burn-in. Burn-in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at rated voltage for a 30 minutes stabilization period before the measurement is made. A single point measurement with a correlation to the intensity requirements of Table 209-4.026(1) for circular modules may be used. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be +25°C (+77°F). Revised 11701/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 179 of 275 Each LED signal module not meeting minimum luminous intensity requirements per Table 209- 4.028(1) or Table 209-4.026(3) shall be a cause for rejection. Each LED signal module shall be tested for required power factor after burn-in. Each LED signal module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after burn-in. The measured current values shall be compared against current values resulting from design qualification measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the product labels. Each LED signal modules shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for rejection. 209-4.02D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design Qualification testing shall be performed on new LED signal module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing design. The minimum sample quantity of LED signal modules shall be as stated for each test. Failure to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random sample of six LED signal modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time duty cycle, in a temperature of 74°C (+165°F) before performing any design qualification testing. Any failure within an LED signal module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection. 209-4.02D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested for rate initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements". Before measurement, each LED signal module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent on-time duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be 25°C (77°F). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage, total harmonic distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement. 209-4.02D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED signal modules shall be measured for chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric Requirements." A spectra radiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be 25°C (77°F). 209-4.02D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for current flow in amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality Assurance current measurement on production modules. A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement. A sample of six LED modules shall be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement. A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with reference to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 180 of 275 A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED signal module so connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 volts to 135 volts rms. A sample of six LED modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992. Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL- STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force of 2.5 Gs, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection. Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL-STD-883, Test method 1010. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a 30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection. Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per NEMA Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be cause for rejection. 209-4.02D(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that the LED signal modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall also include a copy of all applicable test reports on the LED signal modules. LED signal modules shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year starting on the day after the project is accepted by the Engineer. Modules that fail during this period shall be replaced at no cost to the City, except that City forces will change out the modules in the field. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Public Works Department at 405 Oak Avenue within five working days after notification. The failed modules will be made available to the Contractor at the above address at the same time as the replacement is delivered. The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for the LED signal modules for a period of 36 months after installation of the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have failed at no cost to the State except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty documentation shall be given to the Engineer prior to installation. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Public Works Department at 405 Oak Avenue. 209-4.03 Directional Louvers. Where shown on the plans, directional louvers shall be furnished and installed in signal visors. Directional louvers shall be so constructed as to have a snug fit in the signal visors. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of 0.75 mm (0.030°) nominal thickness, or thicker, sheet steel and the vanes shall be constructed of 0.4 mm (0.016") nominal thickness, or thicker, sheet steel or the cylinder and vanes shall be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum alloy of equivalent thickness. Dimensions of louvers and arrangements of vanes shall be as shown on the plans. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 181 of 275 209-4.04 Backplates. Where shown on the plans, backplates shall be furnished and installed on signal faces. Dimensions, materials and installation details shall be as shown on the plans. No background light shall show between the backplate and the signal face or between sections. Plastic backplates shall be supplied and either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from extruded, molded or cast sections. Sections shall be factory joined using (1) an appropriate solvent cement, (2) aluminum rivets and washers painted or permanently colored to match the backplate, or (3) No. 10 machine screws with washer, lock washer and nut, painted to match the backplate. Backplates shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. Each plastic backplate shall be secured to the plastic signal face in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent deformation when the wind-load test is applied to either the front or the rear of the signal face. The permanent deformation of any portion of the backplate shall not exceed 5 degrees forward or backward after the wind loading has been applied for 24 hours. When a plastic backplate requires field assembly, it shall be joined with at least four No. 10 machine screws at each field assembled joint. Each machine screw shall be provided with an integral or captive flat washer, a hexagonal head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and either (1) a locking nut with an integral or captive flat washer, or (2) a nut, flat washer and lockwasher. Machine screws, nuts and washers shall be stainless steel. Where a metal backplate consists of 2 or more sections, the sections shall be fastened with rivets or with aluminum bolts peened after assembly to prevent loosening. In lieu of the screws shown on the plans, plastic backplates may be fastened to the plastic signal face using self-threading No. 10 stainless steel screws. The screws shall have an integral or captive flat washer and a hexagon head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and shall be stainless steel. 209-4.05 Programmed Visibility Vehicle Signal Faces. Each programmed visibility signal face and the installation thereof shall conform to the provisions in Sections 209-4.01, "Vehicle Signal Faces," 209-4.03, "Backplates," and 209-4.06, "Signal Mounting Assemblies," except that the provisions in Section 209-4.01 A, "Optical Units," shall not apply. Each programmed visibility signal section shall provide a nominal 300 mm (12") diameter circular or arrow indication. Color and arrow configuration shall conform to ITE Publication: ST-008B. Each section shall be provided with a cap visor. Each signal section shall be provided with an adjustable connection that permits incremental tilting from 0 to 10 degrees above or below the horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis through couplers and mountings. Terminal connection shall permit external adjustment about the mounting axis in 5 degree increments. The signal shall be mountable with ordinary tools and capable of being serviced without tools. Adjustment shall be preset at 4 degrees below the horizontal, unless otherwise specified. The visibility of each programmed visibility signal face shall be capable of adjustment or programming within the face. When programmed, each signal face's indication shall be visible only in those areas or lanes to be controlled, except that during dusk and darkness a faint glow to each side will be permissible. Prior to programming, each signal section with a yellow indication shall provide a minimum luminous intensity of 2500 cd on the optical axis, and a maximum intensity of 100 cd at 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Each signal section with a yellow indication shall be capable of having its visibility programmed to achieve the following luminous intensities: a minimum of 2500 cd on the optical axis, a maximum of 100 cd at from 0.5 to 2 degrees horizontal from the axis and a maximum of 10cd at from 2 to 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Under the same conditions, the intensities of the red indication and the green indication shall be at least 19 and 38 percent, respectively, of the yellow indication. Each signal face or each signal section shall include integral means for regulating its luminous intensity between limits in proportion to the individual background luminance. Lamp intensity shall not be less than 97 percent of uncontrolled intensity at 10 000 Ix, and shall reduce to 15 ±2 percent of maximum intensity at less than 10 Ix. The dimming device shall operate over an applied voltage range of 95 to 130 V, 60 Hz and a temperature range of -40°C to 74°C. The Contractor shall program the head as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 182 of 275 209-4.06 Pedestrian Signal Faces. Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall be white WALKING PERSON and Portland orange UPRAISED HAND conforming to the requirements of the Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less than 250 mm (10") and the width of each symbol shall be not less than 165 mm (61/2°). The luminance of the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 (1,100 foot-lamberts), minimum, and the luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 (1,550 foot-lamberts), minimum, when tested in accordance with California Test 606. The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance area and the lowest luminance area. The luminance difference between a nonilluminated symbol and the background around the symbol shall be less than 30 percent when viewed with the front screen in place and at a low sun angle. Brightness measurements for signals designed for an incandescent lamp will be made when the signal is equipped with an A-21 traffic signal lamp operated at a voltage to produce 665 lumens. Each housing, including the front screen, shall have maximum overall dimensions of 470 mm (181/2 U) width, 483 mm (19") height and 292 mm (111/2 B) depth. All new pedestrian signal faces installed at any one intersection shall be the same make and type. Each pedestrian signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans. 209-4.06A Types. Pedestrian signal faces shall be Type A and shall conform to the following: Each Type A signal shall consist of a housing, two-color message plate, a reflector assembly, two light emitting diode modules conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.07, "Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules", with sockets and a front screen. Each message plate shall be one piece and shall be made 4.7 mm (3/i6") tempered glass. The symbols shall be applied to the inside smooth surface of the message plate. Each reflector assembly shall consist of a double reflector or 2 single reflectors. Each reflector shall be made of either aluminum or plastic. All reflectors shall conform to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers Publication: ST-008B, "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads." Plastic reflectors shall consist of molded or vacuum-formed plastic with a vacuum-deposited aluminum reflecting surface. The plastic material shall not distort when the reflector is used with the lamp of the wattage normally furnished with the signal. In addition, the UL nonmechanical loading temperature of the material shall exceed, by at least 10°C, the maximum temperature in the signal section with the lamp "ON" and measured in an ambient air temperature of 25°C in accordance with UL Publication UL 746B. Each completed reflector shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp and lens, provide the message brightness specified. 209-4.06B Front Screen. The front screen provided on each Type A signal shall have a 38 mm (1 1/2") deep eggcrate or Z-crate type screen of 0.8 mm (0.03") nominal thickness polycarbonate. The screening shall be mounted in a frame constructed of 1 .0 mm (0.04") minimum thickness polycarbonate. The screen shall be installed parallel to the face of the message plate and shall be held in place by the use of stainless steel screws. The front screen shall not fracture, separate at the welds, or compress more than 3 mm (1/8") when a 75 mm (3") diameter, 1.8-kg (4lb.) steel ball is dropped onto the screen from a height of 1.2 m (4') above the screen. The screen will be lying in a horizontal position and supported on its edges for this test. The message plate will be removed from the pedestrian signal housing, when the pedestrian housing is used to support the front screen during the test, so there will be no back support for the screen. The screen and frame shall be fabricated from aluminum anodized flat black, or finished with lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces, or shall be fabricated from flat black plastic. Alternate methods of screening may be Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 183 of 275 substituted for the above screens provided that the results are at least equal to those obtained with the above specified screens as determined by the Engineer. 209-4.06C Housing. Pedestrian signal housings shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-4.01 B, "Signal Sections." 209-4.06E Finish. The exterior of each housing and visor and the interior of visors shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, "Painting." 209-4.06F Controls. Alt pedestrian signals shall be capable of being controlled by the solid-state switching devices specified for traffic signal controller assemblies. 209-4.06G Terminal Blocks. Each pedestrian signal face shall be provided with a light duty terminal block conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01C, "Electrical Components." All field wiring shall connect to this terminal block. 209-4.07 Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules For Type A pedestrian signal faces, the pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall utilize light emitting diode. Each light emitting diode (LED) pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in pedestrian signal faces and shall conform to the following: 1. LED Pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall be designed to mount in the standard existing Type "A" Housing. Pedestrian signal face modules shall be designed to mount behind or replace the existing face plate of existing Type "A" housing as specified by the requirements of the ITE Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indica- tions" and the MUTCD. The design of the modules shall require a specific mounting orienta- tion. 2. LED pedestrian signal module used on this project shall be from the same manufacturer. 3. The circuit board and power supply shall be contained inside the module. Circuit boards shall conform to Chapter 1, Section 6 of the "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications". 4. LED pedestrian signal modules shall fit into the existing type "A" housing and shall not require a specific mounting orientation or have a variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any mounting orientation. 5. The LEDs for "Upraised Hand" symbol shall utilize AllnGaP technology and shall be the ultra bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40°C to 74°C. 6. The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in the loss of not more then 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an individual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or indication. 7. The LED ped modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical average production units. LED ped modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 610 and as described herein. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard Type "A" Pedestrian Housing but without a visor or hood attached to the housing. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 184 of 275 8. The luminance of the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 minimum. The color of UPRAISED HAND should be Portland orange conforming to the requirements of the institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm. 9. The luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 minimum. The color of WALKING PERSON should be White conforming to the requirements of the Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm. 10. The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance area and the lowest luminance area. 11. LED ped module shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months and shall maintain not less than 85 percent of 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING PERSON after 48 months of continuous use in a traffic signal operation over the temperature range of -40°C to +74°C. 209-4.07A Physical And Mechanical Requirements. LED ped module traffic signal modules shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not require special tools for installation. LED ped module shall fit into existing traffic signal section housings built to the VTCSH without modification to the housing. Installation of an LED ped module shall require the removal of the lens, reflector and lamps. 209-4.07A(1) Environmental Requirements. LED ped modules shall be rated for use in the operating temperature range of -40°C (-40°F) to +74°C (+165°F). 209-4.07A(2) Construction. LED ped modules shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing Type "A" housing. The power supply for the LED ped module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED ped module assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources. 209-4.07A(3) Materials. Material used for the LED ped module construction shall conform to ASTM specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power supply or electronic components of the LED ped module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials. 209-4.07A(4) Module Identification. Each LED ped module shall have the manufacturer's name, trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module. Each individual LED ped module shall be identified for warranty purposes. The following operating characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt-ampere. If a specific mounting orientation is required, each module shall have prominent and permanent marking(s) for correct indexing and orientation within a signal housing. The marking shall consist of an up arrow, or the word "UP" or 'TOP". Type A Pedestrian Signal Face (Combination Raised Hand/Walking Person section) housing without the reflector shall be utilized for LED combo modules. 209-4.07B Photometric Requirements. An LED ped module shall meet at least 85 percent of the minimum 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING PERSON while operating throughout the operating temperature range of -40°C to 74°C. The minimum initial luminous intensity values for UPRAISED HAND LED ped modules shall be 3750 cd/m2 at 25°C. The minimum initial luminous intensity values for WALKING PERSON LED ped modules shall be 5300 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 185 of 275 cd/m2 at 25°C. The measured chromaticity coordinates of LED ped modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements of Section 5.3.2.1 and Figure C of the VTCSH standards. 209-4.07C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be as follows: LED Signal Module UPRAISED HAND WALKING PERSON POWER CONSUMPTION • ' - / : 2s?e , • •• • ->• 10.0W 12.0W POWER CONSUMPTION ' ".7W— ;•: 12.0W 15.0W LED pedestrian signal modules shall operate from a 60 ±3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 95 V to 135 V. The LED ped module circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity of the indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 V. The LED ped module on- board circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients as stated in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker to the unaided eye over the voltage range specified above. All wiring and terminal blocks shall meet the requirements of Section 13.02 of ITE Publication: Equipment and Material Standards, Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads). LED ped modules shall be operationally compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED ped modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise. The LED ped module shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED ped module shall not exceed 20 percent. 209-4.07D Quality Assurance. LED ped modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of LED ped modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. LED ped module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification. 209-4.07D(1 ) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub- assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies. 209-4.07D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED ped module prior to shipment. Failure to meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty purposes shall retain test results for seven years. Each LED ped module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after burn-in. Burn-in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at a rated voltage for a 30 minute stabilization period before the measurement is made. Each LED ped module not meeting 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING PERSON luminous intensity requirements shall be cause for rejection. Each ped module shall be tested for required power factor after burn-in. Each LED ped module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after burn-in. The measured current values shall be compared against current values resulting from design qualification measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the product labels. Each LED ped module shall be visually Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 186 of 275 inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for rejection. 209-4.07D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design qualification testing shall be performed on new LED ped module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing design. The minimum sample quantity of LED ped modules shall be as stated for each test. Failure to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random sample of six LED ped modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time duty cycle, in a temperature of 74°C (+165°F) before performing any design qualification testing. Any failure within an LED ped module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection. 209-4.07D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for rated initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements". Before measurement, each LED ped module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent on-time duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be 25°C (77°F). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage, total harmonic distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement. 209-4.07D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED ped modules shall be measured for chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric Requirements." A spectraradiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be 25°C (77°F). 209-4.07D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for current flow in amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality Assurance current measurement on production modules. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement. A sample of six LED ped modules be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with reference to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, SubPart B, Section 15. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED ped module so connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 V rms to 135 V rms. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992. Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force of 2.5 g, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection. Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per MIL-STD-883, Test method 1010. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 187 of 275 of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a 30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection. Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per NEMA Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be cause for rejection. 209-4.070(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that the LED ped modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall also include a copy of all applicable test reports on the LED ped modules. 209-4.070(8) Guarantee. The Contractor shall guarantee LED ped modules for a period of one year starting on the day after the Engineer accepts the project. Modules that fail during this period shall be replaced at no cost to the State, except that State forces will change out the modules in the field. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Engineer, or to the Public Works Department at 405 Oak Avenue, within five working days after notification. The failed modules will be made available to the Contractor at the above address at the same time as the replacement is delivered. 209-4.070(9) Warranty. The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for the LED ped modules for a period of 36 months after installation of the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have failed at no cost to the State except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty documentation shall be given to the Engineer prior to installation. 209-4.08 Signal Mounting Assemblies. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of 40 mm (11/2") standard weight steel galvanized pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53, necessary fittings, slip-fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380, or bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters shall be cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. Post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze, Type 356-T6 aluminum or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation, any exposed threads of galvanized pipe brackets and all areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210, "Paint and Protective Coatings." Aerosol cans shall not be used. Each terminal compartment shall be fitted with a terminal block containing a minimum of 12 poles, each with 2 screw type terminals. Each terminal shall be designed to accommodate at least 5 No. 14 conductors. A cover shall be provided on the compartment to give ready access to the terminal block. Where used to bracket mount signals, the terminal compartment shall be designed to bolt securely to a pole or standard. The horizontal dimension of mounting assembly members between the vertical centerline of the terminal compartment or slip-fitter and the vertical centerline of each signal face, shall not exceed 280mm (11"), except where required to provide proper signal face alignment or permit programming of programmed visibility signal faces or when otherwise directed by the Engineer. Each mounting assembly shall be oriented to provide maximum horizontal clearance to the adjacent roadway. All mounting assembly members shall be either plumb or level, sym- metrically arranged and securely assembled. Construction shall be such as to permit all conductors to be concealed. Mounting assemblies shall be watertight and free of sharp edges or protrusions which might damage conductor insulation. For post-top mounting of signals, a slip-fitter shall be used. Slip-fitter shall fit over a 115 mm (41/2") outside diameter pipe or tapered standard end. Each slip-fitter shall be provided with cadmium- Revised 11/01 /06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 188 of 275 plated steel set screws, arranged as shown on the plans. Each slip-fitter used to post-top mount signals with brackets shall be provided with an integral terminal compartment. Each mounting assembly shall be provided with positive locking, serrated fittings, which when mated with similar fittings on the signal faces shall prevent faces from rotating. Fittings shall permit fastening at in- crements of not more than 7 degrees. Signal faces shall not be installed at any intersection until all other signal equipment, including the complete controller assembly, is in place and ready for operation at that intersection, except that the signal faces may be mounted if they are not directed toward traffic or if they are covered. 209-4.09 Flashing Beacons. Each beacon shall consist of a single section traffic signal face, conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01, "Vehicle Signal Faces," with yellow or red lens as shown on the plans. The beacon flasher unit shall be independent of the intersection flasher unit. Reflective sheeting for W41 "Signal Ahead" signs, mounted on flashing beacons, shall be prismatic lens reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade or equal). 209-4.09A Backplates. Each beacon shall be provided with a backplate conforming to the requirements in Section 209-4.03, "Backplates." 209-4.09B Visors. Each beacon shall be provided with a full circle type visor conforming to the requirements in Section 209-4.01 D, "Visors." 209-4.09C Flashing Beacon Control Assembly. Each flashing beacon control assembly shall consist of switches, circuit breakers, terminal blocks, flasher, dimming relay, wiring and electrical components necessary to provide proper operation of the beacons, all housed in a single enclosure. 209-4.090(1) Enclosure. The enclosure shall be NEMA Type 3R, and shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp to permit padlocking of the cover. The padlock will be furnished by others. The enclosure shall be hot-dip galvanized or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be provided with a factory applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat. 209-4.09C(2) Circuit Breakers and Switches. A 15-A circuit breaker shall be installed to control each ungrounded conductor entering the enclosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the sign lighting circuit shall be provided. Switches shall be of the single-hole-mounting toggle type, single- pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A, 120 V. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate reading "Auto - Test" and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric control circuit. A 15-A circuit breaker may be used in place of the toggle switch. 209-4.09C(3) Flasher. The flasher shall meet the requirements of Section 8, "Solid-State Flashers," of NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. The flasher shall be a solid-state device with no contact points or moving parts. The flasher shall provide 2 output circuits to permit alternate flashing of signal faces and shall be capable of carrying a minimum of 10 A per circuit at 120 V. 209-4.09C(4) Wiring. Conductors and wiring in the enclosure shall conform to the requirements in Section 209-3.04C, "Cabinet Wiring." Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 189 of 275 209-4.09C(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25 A, 600 V, shall be molded from phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and integral type marking strips. 209-4.090(6) Dimming Relay. A heavy duty dimming relay shall be provided to reduce the voltage to the lamps at night. Heavy duty relays shall be designed for continuous duty. Relays shall operate during ambient temperatures from -18°C to 71 °C (0° to 160°F). Each relay shall operate in the 8-pin Jones-type socket shown on the plans. Relays shall be provided with double-pole, double-throw contacts. Contact points shall be of fine silver, silver-alloy, or superior alternative material. Contact points and contact arms shall be capable of operation for 250,000 cycles with 20 A of tungsten load per contact at 120 V, 60 Hz AC. Coils shall have a power consumption of 10 V-A or less and shall be designed for continuous duty on 120 volts AC. Heavy duty relays shall be enclosed with a removable, clear plastic cover. 209-5 DETECTORS 209-5.01 Vehicle Detectors. Vehicle detectors shall be the type or types shown on the plans. All sensor units, control units, and amplifiers shall meet the requirements of California Test 675. The units shall not be affected by transient voltages when tested in accordance with California Test 667. After a power interruption the units shall return to normal operation within one minute. Each unit shall be provided with a light or meter, for each output circuit, to indicate when the detector is detecting a vehicle. Each detector shall operate over the range of voltages from 100 volts to 135 volts at 60 Hz. Circuitry shall be solid-state except relays with normally closed contacts may be used for the output circuit. Units shall be designed to provide ease of maintenance with easily ac- cessible electronic components. Each detector shall provide vehicle detection without readjustment from -18°C to 71 °C (0° to 160°F). Units shall use printed circuit boards designed to facilitate identification of components. This shall be done by either part identification markings or by providing a pictorial diagram showing physical location and identification of each component. Each printed circuit board shall have the following minimum quality requirements: NEMA FR-4 glass cloth base epoxy resin board, 1.5 mm (V16") minimum thickness, organic solder masking and gold plated contacts. Intercomponent wiring shall be copper track with a minimum mass of 600 g/m2 (2 oz/ft2). Printed circuit design shall be such that components may be removed and replaced without permanent damage to boards or tracks. Splices shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, "Wiring." 209-5.01A Inductive Loop Detectors. Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the following: 209-5.01 A(1) General. The term "inductive loop detector" applies to a complete installation consisting of a loop or group of loops installed in the roadway, as shown on the plans, lead-in cable and a sensor unit with power supply installed in a controller cabinet. 209-5.01A(3) Sensor Unit Construction. "Card" type sensor units shall conform to the requirements in "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Shelf mounted sensor units shall conform to the requirements in Section 11 of the NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. Capacitors or inductors necessary for loop tuning shall not be mounted external to the sensor unit. 209-5.01 A(4) Construction Materials. Conductor for each inductive loop detector shall be continuous and unspliced and shall conform to one of the following: Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 190 of 275 Type 1 loop wire shall be Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE cross-linked polyethylene insulated, No. 12, stranded copper wire. The minimum insulation thickness at any point shall be 1.0 mm (40 mils). Type 2 loop wire shall consist of a conductor inside of plastic tubing. The conductor shall be Type THWN or Type XHHW, No. 14, stranded copper wire. The tubing shall be polyethylene or vinyl, rated for use at 105°C, and shall be resistant to oil and gasoline. The tubing shall have a maximum outside diameter of 7 mm (0.27") and a minimum wall thickness of 0.71 mm (0.028"). The conduc- tors shall not be spliced inside the tubing. Conductors for loop detector lead-in cable shall be 2 No. 16 (19 x 29) stranded tinned copper. Loop detector lead-in cable shall conform to the calculated cross sectional area of ASTM Designation: B 286, Table 1. The lead-in cable shall conform to one of the following: Type B lead-in cable shall be insulated with 0.5. mm (20 mils) of high-density polyethylene. The conductors shall be twisted together with at least 6 turns per meter and the twisted pair shall be protected with a copper or aluminum polyester shield. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. The cable shall be provided with a high-density polyethylene or high-density polypropylene outer jacket with a nominal thickness of 0.8 mm (35 mils). An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier of nonhydroscopic polyethylene or polypropylene fillers shall be provided. Type C lead-in cable shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) Specification No. 50-2. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. 209-5.01 A(5) Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and notes shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conductor as specified in Section 209-5.01A(4), "Construction Materials." Slots cut in the pavement shall be washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue resulting from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by public traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows off of the pavement surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with hot melt sealant to within 3 mm (V8") of the pavement surface. The sealant shall be at least 25 mm (1") thick above the top conductor in the saw cut. Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to the following: 1. Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.— Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 209-5.01 A(5)(B). Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 191 of 275 TABLE 209-5.01A(5)(B) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Cone Penetration Flow, 60°C Resilience Softening Point, Ductility, Flash Point, COG, °C Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 ASTM D 36 ASTM D 113 ASTM D 92 ASTM D 4402 Results 3.5 mm, max. 5 mm, max. 25%, min. 82 °C, min. 300 mm, min. 288 °C, min. 2.5-3.5 Pa-s Conditions 25°C, 150g, 5s 25°C 25°C, 50 mm/min No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C, The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot- melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Hot-melt sealant shall be packaged in containers clearly marked "Detector Loop Sealant" and specifying the batch and lot number of the manufacturer. Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the nearest pull box. The loops shall be joined in the pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensitivity is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. All loop conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system, in the same pull box, shall be spliced to a detector lead-in cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. All loop conductors for traffic monitoring shall terminate in a pull box or terminal strip in the traffic monitor station cabinet when a cabinet of that type is installed. Conductors for inductive loop traffic signal and traffic monitoring installations shall be identified and banded, in pairs, by lane, in the pull box adjacent to the loops and near the termination of the conductors in the controller or traffic monitoring station cabinet. Bands shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, "Wiring." If asphalt concrete surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing the uppermost layer of asphalt concrete. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans, in the compacted layer of asphalt concrete immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation details shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface. 209-5.01 B Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detector System. Each emergency vehicle pre- emption detector system shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these supplemental provisions and shall consist of an optical emitter assembly or assemblies located on the appropriate vehicle and an optical detector/discriminator assembly or assemblies located at the traffic signal. Each system shall permit detection of Class II emergency vehicles. Class II emergency vehicles shall be capable of being detected at any range up to 2,500 feet from the optical detector. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 192 of 275 209-5.016(1) Optical Emitter Assembly. Each optical emitter assembly shall consist of an emitter unit, an emitter control unit and connecting cables and shall conform to the following: Each optical emitter assembly, including lamp, shall be designed to operate over an ambient temperature range of -34°C to 74°C at both modulation frequencies and to operate continuously at the higher frequency for a minimum of 3,000 hours at 25°C ambient before failure of lamp or any other component. Each emitter unit shall be controlled by a single, maintained-contact switch on the respective emitter control unit. The switch shall be capable of being positioned in a readily accessible location to the vehicle driver. The control unit shall contain a pilot light to indicate that the emitter power circuit is energized and shall be capable of generating only Class II modulating code. Functional Requirements. Each emitter unit shall transmit optical energy in one direction only. The signal from each emitter unit shall be capable of being detected at a distance of 2,500 feet when used with a standard optical detection/discriminator assembly. The modulation frequency for Class II signal emitters shall be 14.035 Hz ± 0.003 Hz. The standard optical detection/discriminator assembly to be used in conducting the range tests shall be available from the manufacturer of the system. A certified performance report shall be furnished by the contractor with each assembly. The emitter unit shall be configured with a grating to provide precise directionality control. Electrical Requirements. Each optical emitter assembly shall be capable of providing full light output with input voltages between 10 and 16 volts DC. An optical emitter assembly shall not be damaged by input voltages up to 7.5 volts DC about the supply voltage. The optical emitter assembly shall not generate voltage transient, on the input supply, which exceeds the supply voltage by more than 4 volts. Each optical emitter assembly shall not consume more than 100 watts at 17.5 volts DC and shall have a power input circuit breaker rated at 10 to 12 amperes, 12 volts DC. The design and circuitry of each emitter unit shall permit its use on vehicles with either negative or positive ground without disassembly or rewiring of the unit. Mechanical Requirements. Each emitter unit shall be housed in a weatherproof, corrosion- resistant housing. The housing shall be provided with facilities to permit mounting on various types of vehicles and shall have provision for proper alignment of the emitter unit and for locking of the emitter unit into proper alignment. Each emitter control unit shall be provided with appurtenant hardware to permit its mounting in or on an emergency vehicle or mass transit vehicle. Where required for certain emergency vehicles, the emitter control unit and all exposed controls shall be weatherproof. Each emitter shall include a multi-purpose port compliant with the SAE J1708 communication standard to enable unit configuration to be set into the emitter and read from the emitter. 209-5.016(2) Optical Detection/Discriminator Assembly. Optical detection/discriminator assembly shall consist of one or more optical detectors, connecting cable and a discriminator module and conform to the following: Each such assembly, when used with standard emitters, shall have a range of up to 2,500 feet for Class II signals. Standard emitters for Class II signals shall be available from the manufacturer of the system. Range measurements shall be taken with all range adjustments on the discriminator module set to "maximum". Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 193 of 275 209-5.016(3) Optical Detector. Each optical detector shall be a waterproof unit capable of receiving optical energy from one or two separately aimable directions. The horizontal angle between the two directions shall be variable from 5 degrees to 180 degrees. The reception angle for each photocell assembly shall be a maximum of 8 degrees in all directions about the aiming axis of the assembly. Measurements of reception angle will be taken at a range of 2,500 feet for a Class II emitter. All internal circuitry shall be solid state and electrical power shall be provided by the associated discriminator module. Each optical detector shall be contained in a housing, which shall include one or two rotatable photocell assemblies, an electronic assembly and a base. The base shall have an opening to permit its mounting on a mast arm. Each optical detector shall weigh no more than 2.5 pounds and shall present a maximum wind load area of 36 square inches. The housing shall be provided with weep holes to permit drainage of condensed moisture. Each optical detector shall be installed, wired and aimed as specified by the manufacturer. 209-5.016(4) Optical Detector Cable. Optical detector cable shall meet the requirements of IPCEA-S-61-402/NEMA WC 5, Section 7.4, 600 volt control cable, 75°C, Type B and the following: The cable shall contain three conductors, each of which shall be AWG #20 (7x28) stranded, tinned copper with low-density polyethylene insulation. Minimum average insulation thickness shall be 25 mils. The insulation of individual conductors shall be color coded as follows: Yellow - Detector Signal #1 Blue - Detector Signal #2 Orange - Power (+) Bare (Drain) - Common or Ground The shield shall be either tinned copper braid or aluminized polyester film with a nominal 20 percent overlap. Where the film is used, a AWG #20 (7x28) standard, tinned, bare drain wire shall be place between the insulated conductors and the shield and in contact with the conductive surface of the shield The jacket shall be black polyvinyl chloride with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 80°C and a minimum average thickness of 45 mils. The jacket shall be marked as required by IPCEA/NEMA. The finished outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 0.3 inches. The capacitance of the optical detector cable, as measured between any conductor and the other conductors and the shield, shall not exceed 14.3 microfarads per 1000 feet. The characteristic impedance of the optical detector cable shall be 0.6 ohms per 1000 feet. 209-5.016(5) Discriminator Module. Each discriminator module shall be designed to be compatible and usable with Model 170 controller unit and to be mounted in the input file of a Model 332 controller cabinet, and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 1 of the State of California, Department of Transportation, "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications", dated January 1989, and to all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertisement. Each discriminator module shall be capable of operating one or two channels and shall be capable of: 1. Receiving Class II signals at a range of up to 2,500 feet. 2. Decoding the signal on the basis of frequency at 14.035 Hz ± 0.003 Hz for Class II signals. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 194 of 275 3. Establishing the validity of received signals on the basis of frequency and length of time received. A signal shall be considered valid only when received for more than 0.50 seconds. No combination of Class I signals shall be recognized as a Class II signal regardless of the number of signals being received, up to a maximum of ten signals. Once a valid signal has been recognized, its effect shall be held by the module in the event of temporary loss of the signal for a period adjustable from 4.5 seconds to 11 seconds in at least 2 steps at 5 ± 0.5 seconds and 10 ± 0.5 seconds. 4. Providing an output for each channel that will result in "low" or grounded condition of the appropriate input of a Model 170 controller unit. For Class II signals the output shall be steady. Each discriminator module shall be powered from 115 volt (95 volts AC to 135 volts AC), 60 Hz mains and will contain an internal, regulated power supply that supports up to twelve optical detectors. Electric power, one detector input for each channel and one output for each channel, shall terminate at the printed circuit board edge connector pins listed below. Board edge connector pin assignments shall be as follows: Pins Function Pins Function A Ground P Not used D Channel A primary detector input R Detector 24 VDC power output E Detector 24 VDC power output S Not used F Channel A output, collector (+) T Not used H Channel A output, emitter (-) U Not used J Channel B primary detector input V Detector ground K Detector ground W Channel B output collector (+) L Earth ground X Channel B output emitter (-) M AC - (in) Y Not used N AC + (in) Z Not used Two auxiliary inputs for each channel shall enter each module through the front panel connector. Pin assignment for the connector shall be as follows: Function Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel A Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel B Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel B Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel A Each channel output shall be an optically isolated NPN open collector transistor capable of sinking 50 milliamperes at 30 volts and shall be compatible with Model 170 controller unit inputs. Each discriminator module shall be provided with means of preventing transients received by the detector from affecting the Model 170 controller assembly. Each discriminator module shall have a single connector board, shall be capable of being inserted into the input file of a Model 332 cabinet and shall occupy one slot width of the input file. The front panel of each module shall have a handle to facilitate withdrawal and the following controls and indicators for each channel: 1. A Command (High) and Advantage (Low) solid-state LED indicator for each channel to display active calls. 2. A test switch for each channel to test proper operation of Command or Advantage priority. 3. A single confirmation light control output for each channel. These outputs shall be user configurable through software for a variety of confirmation light sequences. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 195 of 275 The front panel shall be provided with a single circular, bayonet-captured, multi-pin connector for two auxiliary detector inputs for each channel. Connector shall be a mechanical configuration equivalent to a D-Shell 44-Pin front panel. Wiring for a Model 332 cabinet shall conform to the following: Slots 12 and 13 of the input file "J" shall be wired to accept a two-channel module. Field wiring for the primary detectors, except 24-vplt DC power, shall terminate on either terminal board TB-9 in the controller cabinet or on the rear of input file "J", depending on cabinet configuration. Where TB-9 is used, position assignments shall be as follows: Position Assignment 4 Channel A detector input, 1st module (Slot J-12) 5 Channel B detector input, 1st module (Slot J-12) 7 Channel A detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) 8 Channel B detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) The 24 volt cabinet DC power shall be available at Position 1 of terminal board TB-1 in the controller cabinet. All field wiring for the auxiliary detectors shall terminate on terminal board TB-0 in the controller cabinet. Position assignments are as follows: Position Assignment 7 +24VDC from (J-13E) 8 Detector ground from (J-13K) 9 Channel A auxiliary detector input 1 10 Channel A auxiliary detector input 2 11 Channel B auxiliary detector input 1 12 Channel B auxiliary detector input 2 The contractor shall demonstrate that all of the components of the system will perform satisfactorily as a system. Satisfactory performance shall be determined using the following test procedure: 1. Each system to be used for testing shall consist of an optical emitter assembly, an optical detector, at least 200 feet of optical detector cable and a discriminator module. 2. The discriminator modules shall be installed in the proper input file slot of Model 332 controller cabinet. The controller cabinet, together with a Model 170 controller unit with the appropriate operating program, a Model 210 monitor unit and 120 volt AC power, will be available as shown on the plans and as indicated elsewhere in these supplemental provisions. 3. One test shall be conducted using a Class II signal emitter and a distance of 2,500 feet between the emitter and the detector. All range adjustments on the module shall be set to "Maximum" for each test. 4. Each test shall be conducted for a period of one hour, during which the emitter shall be operated for 30 cycles, each consisting of a one minute "on" interval and a one minute "off interval. During the total test period: (A) the emitter signal shall cause the proper response from the Model 170 controller unit during each "on" interval and (B) there shall be no improper operation of either the Model 170 controller unit or the monitor during each "off interval. 209-5.01 C Video Detection System. The video detection system shall consist of one (1) video camera and one (1) video detection processor (VDP) for each vehicle approach. A video monitor and a pointing device shall be housed in the controller cabinet. The system shall include software that detects vehicles in multiple lanes using only the video image. Detection zones shall be defined using only a video menu and a pointing device to place zones on a video image. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be available. 209-5.010(1) Functional Requirements. The VDP shall process video from a single source. The source can be a video camera or a video tape player. The video shall be input to the VDP in RS170 format and shall be digitized and analyzed in real time. The VDP shall detect the presence of Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 196 of 275 vehicles in up to 24 detection zones per camera. A detection zone shall be approximately the width and length of one car. Detection zones shall be programmed via a menu displayed on a video monitor and a pointing device connected to the VDP. The menu shall facilitate placement of the detection zones and setting of zone parameters. A separate computer shall not be required for programming detection zones or to view system operations. The VDP shall store up to three different detection zone patterns. The VDP shall be able to switch to any one of the three different detection zone patterns within one second of user request via menu selection with the pointing device. The VDP shall detect vehicles in real time as they travel across each detection zone. The VDP shall have an RS-232 port for communications with an external computer. The VDP shall accept new detector patterns from an external computer through the RS-232 port when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for downloading detector patterns. The VDP shall send its detector patterns to an external computer through the RS-232 port when requested when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for uploading detector patterns. A Windows-based software program designed for local or remote connection and providing video capture, real-time detection indication and detection zone modification capability shall be provided with the system. The camera system shall be able to transmit an NTSC video signal, with minimal signal degradation, up to 300m (1000 ft). The VDP shall default to a safe condition, such as a constant call to each active detection channel, in the event of unacceptable interference in the video signal. The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low visibility condition such as fog and respond by placing all defined detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected output shall be active during the low visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if connected to the appropriate controller input modifier(s). The system shall automatically revert to normal detection mode when the low visibility condition no longer exists. 209-5.010(2) Operational Requirements. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be supported and each detection zone can be sized to suit the conditions and the desired vehicle detection region. A single detection zone shall be capable of replacing multiple loops and the detection zone may be AND'ed or OR'ed together to indicate vehicle presence on a single phase of traffic movement. Placement of detection zones shall be done by using a pointing device and a graphical interface built into the VDP and displayed on a video monitor. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to three detection zone patterns shall be saved within the VDP memory and this memory shall be preserved during power outages. The selection of the detection zone pattern for current use shall be done through a menu system. It shall be possible to activate a detection zone pattern for a camera from VDP memory and have the detection zone pattern displayed within one second of activation. When a vehicle is detected crossing a detection zone, the detection zone will flash a symbol on the screen to confirm the detection of the vehicle. Detection shall be at least 98% accurate in good weather conditions and at least 96% accurate under adverse weather conditions (rain, snow or fog). Detector placement shall not be more distant from the camera than a distance of fifteen times the mounting height of the camera. The VDP shall provide up to eight channels of vehicle presence detection through a NEMA TS1 port. The VDP shall provide dynamic zone reconfiguration (DZR) to enable normal detector operation of existing zones except the one being added or modified during the setup process. The VDP shall output a constant call on any detection channel when the corresponding zone is being modified. Detection zone outputs shall be configurable to allow the selection of presence, pulse, extend and delay outputs. Timing parameters of pulse, extend, and delay outputs shall be user definable between 0.1 and 25.0 seconds. Up to six detection zones shall be capable of counting the number of vehicles detected. The count value shall be internally stored for later retrieval through the RS-232 port. The data collection interval shall be user definable in periods of five, fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 197 of 275 209-5.01 C(3) Hardware Requirements. The VDP shall be housed in a durable metal enclosure suitable for shelf mounting in the side rails of the controller cabinet. The VDP enclosure shall not exceed 180mm (7.1 in) in length and 157mm (6.2 in) in depth. The VDP shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of -34°C to +74°C (-29°F to +165°F) and a humidity range of 0%RH to 95% RH, non-condensing. The VDP shall be powered by 24 volts DC. VDP power consumption shall not exceed 10 watts. The VDP shall include an RS-232 port for serial communications with a remote computer. This port shall be a 9-pin "D" subminiature connector on the front of the VDP. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video input connection suitable for RS170 video inputs. The video input shall include a switch-selectable 75-ohm or high impedance termination to allow camera video to be routed to other devices, as well as input to the VDP for vehicle detection. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video output providing real time video output that can be routed to other devices. 209-5.01 C(4) Video Detection Camera. The video camera shall be furnished by the VDP supplier and shall be qualified by the supplier to ensure proper system operation. The camera shall produce useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range of night time to day time but not less than the range of 0.1 lux to 10,000 lux. The camera shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output monochrome video with resolution of not less than 380 lines vertical and 380 lines horizontal. The camera shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with a factory adjusted manual iris. The camera shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier. The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 8.1° to 45.9°. A single camera configuration shall be used for all approaches in order to minimize setup time and spares required by the user. The camera electronics shall include AGC to produce a satisfactory image at night. The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure. The camera enclosure shall be able to rotate to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sun shield. The sun shield shall include a provision for water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure with sun shield shall be less than 170mm (6 in) in diameter, less than 380mm (15 in) long, and shall weigh less than 13.3kg (6 pounds) when the camera and lens are mounted inside the enclosure. The camera enclosure shall include a thermostatically controlled heater to assure proper operation of the lens at low temperatures and to prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the enclosure. When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of -34°C to +60°C (-29°F to +140°F) and a humidity range of 0% RH to 100% RH. The camera shall be powered by 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Power consumption shall be 15 watts or less under all conditions. Recommended camera placement height shall be 10m (33 ft) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection, the camera should be centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed 100m (350 ft) for reliable detection (height-distance ration of 10:100). Camera placement and field of view shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the supplier. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with separate, weather-tight connections for power and video cables at the rear of the enclosure. These connections may also allow diagnostic testing and viewing of the video signal at the camera while the camera is installed, using a lens adjustment module supplied by the VDP supplier. Video and power shall not be connected within the same connector. The video signal output by the camera shall be black and white in RS170 or CCIR format. The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 198 of 275 209-5.01 C(5) Installation Requirements. The coaxial cable to be used between the camera and the VDP in the controller cabinet shall be Belden 8281 or a 75 ohm, precision video cable with 20 gauge solid bare copper conductor (9.9 ohms/M), solid polyethylene insulating dielectric, 98% (min) tinned copper double-braided shield and black polyethylene outer covering. The signal attenuation shall not exceed 0.78 dB per 30m (100 ft) at 10 MHz. Nominal outside diameter shall be 8mm (0.304 in). The coaxial cable shall be a continuous, unbroken run from the camera to the VDP. This cable shall be suitable for installation in conduit or overhead with appropriate span wire. 75 ohm BNC plug connectors shall be used at both the camera and controller. The coaxial cable, BNC connector and crimping tool shall be approved by the supplier of the video detection system, and the manufacturer's instructions must be followed to ensure proper connection. The power cabling shall be 16 AWG three conductor cable. The cabling shall comply with the National Electric Code, as well as local electrical codes. Cameras may acquire power from the luminaire if necessary. The video detection system shall be installed by supplier factory certified installers and as recommended by the supplier and documented in the installation materials provided by the supplier. Proof of factory certification shall be provided. 209-5.01 C(6) Warranty. The supplier shall provide a limited two year warrant on the video detection system. See supplier's standard warranty included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale documentation. During the warranty period, technical support shall be available from the supplier via telephone within four hours of the time a call is made by the user. This support shall be made available from factory certified personnel or factory certified installers. During the warranty period, updates to the VDP software shall be made available from the supplier without charge. 209-5.01 C(7) Maintenance and Support The supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of parts to support maintenance and repair of the video detection system. These parts shall be made available for delivery within 30 days of placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for said parts. The supplier shall maintain an ongoing program of technical support for the video detection system. This technical support shall be available via telephone, or via personnel sent to the installation site upon placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for on site technical support services. Installation or training support shall be provided by a factory authorized representative. All product documentation shall be written in the English language. The contractor shall ensure the presence of a factory authorized representative at the time of traffic signal turn-on. 209-5.02 Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies. Where shown on the plans, pedestrian push button assemblies of substantial tamper-proof construction and signs shall be furnished and installed. The housing shall be either die-cast or permanent mold cast aluminum, or when specified shall be ultraviolet stabilized, self-extinguishing structural plastic. Plastic housings shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard No. 595B, and shall be colored throughout. The assembly shall be rainproof and shall be shockproof in any weather condition. The pedestrian push button switch shall be a phenolic enclosed precision snap-acting type, single-pole, double-throw, switching unit, with screw type terminals, rated 15 A at 125 volts AC, and shall have the following characteristics: 1. Switching unit shall have a stainless steel plunger actuator and shall be provided with U-frame to permit recessed mounting in push button housing. 2. Switch shall have an operating force of 2.5 N (9 oz.) to 3.6 N (13 oz.) and a minimum release force of one newton (4 oz.). 3. Pretravel shall be 0.4 mm (V^") maximum. 4. Over travel shall be 6 mm (7/32") minimum. 5. Differential travel shall be 0.01 mm (0.0004") to 0.05 mm (0.002"). 6. Actuator shall have a minimum diameter of 50 mm (2"). Where a pedestrian push button is attached to a pole, the housing shall be shaped to fit the curvature of the pole and secured to provide a rigid installation. Saddles shall be provided to make a Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 199 of 275 neat fit when required. Where a pedestrian push button is to be mounted on top of a Size 65 (21/2") diameter post, the housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter fitting and screws for securing rigidly to the post. Pedestrian push button signs shall be porcelain enameled metal or structural plastic. Push button and sign shall be installed on the crosswalk side of the pole. Arrows on push button signs shall point in the same direction as the corresponding crosswalk. Where Type A push buttons are specified, each push button assembly shall be equipped with red and green indicator lamps. Lamps shall be so connected that, when the push button has been activated, the red lamp shall be energized and continue so until the next pedestrian walk interval, at which time the green lamp shall be energized in lieu of the red lamp. At the termination of the pedestrian walk interval, the lamps shall be de-energized until the next actuation of the push button. Lenses for the lamps shall have a visible diameter of approximately 32 mm (11/4") and a length of approximately 22 mm (7/8B). On the Type A or Type B push button assembly, the sign shall attach to and be securely supported by the framework. With Type C pedestrian push buttons, the instruction sign shall be mounted, using 2 straps and saddle brackets, on the same standard as the push button assembly. Straps and saddle brackets shall be as shown on the plans and shall be corrosion-resisting chromium nickel steel con- forming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 167, Type 302. Bolts shall be stainless steel with a chromium content of at least 17 percent and a nickel content of at least 8 percent. Bolts shall NOT be theft-proof. 209-6 LIGHTING 209-6.01 High Pressure Sodium Luminaires. High pressure sodium luminaires shall be the enclosed type with a horizontal burning lamp. Luminaires shall be the cutoff type. Each luminaire shall consist of a housing, a reflector, a refractor or a lens, a lamp socket, an integral ballast, a terminal strip and a lamp. Housings shall be fabricated from aluminum. Housings that are painted shall withstand a 1000-hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM Designation: B 117. All other metal parts of the housing shall be fabricated from metal at least equal in corrosion resistance and finish to the metal in the housing. Each housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter capable of mounting on a 50 mm (2") pipe tenon and of being adjusted 5 degrees from the axis of the tenon. The clamping brackets of the slip-fitter shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the ±5 degree range. No part of the slip-fitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a permanent set in excess of 0.5 mm (0.020") when the four 10 mm (3/8u) diameter cap screws used for mounting are tightened to 13 N-m (10 ft/lbs.). All luminaires to be mounted on horizontal mast arms, when tested in accordance with California Test 611, shall be capable of withstanding cyclic loading in (G = Acceleration of Gravity): 1. a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as 1.5 G peak) with the internal ballast removed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. 2. a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a minimum peak acceleration level of 1.5 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as 0.75-G peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. 3. a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 1.0 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as 0.5-G peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. Each mast arm mounted luminaire shall be furnished with a photoelectric unit receptacle. If a photoelectric unit receptacle is included and the plans call for the omission of a photoelectric unit, a raintight shorting cap shall be installed. The surface of each reflector shall be specular and shall be protected by either an anodized finish or a silicate film. The reflector shall be shaped so that a minimum of light is reflected through the arc tube of the lamp. Each refractor or lens shall be mounted in a frame that is hinged to the housing and secured with a spring-loaded latch. Each refractor shall be made of glass or polycarbonate plastic. Each lens shall be made of heat and impact resistant glass. The optical system, consisting of the reflector, refractor or lens, lamp socket Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 200 of 275 and lamp, shall be in a sealed chamber. Sealing shall be provided by a gasket between the reflector and refractor or lens and a gasket between the reflector and lamp socket. The chamber shall have provision for filtered flow of air in and out of the chamber due to lamp heat. Filtering shall be accomplished by either a separate filter or a filtering gasket. Each lamp socket shall be a porcelain enclosed mogul-multiple type. The shell shall contain integral lamp grips to assure electrical contact under conditions of normal vibration. The socket shall be mounted in the luminaire in a manner to permit pre-setting a variety of specified light distribution patterns. The socket shall be rated for 1500 W and 600 V, and shall be rated for a 4-kV pulse. When the components are mounted on a down-opening door, the door shall be hinged and secured to the luminaire housing separately from the refractor or flat lens frame. The door shall be easily removable and replaceable. The door shall be secured to the housing in a manner to prevent its accidental opening when the refractor or flat lens frame is opened. Field wires connected to the luminaire shall terminate on a barrier type terminal block secured to the housing. The terminal screws shall be captive and equipped with wire grips for conductors up to No. 6. Each terminal position shall be clearly identified. The minimum light distribution for each luminaire shall be as shown on the isolux diagrams on the plans. The maximum brightness of each cutoff luminaire, with the lamp indicated, shall be as Table 209-6.01 (A): TABLE 209-6.01 (A) CUTOFF TYPE LUMINAIRE Lamp ANSI Code No. S55 S66 S50 S67 S51 Lamp Wattage 150 200 250 310 400 Maximum Brightness (cd/m2) 140 140 175 210 260 Brightness readings will be taken using a brightness meter with an acceptance angle of 1.5 degrees. When measured on the 90-degree and 270-degree lateral angle line, the maximum brightness shall not exceed the above specified brightness when the meter is located at a horizontal distance of 37 m (120') and a vertical distance of 2.3 m (7.5') between the luminaire and the meter, or at an angle of 3 degrees 35 minutes from the horizontal to the line between the luminaire and the meter. Measurements shall be made from both the 90-degree line and the 270-degree line and averaged. The lamp used for each test shall be operated at the wattage necessary to produce a light output as shown in Table 209-6.01(6): TABLE 209-6.01 (B) LAMP WATTAGE VERSUS LIGHT OUTPUT Lumens Lamp Wattage 16000 22000 27000 37000 50000 150 200 250 310 400 209-6.01 A High Pressure Sodium Lamp Ballasts. Each ballast shall be designed for the type, characteristics and wattage of the lamp it is to operate and it shall provide the proper starting and operating waveforms, voltage and current. Ballasts shall provide reliable lamp starting and operation at ambient temperature down to -30°C for the rated life of the lamp. Ballasts shall be designed for continuous operation at ambient air temperatures from -20°C to 25°C without reduction in ballast life. Ballasts shall have a design life of not less than 100,000 hours. Ballasts shall be designed to Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 201 of 275 operate for at least 180 cycles of 12 hours on and 12 hours off, with the lamp circuit in an open or short-circuited condition and without measurable reduction in the operating requirements. Ballasts shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C82.6-1980, "Methods of Measurement of High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts." Starting aids for ballasts of a given lamp wattage shall be interchangeable between ballasts of the same wattage and manufacturer without adjustment. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, "Certification," shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of integral ballast luminaires and with each lot of ballasts designed for use outside of luminaires. The certificate shall state that the lot of ballasts meets, in every respect, the above requirements and the lamp-ballast specifications of the lamp manufacturer. The input voltage for ballasts shall be as shown on the plans or as specified in these supplemental provisions. Each integral ballast shall consist of separate components, each of which shall be capable of being easily replaced. A starting aid which is encapsulated will be considered as a single component. Each component shall be provided with screw terminals, NEMA tab connectors or a single multi-circuit connector. All conductor terminals shall be identified as to the component terminal to which they connect. Heat-generating components shall be mounted so as to use the portion of the luminaire upon which they are mounted as a heat sink. Capacitors shall be located as far as practicable from heat-generating components or shall be thermally shielded to limit the case temperature to 75°C. Transformers and inductors shall be resin-impregnated for protection against moisture. Capacitors, except those in starting aids, shall be metal cased and hermetically sealed. Ballasts to be located remote from the luminaire shall be the submersible type and shall conform to the requirements in Section 209-6.09C, "Submersible Type Transformers." All components, including starting aid, shall be enclosed in a single housing. Ballast leads shall extend a minimum of 300 mm (12") from the case. Steel housings shall be galvanized or painted. Ballast housings shall be clearly labeled to in- dicate lamp type, lamp wattage and input voltage. Ballasts for high-pressure sodium lamps shall have a ballast characteristic curve which will intersect both of the lamp-voltage limit lines between the wattage limit lines and remain between the wattage limit lines throughout the full range of lamp voltage. This requirement shall be met not only at the rated input voltage of the ballast, but also at the lowest and highest input voltage for which the ballast is rated. Throughout the lifetime of the lamp, the ballast curve shall fall within the specified limits of lamp voltage and wattage. Ballasts for luminaires to be mounted on mast arms, brackets or lowering assemblies shall be located within the luminaire housing. 209-6.01 A(1) Regulator Type Ballasts. Regulator type ballasts shall conform to the following: For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary more than 7.5 percent from rated lamp watts. The ballast shall be designed so that a capacitance variance of ±6 percent will not cause more than a ±8 percent variation in lamp wattage regulation throughout rated lamp life for nominal input voltage. The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of ±10 percent at any lamp voltage from initial through life. Regulator type ballasts shall be lag-type or lead-type conforming to the following: Lag-Type Regulator Ballasts.— Each lag-type regulator ballast shall have the primary and secondary windings electrically isolated and, when operated with the appropriate lamp, shall have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 202 of 275 The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent throughout the life of the lamp at nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp. Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not vary by more than 18 percent for ±10 percent input voltage variation. Lead-Type Regulator Ballasts.— Each lead-type regulator ballast (CWA-constant wattage auto- regulator) shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation: The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp. Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not vary by more than 30 percent for ±10 percent input voltage variation. 209-6.01 A(2) Autotransformer or Reactor Type Ballasts. Each nonregulating reactor, autotransformer, or high reactance ballast shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operations: The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp. Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not vary by more than 25 percent for ±5 percent input voltage variation. For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary more than 7.5 percent from rated lamp watts. The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of ±5 percent at any lamp voltage from initial through life. 209-6.01 B High Pressure Sodium Lamps. High pressure sodium lamps shall conform to the ANSI Standard: C 78, "Lamp Specifications, Physical and Electrical Characteristics of High-Intensity- Discharge Lamps," when tested in accordance with ANSI Standard: C 78.388, "Methods of Measurement of High Pressure Sodium Lamp Characteristics." High-pressure sodium lamps shall have a minimum average rated life of 24 000 hours. 209-6.02 Mission Bell Luminaires. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all components of the Mission Bell fixture and light standard in accordance to manufacturer's specifications and these supplemental provisions. The Contractor's responsibility shall include, but is not limited to, mounting adaptor to mast arm, mounting bracket for use with photoelectric control and suspension method for conductors. Dissimilar metals shall not be used for mounting the Mission Bell to the fixture adapter (plumberizer). The 50 mm (2") diameter close aluminum nipples used between the plumberizer and Mission Bell casting shall be fabricated from bar stock aluminum conforming to ASTM designation 6061-T6 or 6063-T1 and shall be bored through along their central axis with a 25 mm (1") diameter hole to accommodate the lighting conductors. All aluminum incorporated in the fixture shall be clear anodized in accordance with Aluminum Association designation AA-M12C22A41. The minimum anodic coating thickness shall be not less than 0.03 mm (1.0 mil). Mission Bell Luminaires shall conform to the requirements of section 209-6.01 of these supplemental provisions except as noted in this section (209-6.02) and shall be Sierra Lighting catalog number MB-200-HPS-240-DBZ, General Electric catalog number BELL20S3AGMN3DB or approved equal. All Mission Bell Luminaires from any source shall be modified as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the mounting design for approval by the Engineer prior to fabrication in accordance with Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 203 of 275 209-6.03 Soffit and Wall Luminaires, and Lamps. Soffit and wall luminaires shall be of the type or types specified. Soffit and wall luminaires shall be weatherproof and corrosion resistant. Installation details and minimum light distribution shall be as shown on the plans. Each flush- mounted soffit luminaire shall consist of a metal body, a prismatic refractor mounted in a door frame, a prismatic glass or specular anodized aluminum reflector, a ballast, and a lamp socket. The body shall have provisions for anchoring in concrete and shall be provided with two Size 27, minimum, conduit hubs. The refractor shall be glass and shall be clearly identified as to "street side." The door frame assembly shall be hinged, gasketed and secured to the body by at least 3 machine screws. The ballast shall be located either within the housing or in a ceiling pull box as shown on the plans. Each pendant soffit luminaire shall be enclosed and gasketed, and shall be furnished with aluminum finish. The reflector shall have a specular anodized aluminum finish. The refractor shall be made of heat-resistant polycarbonate or glass. The optical assembly shall be hinged and latched for lamp access and shall be provided with a device to prevent dropping. Each pendant soffit luminaire shall be furnished with a ballast and with a galvanized metal box for mounting the luminaire. The ballast shall be designed for operation in a raintight enclosure. The box shall be provided with a gasketed cover with 2 captive screws and 2 chains to prevent dropping. Each wall-mounted luminaire shall consist of a cast metal body, a prismatic refractor mounted in a door frame, an aluminum reflector with a specular anodized finish, an integral ballast and a lamp socket. The refractor shall be glass. A gasket shall be provided between the refractor and the body of the fixture. Each luminaire shall be provided with at least two 8 mm (5/i6") minimum diameter mounting bolts. Cast aluminum bodies, which are to be cast into or mounted against concrete, shall be given a thick application of alkali-resistant bituminous paint on all surfaces to be in contact with concrete. Unless otherwise specified, each soffit luminaire and each wall luminaire shall be furnished with a 70-W high-pressure sodium lamp, with a minimum average rated life of 24 000 hours. Each lamp socket shall be positioned to locate the light center of the lamp within 13 mm (V2") of the light center location for which the luminaire is designed. Ballasts for soffit and wall luminaires shall be the autotransformer, reactor or regulator type conforming to the provisions in Section 209-6.01A, "High Pressure Sodium Lamp Ballasts." Ballasts for wall luminaires shall be located in the luminaire housing or, when shown on the plans, in a pull box adjacent to the luminaire. 209-6.04 Pedestrian Crossing Fixtures. Pedestrian crossing fixtures shall consist of fluorescent lighting fixtures for pedestrian undercrossings and for pedestrian overcrossings as shown on the plans. 209-6.05 Sign Lighting Fixtures— Mercury. Each mercury sign lighting fixture shall be designed for mounting near the bottom of the sign panel on an overhead sign structure. The fixture shall be of an enclosed design and shall be raintight and corrosion resistant. Each fixture shall consist of a housing with door, a reflector, refractor or a flat lens, a lamp, a socket assembly, a ballast and a fuse block, and shall conform to the following: 1. Housing.— The housing shall have a door designed to hold a refractor or flat lens. Housings and doors shall be fabricated of sheet or cast aluminum. Sheet aluminum shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: B 209 or B 209M for 5052-H32 aluminum sheet. Painting is not required. All external bolts, screws, hinges, hinge pins and door closure devices shall be of material which will not corrode in normal use.The housing shall be provided with holes to permit condensed water to drain. The door shall be hinged to the housing on the side of the fixture away from the sign panel and shall be provided with two captive latch bolts or other latching device. The door shall be provided with means to allow the door to be locked in the open position (50 degrees, minimum from the plane of the door opening) with a wind of 110 km/h (70 mph) striking the door from either side. The juncture of the door and the housing Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 204 of 275 shall be gasketed to provide a raintight and dusttight joint. The thickness of the gasket shall be 6 mm (0.25"), minimum. The maximum height of the fixture shall be 300 mm (12") above the top of the mounting rails. When the fixture is mounted on the mounting channels without a mounting plate, 4 holes of 11 mm (7/16") diameter shall be provided. The distance between the front and back holes shall be 165 mm (61/2"). 2. Reflector.— The reflector shall be one piece and shall be made from specularly finished aluminum protected with an electrochemically applied anodized finish or a chemically applied silicate film. The reflector shall be designed so that water deposited on it due to condensation will drain away. The reflector shall be secured to the housing with a minimum of two screws and shall be removable without removing any fixture parts. No reflectors shall be attached to the outside of the housing. 3. Refractor.— Refractors shall be made from borosilicate heat resistant glass. When a flat lens is used, the lens shall be made from heat resistant glass. The refractor shall be so designed or shielded that no fixture luminance is visible when the fixture is approached directly from the rear and the viewing level is the bottom of the fixture. When a shield is used it shall be an integral part of the door casting. 4. Lamp.— Each fixture shall be furnished with a 175-W mercury lamp conforming to ANSI C78.386-1989, Code: H39KC-175/DX. Lamps shall have a minimum average rated life of 16 000 hours. 5. Lamp Socket.— The lamp socket shall be a porcelain enclosed mogul type. The shell shall contain integral lamp grips to assure electrical contact under conditions of normal vibration. The center contact shall be spring-loaded. Shell and center contact shall be nickel plated brass. The socket shall be rated for 1500 W and 600 V. 6. Ballast. — The ballast for each mercury sign fixture shall be designed for the characteristics and wattage of the lamp and it shall provide the proper starting voltage and operating waveforms, voltage and current. Ballasts shall provide reliable lamp starting and operation at ambient temperatures down to -25°C for the rated life of the lamp. Ballasts shall be designed for continuous operation at ambient air temperatures from -20°C to 25°C without reduction in ballast life. Ballasts shall have a design life of not less than 100 000 hours. Ballasts shall be tested in accordance with the requirement of ANSI Standard C82.6-1980, "Methods of Measurement of High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts." A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, "Certification," shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of sign lighting fixtures. The certificate shall state that the ballasts meet, in every respect, the above requirements and the lamp ballast specifications of the lamp manufacturer. Ballasts consisting of separate components shall conform to the following: 1. Each component shall be capable of being easily replaced. Each component shall be provided with screw terminals, NEMA tab connect or a single multi-circuit connector. All conductor terminals shall be identified as to the component terminal to which they connect. 2. Heat-generating components shall be mounted so as to use the portion of the sign lighting fixture upon which they are mounted as a heat sink. Capacitors shall be located as far as practicable from heat-generating components or shall be thermally shielded to limit the case temperature to 75°C. 3. Transformers and inductors shall be resin-impregnated for protection against moisture. Capacitors shall be metal cased and hermetically sealed. 4. Ballasts for mercury sign lighting fixtures shall be normal power factor reactor type or autotransformer regulator type (CWA-constant wattage autotransformer). Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 205 of 275 5. Reactor Type Ballasts.— Each reactor type ballast shall, when operated with the mercury lamp, have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation: a) The power factor shall be not less than 50 percent. b) The lamp wattage shall not vary by more than a ±10 percent for a ±5 percent input volt- age variation. c) The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.5 at rated input voltage. d) Ballast losses shall not exceed 25 W. 6. Autotransformer Regulator Ballasts.— Each autotransformer regulator type ballast shall, when operated with the mercury lamp, have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation: a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent. b) The lamp wattage shall not vary by more than a ±7 percent for a ±10 percent input volt- age variation. c) The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.7 at rated input voltage. d) Ballast losses shall not exceed 40 W. 7. Fuse Block.— Each fixture shall be provided with a barrier type fuse block for terminating field connections. The block shall be secured to the housing and shall be accessible without removal of any fixture parts. The block shall be mounted to leave a minimum of 13 mm (0.5") air space from the sidewalls of the housing. The block shall be designed for easy removal of fuses with fuse puller, shall be rated at 600 volts and shall have box terminals. Fuses shall be 10 mm (13/32") diameter, 38 mm (11/2") long ferrule type and shall be UL or ETL listed. For 120-volt input fixtures, only the ungrounded conductor shall be fused and a solid link shall be provided between the neutral and the ballasts. 8. Wire Guard.— When shown on the plans, each sign lighting fixture shall be provided with a wire guard to prevent damage to the refractor or lens. The guard shall be constructed of 6.5 mm (0.2625") (minimum) diameter steel wire and shall be either hot-dip galvanized or provided with an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM Designation: B 633, Service Condition SC4 with a clear chromate dip treatment. Guard elements shall be spaced so as to prevent rocks in excess of 40 mm (11/2") in diameter from passing through. When the fixture is located so that the light center of the lamp is 1.4 m (56") in front of, 300 mm (12") below, and centered on a 3 m (10') high by 6 m (201) wide sign panel, the ratio of the maximum to minimum illuminance level on the panel shall not exceed 12 to 1 in 95 percent of the points measured. In addition, the illuminance gradient shall not exceed 2 to 1. Illuminance gradient is defined as the ratio of the minimum illuminance on any 300 mm (12") square of panel to that on any adjacent 300 mm (12") square of panel. The minimum horizontal lux requirements shall conform to the "Isolux Diagrams" shown on the plans. Each fixture shall be furnished with a mounting assembly that will permit the fixture to be mounted on the continuous slot channels shown on the plans. The mounting assembly shall be either cast aluminum, hot-dip galvanized steel plate or steel plate that has been galvanized and finished with a polymeric coating system. 209-6.06 Sign Lighting Fixtures— Incandescent Each sign lighting fixture for an incandescent lamp shall be of the type shown on the plans or as specified in these supplemental provisions. Sign lighting fixtures shall be UL or ETL listed for outdoor installation. The fixture shall consist of a hood with side outlet tapped for conduit and a symmetrical 250 mm (10") steel reflector. Fixture shall be Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 206 of 275 rated at 150 W minimum. The reflector shall have a white porcelain enamel finish. The fixture shall have a medium base socket. 209-6.06 Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs. Internally illuminated street name signs shall conform to the details shown on the plans. The general design of signs shall be as shown on the plans. Minor details of construction shown are typical and may be modified subject to approval by the Engineer. The sign fixture shall be designed and constructed to pre- vent deformation or failure when subjected to 113 km/h (70mph) wind loads as set forth in the AASHTO publication, "Standard Specifications for Structural Supports of Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals," and amendments thereto. The sign panels shall not deform or warp under a 113 km/h (70 mph) wind loading. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, "Certification," shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of internally illuminated street name signs. The certificate shall state that the internally illuminated street name signs meets the wind load requirements as described above. All material used in fabrication shall be new. If not covered herein, both the material and workmanship shall be of the best quality consistent with the intended pur- pose. All ferrous parts shall be galvanized or cadmium plated, unless otherwise specified herein or shown otherwise on the plans. Signs shall be Type B. Additionally all Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Housing.— The top and bottom shall be formed or extruded aluminum and shall be attached to formed or cast aluminum end fittings. The design shall provide continuous sealing between top and bottom assemblies and the end fittings. The housing shall be rigidly constructed to resist torsional twist and warp. Provisions shall be made for ease of maintenance of all components. The opening or removal of one panel shall permit access to the interior of the sign and allow for replacement of lamps, ballasts and fuses. Type IV photoelectric unit sockets shall be provided. On Type A signs, both sides shall be hinged at the top to permit installation or removal of the sign panels, and to permit access to the interior of the sign. On Type B signs, the sign panels shall be slide-mounted into the housing. 2. Reflectors.— At the option of the Contractor, reflectors may be used to provide the required sign brightness. Reflectors, if used, shall be formed aluminum with acrylic baked white enamel surface having a minimum reflectance of 0.85. 3. Sign Panels.— The sign panels shall be slide-mounted or rigid mounted in a frame, with white legend, symbols, arrows, and border on each face, as shown on the plans. The background shall be green. The entire surface of the sign panel shall fabricated with prismatic, cube corner reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade or equal) and shall be evenly illuminated. The average of brightness readings for the letters shall be 500 cd/m2 (150 foot-lamberts), minimum. The light transmission factor of the sign panel shall provide a letter to background brightness ratio of be- tween 10 to 1 and 20 to 1. The luminance of the background shall not vary by more than 40 percent from the average of background brightness reading. The luminance of the letters, symbols and arrows shall not vary by more than 20 percent from the average brightness reading of letters, symbols and arrows. The sign panels shall be translucent panels of high impact resis- tant plastic of one of the following types: a) Glass fiber reinforced acrylated resin. b) Polycarbonate resin. c) Cellulose acetate butyrate plastic. d) Paint on the outside of the plastic shall be protected by a plastic film which shall seal the front surface of the panel and filter out ultraviolet radiation. Paint shall be acrylic plas- tic type. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 207 of 275 e) All surfaces shall be free of blemishes in the plastic or coating that may impair the ser- viceability or detract from the general appearance and color matching of the sign. f) The white or green color shall not fade or darken when the sign is exposed to an accel- erated test of ultraviolet light which is equivalent to 2 years of outdoor exposure. The green color of the sign, when not illuminated, shall conform to Color No. 14109 of Federal Standard 595B. g) The sign panels shall not crack or shatter when a 25.4 mm (1") diameter, steel ball with a mass of 67 grams (4 oz.) is dropped from a height of 2.6 m (8.5') above the sign panel to any point of the sign panel. The panels shall be lying in a horizontal position and sup- ported within their frame for this test. 4. Gaskets.— On Type A signs, gaskets shall be installed between the sign panel frame and the fixture housing to prevent the entrance of water between the frame and the fixture housing. Gaskets shall be uniform and even textured and shall be the closed cell, sponge neoprene type, designed for use at temperatures between -20°C(-4°F) and +70°C (158°F). Gaskets shall be neatly applied to thoroughly degreased, clean surfaces with a suitable heat-resistant adhesive which will not allow the gaskets to slip at temperatures between -20°C and +70°C. 5. Ballasts.— Ballasts shall be of the high power factor type and shall be capable of starting the lamps at -20°C (-4°F) and above. Ballasts for Type A signs shall be rated at 200 mA. Ballasts for Type B signs shall be rated at 430 mA. Ballasts shall be listed by UL or ETL for operation on 110 to 125 V, 60 Hz circuits, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Standard: C 82.1 and ANSI Standard: C 82.2. A separate ballast shall be provided for each lamp. 6. Lamp holders.— Lamp holders shall be listed by UL or ETL for outdoor use, shall be provided with silver coated contacts and waterproofed entrance leads for use with a rapid-start fluorescent lamp. Removal of the lamp from the socket shall de-energize the primary of the ballast. Each lamp holder shall be provided with a heat-resistant, circular cross section, partially recessed neoprene ring to seal against the lamp ends and protect electrical contacts from moisture and dirt or other injurious elements. One lamp holder for each lamp shall be of the spring-loaded type. The distance between the face of the lamp holders for each lamp shall provide a compression of at least 2.5 mm (0.10") on the spring-type lamp holder when the lamp is in place. The lamp shall have positive mechanical and electrical contact when the lamp is in place. The socket on the spring-type lamp holder shall have sufficient travel to permit installation of the lamp. Springs for lamp holders shall not be part of the current carrying circuit. Lamp holders shall match lamp requirements and shall not increase cathode filament circuit resistance by more than 0.10 Q. 7. Lamps.— Lamps shall be of the types shown on the plans and shall meet the requirements of ANSI Standard: C 78. 8. Terminal Blocks.— All wiring connections in the fixture shall be terminated on molded, phenolic, barrier type, terminal blocks rated at 15 A, 1000 V, and shall have integral type, white, waterproof marking strips. All current carrying parts of the terminal block shall be insulated from the fixture with integral plugs or strips to provide an insulating value in excess of the line-to-ground flashover voltage. If the Contractor elects to use sectionalized terminal blocks, each section shall be provided with an integral barrier on each side and shall be capable of rigid mounting and alignment. Terminal screws shall be size No. 10, minimum. 9. Fuses.— Fuses shall be Type SAG, miniature, slow blowing type with appropriate current and voltage ratings. Fuseholder shall be a panel-mounting type with threaded or bayonet type knob which grips the fuse tightly for extraction. A separate fuse shall be provided for each ballast. 10. Weep Holes.— Screened weep holes shall be provided at strategic locations in all members subject to the collection of moisture. Weep holes shall be shielded to prevent light leakage from the fixture. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 208 of 275 11. Fasteners.— All fasteners, screws, and hardware shall be of passive stainless steel (Type 302 or 304) or aluminum Type 6060-T6. 12. Mounting Assemblies.— The top of the fixture housing shall have 2 free-swinging mounting brackets. Each of the brackets shall be adjustable vertically for leveling the sign to either a straight or curved mast arm. The bracket assembly shall permit the fixture to swing perpendicular to the sign panel. Hinge pins for the free-swinging brackets shall have a minimum diameter of 6 mm (0.25"). At least 4.6 m (15') clearance shall be provided between the bottom of the fixture and the roadway. 13. Message.— The message, as shown on the plans, shall be displayed on both sign panels. If not shown on the plans, the message, and the size of symbols or arrows will be furnished by the Engineer at the request of the Contractor. Unless shown otherwise, letters shall be 200 mm (8") upper case and 150 mm (6") lower case, Series E. 14. Mass.— The total mass of the complete sign assembly, including lamps, ballasts, mounting brackets and appurtenances shall not exceed 30 kg. 15. Conductors.— All fixture conductors shall be UL or ETL listed appliance wiring material (AWM) stranded copper wire with 0.7 mm (28 mils), minimum, thermoplastic insulation, rated at 1000 volts and rated for use at 90°C. Conductors shall be No. 16, minimum, and shall match the color coding of the ballast leads. The size of conductors from the sign disconnect to the fuse block shall be as shown on the plans. All conductors within the fixture shall be secured with easily removable spring cross straps (not clamped) in the chassis or fixture. Straps shall be installed not more than 300 mm (12") apart. Stranded copper conductors connected to screw type terminals shall terminate in approved crimp type ring connectors. Splices will not be permitted within the fixture unless approved in writing by the Engineer. 16. Equipment List and Drawings.— Within 15 days following approval of contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 sets of shop drawings and a list of equipment and materials he proposes to install, as specified in Section 2-5, "Plans and Specifications." The shop drawings shall show the message for each sign and shall include the size of letters, symbols or arrows, as shown on the plans or as furnished by the Engineer. The list of equipment shall include the name of the manufacturer of all materials and sufficient detail to identify the materials. If requested, the Contractor shall supply, without cost to the Agency, sufficient samples of materials to be used in the fabrication of the sign, or a complete sign assembly, to permit adequate testing and evaluation of conformance to the specified requirements. 209-6.07 Photoelectric Controls. Photoelectric controls, as specified in these supplemental provisions or as shown on the plans, shall be capable of switching multiple lighting systems directly. Type IV photoelectric control shall be used unless otherwise shown on the plans or required by these supplemental provisions and shall be installed in a receptacle integral with the luminaire. 1. Type I photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit and a test switch housed in an enclosure. 2. Type II photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, a separate contactor located in a service equipment enclosure, and a test switch located in the service equipment enclosure unless shown otherwise. 3. Type III photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, and a separate contactor and a test switch housed in an enclosure. 4. Type IV photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit which plugs into an EEI-NEMA twist lock. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 209 of 275 209-6.07A Types. The types of photoelectric controls shall be as follows: receptacle integral with the luminaire. Type V photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit, contactor and test switch located in a service equipment enclosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the lighting circuit shall be provided for each Type I, Type II, Type III, and Type V photoelectric control. Switches shall be of the single-hole mounting toggle type, single-pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A and a voltage rating to match the circuit. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate reading "Auto-Test" and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric unit. Test switch shall not have an "OFF" position. Photoelectric units for Types I, II and III photoelectric controls, shall be pole-top mounted unless otherwise specified. 209-6.07B Equipment Details. Equipment details shall conform to the following: 209-6.076(1) Photoelectric Unit The photoelectric unit shall provide an output in response to changing light levels. Components of the unit shall not require periodic replacement. Units shall have a "turn-on" between 10 and 50 lux (one and 5 footcandles) and a "turn-off1 at between 1.5 and 5 times "turn-on." Measurements shall be by the procedures set forth in EEI-NEMA Standards for Physical and Electrical Interchangeability of Light-Sensitive Control Devices Used in the Control of Roadway Lighting. Photoelectric controls, except Type IV and Type V, shall be furnished with a 100 mm (4") minimum inside diameter pole-top mounting adaptor containing a terminal block and with cable supports or clamps to support pole wires. The photoelectric unit receptacle shall be the EEI- NEMA type. Mounting brackets shall be used where pole-top mounting is not possible. Photoelectric controls shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans and oriented as directed by the Engineer. For switching 480 V, 60 Hz circuits, a 100 V'A, minimum, 480/120-volt transformer shall be installed in the contactor enclosure to provide 120 volts for the photoelectric control unit. Where more than one photoelectric unit is to be installed at the same location, a single transformer, with a volt-ampere rating capable of handling the total controlled load, may be used. Photoelectric units shall be screened to prevent artificial light from causing cycling. The photoelectric unit shall also conform to the following: The supply voltage rating shall be 60 Hz, 105-130 V, 210-240 V, or 105-240 V, as specified. The load rating shall be 800 W minimum, incandescent, mercury or fluorescent. The operating temperature range shall be from -29°C (-20°F) to 65°C (150°F). The power consumption shall be less than 10 W. The unit shall be housed in a weatherproof enclosure. The base of the unit shall be provided with a 3-prong, EEI-NEMA standard, twist-lock plug mounting. 1. Units shall be provided with a "fail-on" feature. 209-6.078(2) Contactor. The contactor shall have contacts rated to switch the specified lighting load and shall be normally open, unless otherwise specified. The contactor shall be either the mechanical armature type or the mercury displacement type. The contacts of the mechanical armature type contactor shall be either fine silver, silver alloy, or superior alternative material. The contactor shall have a minimum rating of 30 A, per contact, inductive load. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 210 of 275 209-6.076(3) Contactor and Test Switch Housing. The enclosure for Type I and Type III photoelectric controls shall be NEMA Type 3R. The enclosure shall be provided with a factory applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat. Two applications of paint to match the color of the standard shall be applied as specified in Section 209-2.16, "Painting." The enclosure may be hot-dip galvanized in lieu of painting. A minimum of 65 mm (21/2") shall be provided between contactor terminals and end of enclosure for wiring connections. The enclosure shall be mounted on the same standard as the photoelectric unit at a height of approximately 1.8 m (6') above the base. 209-6.076(4) Wiring. Conductors between the photoelectric unit and an external contactor shall be No. 14 and shall be run inside the lighting standard, or in conduit, unless otherwise shown on the plans. 209-6.076(5) Terminal 6locks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25 A, 600 V, shall be molded from phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and integral type marking strips. 209-6.09 Transformers. Multiple to multiple and series to multiple transformers shall be of the single-phase, dry type designed for operation on a 60 Hz supply. 209-6.09A Electrical Requirements. Transformer ratings shall be 120/480 volts, 240/480 volts or 480/120 volts for multiple to multiple units and 6.6 A/120 volts or 6.6 A/480 volts for series to multiple units or other ratings as shown on the plans. Secondary 480-volt windings shall be center tapped. Volt-ampere ratings shall be as shown on the plans. Transformer efficiency shall exceed 95 percent for multiple to multiple units and 80 percent for series to multiple units. Secondary voltage regulation and tolerance shall be ±3 percent from half load to full load for multiple to multiple units and +10 per- cent (maximum) at no load to ±3 percent at full load for series to multiple units. Transformers shall have a decal showing a connection diagram. The diagram shall show either color coding or tagging of wires with primary (H1, H2) or secondary (X1, X2) markers, and shall also show the primary and secondary voltage and volt-ampere rating. 209-6.096 Physical Requirements. External leads for multiple to multiple and series to multiple secondary connections shall be Type USE, No. 10, rated 600 volts AC. Primary conductors for series to multiple transformers shall be rated for use on 5000-volt AC circuits. Transformer leads shall extend a minimum of 300 mm (12") from the case. Transformer insulation shall be NEMA 185°C or better. Series to multiple transformers shall withstand the application of 12 000 volts AC from core to primary coil and from coil to coil for a one minute period. Series to multiple transformer secondaries and multiple to multiple transformers shall withstand the application of 2200 volts AC from core to coils and, for multiple units only, from coil to coil for a one minute period. The above tests shall be made immediately after operation of the transformer at full load for 24 hours. Non- submersible transformers shall be provided with metal half-shell coil protection, shall have moisture resistant, synthetic varnish impregnated windings and shall be suitable for outdoor operation in a raintight enclosure. Each transformer to be installed in a pull box shall be the submersible type and shall be provided with a handle and a hanger. 209-6.09C Submersible Type Transformers. Submersible type transformers shall be securely encased in a rugged corrosion resistant, watertight case and shall withstand a 5-day test submerged in 600 mm (2') of salt water (2 percent salt by mass) with 12-hour on and off periods. The operating periods shall be at full load. Leads of submersible transformers shall be brought out through one or more sealed hubs and shall be secured in a manner which will withstand a 450-N (100 Ib) static pull without loosening or leaking. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 211 of 275 209-6.11 Falsework Lighting. Falsework lighting shall consist of lighting to illuminate the pavement, portals and pedestrian walkways at or under openings in the falsework required for traffic. Lighting to provide pavement and portal illumination shall be provided at the locations shown on the plans or specified in these supplemental provisions. Lighting to provide pedestrian walkway illumination shall be provided at all pedestrian openings through or under falsework. 209-6.11 A General. The Contractor shall submit a plan of the proposed lighting installations and shall not commence falsework opening construction until those plans have been reviewed and ap- proved by the Engineer. Approval will be made in accordance with Section 2-5, "Plans and Specifications." The Contractor shall design falsework lighting so that required maintenance can be performed with a minimum of inconvenience to public traffic. Closing of traffic lanes for routine maintenance will not be permitted on roadways with posted speed limits in excess of 25 miles per hour. Illumination of pavement under falsework with portals less than 45 m (150') apart and illumination of falsework portals shall be provided only during the hours of darkness as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code. Photoelectric switches shall be used to control those falsework lighting systems. Illumination of pavement under falsework with portals 45 m (150') or more apart and illumination of all pedestrian openings through falsework shall be provided 24 hours per day. All lighting fixtures shall be aimed in such a manner as to preclude glare to oncoming motorists. Type NMC cable with No. 12 minimum, conductors with ground wire shall be used. The cable shall be fastened to the supporting structure at sufficient intervals to adequately support the cable and within 300 mm (12") from every box or fitting. All conductors within 2.4 m (8') of ground shall be enclosed in a Size 16, or larger metal conduit. Each illumination system shall be on a minimum of one separate branch circuit at each bridge location. Each branch circuit shall be fused, not to exceed 20 A. For falsework lighting, the Contractor shall arrange with the serving utility to complete service connections. Energy, line extension, service, and service hookup costs shall be paid by the Contractor. Upon completion of the project or when directed by the Engineer, falsework lighting equipment shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of the work. The Contractor may propose a lighting plan which will provide light intensities equivalent to the systems specified herein. The Contractor shall supply sufficient data to permit evaluation of alternative methods. 209-6.11B Pavement Illumination. For illumination of pavement at vehicular openings through falsework the following shall apply: 1. Lighting fixtures shall be provided with R/FL commercial type flood lamp holder with protective covers. 2. Fixtures shall be fully adjustable with brackets and locking screws and shall permit mounting directly to a standard metal junction box. 3. Lamps shall be medium-base R-40 flood lamps and shall be 150 W minimum. 4. A continuous row of the type of fixtures required shall be installed at the location and spacing as shown on the plans or as specified in these supplemental provisions. The fixtures shall be installed beneath the falsework structure, with the end fixtures not further than 3 m (10') inside the portal faces. Fixtures shall be installed and energized as a first order of work after the members supporting them have been erected. 5. Fixtures along the sides of the opening shall be placed no more than 1.2 m (41) behind or 600 mm (2') in front of the roadway face of the temporary railing. Mounting heights of these fixtures shall be between 3.6 m (12') and 5 m (16') above the roadway surface and shall present an unobstructed light pattern on the pavement. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 212 of 275 209-6.11C Portal Illumination. For illumination of falsework portals the following shall apply: 1. On each side of each entrance portal, clearance guides consisting of plywood sheets, 1.2m (4') wide by 2.4 m (8') high, shall be fastened vertically facing traffic with the bottom of the panel 1.0 m (3') to 1.2 m (4') above the roadway. The center of the panel shall be located approximately one meter (3') horizontally behind the roadway face of the railing. The panels shall be freshly painted for each installation with not less than 2 applications of flat white paint, furnished and applied by the Contractor. Testing of paint will not be required. 2. When ordered by the Engineer, in order to improve the general appearance of the painted surfaces herein described, the Contractor shall repaint designated areas and that painting will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3, "Extra Work." 3. Falsework portals shall be illuminated on the side facing traffic with 150-W, minimum, PAR reflector flood lamps mounted on the structure directly over each vertical support adjacent to the traveled way, as needed to uniformly illuminate the exterior falsework beam, the clearance guides and the overhead clearance sign. Each lamp shall be supported approximately 5 m (16') above the pavement and approximately 1.8 m (6') in front of the portal face, the exact position to be as directed by the Engineer. 4. The above specified portal lighting and clearance guides shall be installed on the day that vertical members are erected. 209-6.11D Pedestrian Walkway Illumination. For illumination of pedestrian openings through or under falsework, the following shall apply: 1. Fixtures shall be flush mounted in the overhead protection shield, and shall be equipped with a clear polycarbonate diffuser lens, which is damage resistant. 2. Lamps shall be standard incandescent 100 W, 120 V. 3. Fixtures shall be centered over the passageway at intervals of not more than 4.5 m (15') with the end fixtures not more than 2 m (7') inside the end of the pedestrian openings. 4. Pedestrian passageway light systems shall be installed as a first order of work after the overhead protection shield is erected. 209-7 REMOVING, REINSTALLING OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 209-7.01 Removing Electrical Equipment. Attention is directed to Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements." Existing electrical equipment shown on the plans or specified in these supplemental provisions to be removed and not reused or salvaged, and pull boxes, conduit and detector frames not reused, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the street right of way in accordance with the provisions in 300-1, "Clearing and Grubbing," except, if not interfering with other construction, underground conduit may be abandoned in place after all conductors have been removed. Care shall be exercised in salvaging equipment so that it will not be damaged or destroyed and will remain in its existing condition whenever possible. Mast arms shall be removed from standards. Luminaires, signal heads, and signal mounting assemblies shall be removed from standards and mast arms. Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements" and 300-1.2, "Preservation of Property." The Contractor will be required to repair or replace, at the Contractor's expense, any electrical equipment to be salvaged which, as determined by the Engineer, has been damaged or destroyed by reason of the Contractor's operations. Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 209-2.03, "Foundations," regarding foundations to be abandoned or removed. Holes resulting from removing pull boxes and detector frames shall be filled with material equivalent to the surrounding material. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 213 of 275 209-7.02 Reinstalling Removed Electrical Equipment. When removed electrical equipment is to be reinstalled, the Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary materials and equipment, including signal mounting assemblies, anchor bolts, nuts, washers and concrete as required to complete the new installation. All traffic signal and flashing beacon faces to be reinstalled or to be part of a modified system shall be cleaned and relamped. All luminaires and sign lighting fixtures to be reinstalled shall be cleaned and relamped. Existing materials required to be relocated and found to be unsatisfactory by the Engineer shall be replaced by new material and the cost therefore will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3, "Extra Work." 209-8 PAYMENT 209-8.01 Payment. The contract lump-sum price or prices paid for signal, flashing beacon, lighting, sign illumination, traffic monitoring station, closed circuit television systems, or combinations thereof; for modifying or removing those systems; for temporary systems; or the lump-sum or unit prices paid for various units of those systems; or the lump-sum or per meter price paid for conduit of the various sizes, types and installation methods listed in the Engineer's Estimate shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing, modifying, or removing the systems, combinations or units thereof, as shown on the plans, as specified in these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, including any necessary pull boxes (except when the type required is shown as a separate contract item); excavation and backfill; concrete foundations (except when shown as a separate contract item); pedestrian barricades; furnishing and installing illuminated street name signs; installing Agency-furnished sign panels on pedestrian barricades, on flashing beacon standards, and on traffic signal mast arms; restoring sidewalk, pavement and appurtenances damaged or destroyed during construction; salvaging existing materials; and making all required tests. Full compensation for all additional materials and labor, not shown on the plans or specified, which are necessary to complete the installation of the various systems, shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the systems, or units thereof, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore, except as provided in Section 209-1.05, "Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems." When shown as a contract item, the contract price paid per meter for cast-in-drilled-hole concrete pile (signal foundation) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing reinforced concrete pile foundations of the size shown on the Engineer's Estimate, including drilling holes, disposing of the material resulting from drilling holes, furnishing and placing anchor bolt assemblies and rein- forcing steel, complete in place, as shown on the plans, and as specified in these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. When shown as a contract item, non-reinforced portland cement concrete foundations will be measured and paid for in the manner as provided in Section 303-1.11, "Payment." When shown as a separate contract item by the lump-sum or per bid item linear measurement, interconnection conduit and conductor shall include all interconnection conductors, but shall only include conduit and pull boxes containing interconnection conductors and no other conductors. The quantity of interconnection conduit and conductor to be paid for by the lump-sum bid or the bid item linear measurement shall be the length of that conduit. Compensation for conduit containing in- terconnection conductors and other conductors shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the item requiring the other conductors. Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing falsework lighting equipment shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the items of work involved in the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 214 of 275 structure which requires the falsework lighting and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 PAINT. 210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1.5(A) TABLE 210-1.5 (A) Surface to be Painted Temporary Railing type (K) Pre-reatment / Surface Preparation Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a Roughened, Textured Appearance Primer None (1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint sha Federal Specification TT-P-19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterio: This paint may be tinted by using "universal" or "all purpose" concentrates. Finish Coats Two coats white Acrylic Emulsion Paint (1) 11 comply in all respects to f. 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Caltrans Specification No. PTWB-01. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to Caltrans Specification No. 8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). Caltrans Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the Caltrans Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916) 227-7000. 210-3 GALVANIZING Add the following section: 210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (V) thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these supplemental provisions. Except for pre- galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (1/8U) thick or thicker shall be performed after fabrication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (V8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A525M, Coating Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 215 of 275 Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to remove all slag or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A563M, or F436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galvanizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overlapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210-1, "Paint." Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with 2 applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used. SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS 212-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS. 212-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer, add the following: Fertilizer for Planting Areas (granular-type) shall have a 16-6-8 formula, with the following guaranteed analysis: 16% Ammoniacal Nitrogen (N) 6% Available Phosphoric Acid (P2O5): Derrived from potassium sulfate 8% Soluble Potash (K2O): Derived from potassium sulfate 16% Sulfur (S) 1.5% Iron(Fe) 0.1% Zinc(Zn) The planter area fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers, bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Material shall be equal to or better than "Turf Supreme" fertilizer by Best / Simplot Turf and Horticulture. Fertilizer for Backfill Mix (granular-type) shall have a 5-3-1 formula, with the following guaranteed analysis: 70% Humus 15% Humic Acids 4% Sulfur (S) 1 % Micronutrients and Soil Penetrant The backfill mix fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers, bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Material shall be equal to or better than "Gro-Power Plus" Plant Fertilizer Tablets (7 gram size) shall be tightly compressed commercial grade fertilizer tablets having a 12-8-8 formula, with the following guaranteed analysis: 12% Total Nitrogen (N) Derived from Urea-formaldehyde 7.0% water-soluble nitrogen and 13.0% water insoluble nitrogen 8% Available Phosphoric Acid (P2O5) Derived from Calcium Phosphate Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 216 of 275 8% Soluble Potash (K2O): Derived from potassium sulfate 20% Humus 4% Humic Acids 3.5% Sulfur (S) 2% Iron (Fe) The plant fertilizer tablets shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers, bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Any damaged tablets will not be accepted. Material shall be equal to or better than "Gro-Power Planting Tablets" fertilizer. 212-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment Modify the first sentence to read: Organic soil amendment shall be Type 4 as described below. Add the following: Type 4 organic soil amendment shall be a blended commercially processed soil conditioner consisting of a special blend of organic fractions to supply several degrees of breakdown rates and a portion of inorganic amendment that resists further breakdown. Their material shall also contain the long-lasting form of iron GU-49, with the following guaranteed analysis: pH 4.60 to 6.0% Salinity 1.0 Organic matter (dry weight basis) 87.0% Particle size: Percent passing 9.51 mm screen 100% 6.35 mm screen 100% 2.38 mm screen 83% 0.50 mm screen 31% Wetting Agent: Treated with a non-ionic wetting agent Total Nitrogen 0.5% (min.) Available Phosphorus 125ppm. Available Potassium 1040 ppm. Available Calcium 1320 ppm. Available Magnesium 315 ppm. Dilute Acid Soluble Iron .267% The plant fertilizer tablets shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers, bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Material shall be equal to or better than "Loamex" Soil Amendment and Top Dressing by Butler's Mill. 212-1.2.5 Mulch. Modify the first sentence to read: Mulch for planting areas shall be Type 5 Mulch (3/8" to %" diameter). 212-1.4 Plants 212-1.4.1 General. Modify the first sentence to read: Plants shall be inspected and approved or rejected at the project site any time before the progress of work, for size, variety, condition, latent defects and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately. Add the following: Prior to the start of planting operations, the Contractor shall make available all plant material for inspection by the Owner's Representative during a scheduled site observation visit. At that time, all plant material shall be divided into groups by species and size and placed in a protected area on site. If the delivered plant material to the project site does not meet the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall be responsible for locating additional sources of acceptable plant material. Rejection of plant material shall be determined by, but not Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 217 of 275 limited to, the following: 1. Damage during delivery 2. Disease and/or insect infestation of damage 3. Undersized plant material per planting legend specification 4. Plants that are root bound in container 5. Stress or unhealthy looking foliage 6. Improperly labeled or incorrect species or variety of plant specified 7. Plants with poor shape or form 8. Plants pruned prior to delivery The contract price for the project shall not change due to rejected plant material. The City reserves the right to change the species, variety, and/or sizes of plant material to be furnished, provided that the cost of such plant changes does not exceed the cost of plants in the original bid. The Engineer shall notify the contractor, in writing, at least thirty (30) days before the planting operation has begun. All plants shall be handled and stored so that they are adequately protected from drying out, from windburn, or from any other injury. Any plant determined by the Owner's Representative to be damaged or wilted shall be rejected at any time during this project, whether in the ground or not. The contractor shall handle plants only by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its stem or trunk shall be rejected. Modify the last sentence to read: No pruning shall be done prior to inspection at project site. 212-1.5.3 Tree Stakes. Modify paragraph to read: Stakes shall be of lodgepole pine and shall be straight shafts, shaved and cut clean and bare of branches and stubs, free of loose knots, splits or bends, of uniform thickness and with a minimum diameter of 2 inches. Stakes shall be no less than ten (10) feet in length. Add the following section: 212-1.6 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall be as designated on the Plans. Add the following section: 212-1.7 Tree Drains. Tree drains shall be as designated in the Plans. Add the following section: 212-1.8 Herbicides and Pesticides. Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict adherence to manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as Roundup Pro, Diquat, Montar, or approved equal. Preemergent herbicide for shrubs and groundcover areas planted from flats shall be Treflan, Surflan, Eptan, or approved equal. 212-1.9 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 10DD percent- biodegradable, weed-free wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 Ib./sy) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 lb/1000 sy) having an approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2" x 2") on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50 mm (2") apart. Erosion control matting shall be "North American Green, DS150", "BonTerra S2", or approved equal. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 218 of 275 212-1.10 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm (1" x 6"), UDshaped HDgauge milled steel staples. 212-1.11 Tree Ties. Tree ties shall be 32" long flexible UV resistant vinyl. Product shall be equal or better than V.I.T. "Cinch Tie" tree supports. 212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. Add the following: Materials furnished under this specification shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials, and shall be the manufacturers' latest standard design that complies with drawings and/or specification requirements, and performs properly. Purple "recycled water" pipe, fittings, valves, valve boxes and signs shall be installed wherever recycled water is used for the irrigation system. The recycled water material and installation shall comply with the County Health Department regulations for such systems. All PVC pipe used for irrigation systems shall be colored purple by the addition of a dye integral to the PVC. Painted pipe will not be accepted. All irrigation pipes shall have stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe with the marking "Reclaimed Water" in 16 mm (5/8") high letters repeated every 300 mm (12"). 212-2.1.3 Plastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings, Add the following: All lateral pipe end runs shall be 3/4" size unless otherwise indicated. All plastic pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with following information: Manufacturer's name or trademark, size, class and type of pipe. Solvent cements and primers shall comply with ASTM D2564. Socket joints shall be made per recommended procedures for joining PVC plastic pipe and fittings with PVC solvent cement by the pipe and fitting manufacturer and procedures outlined in the Appendix of ASTM D2564. T. Christy Enterprises, IPS Weld-On, or equal. Threaded lubricant shall be Teflon ribbon-type, or approved equal, suitable for threaded installations as per manufacturer's recommendations. No liquid thread sealant shall be used on this project. 212-2.2 Valves and Valve Boxes. 212-2.2.1 General, Add the following: All valve boxes shall be commercial grade, purple-colored (designated for Reclaimed Water) plastic valve boxes with lockable purple-colored (designated for Reclaimed Water) lids. Product shall be equal to or better than Ametek, Carson-Brooks or NDS. All valve boxes shall be marked "RCV", "BV" or "QC", "PB" respectively. Remote control valves shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. For Remote Control Valve assembly, valve boxes shall be 10" x 15" nominal size. One valve per box, maximum. For mainline Ball Valve and Quick Coupler, valve boxes shall be 10" diameter round. One valve per box, maximum. For Wire Splice Connector, valve boxes shall be 10" diameter round. Label all individual wire splices with valve identification tag, clearly identifying spare wire number and controller on the tag. 212-2.2.6 Quick Coupling Valves and Asseblies, Add the following: Quick-coupling valves shall be installed in valve boxes. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 219 of 275 212-2.3 Backflow Preventer Assembly, Add the following: The backflow preventer and backflow preventer enclosure shall be of size, type, and capacity as designated on the Plans. 212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment, Add the following: All sprinkler and bubbler heads shall be provided with manufacturer's markings for Reclaimed Water. Add the following section: 212-2.5 Pressure Regulator. The pressure regulator with 0 to 100 psi operating pressure range shall be as designated on the Plans. 212-2.6 Y-Strainer. Add the following: Y-strainer shall be brass/bronze with 20-mesh element as designated on the Plans. 212-2.7 Control Wires and Connectors. Add the following: All control wires shall be single conductor, solid copper, 600 volt, type UF, polyethylene insulation of 45 ML, conforming to the following wire colors and installation requirements: 212-2.7.1 Common Wires: White (#14 AWG). 212-2.7.2 Control Wires: Any color other than black (#14). 212-2.7.3 Spare Wires: One (1) black #14 AWG from furthest valve or manifold to controller, minimum. 212-2.7.4 Wire Splice Connectors shall be waterproof Spears "Dri-Splice" connectors or equal. 212-2.8 Automatic Controller. Controller shall be furnished and installed complete with all electrical connections including grounding per manufacturer and ready for operation. Controller and assembly shall be of the latest model, type, manufacturer specified and detailed on the Plans. Contractor shall contact the irrigation controller manufacturer (Calsense 1-800-572-8608) to schedule field service for controller programming, orientation, set up, and verification of installation for warrantee. Contractor shall provide a new battery for the controller as required. 212-2.9 Trench Warning Tape. All buried piping in the irrigation system shall be installed with underground utility marking tape identifying it as reclaimed water. Warning tape shall be an inert plastic film formulated for prolonged underground use. The minimum thickness shall be 4 mils and the overall width shall be a minimum of 3 inches. The tape shall be colored and have appropriate markings indicating "Reclaimed Water Line" as directed per Olivenhain Municipal Water District. 212-2.10 Extra Equipment. Contractor shall turn over to the Owner's Representative at the Final Walk-through: a. Three (3) keys to controller cabinet. b. One (1) acme thread quick coupling key with swivel hose ell to fit type of valve used on project. 212-2.11 Valve and Spare I.D. Tags. Identification tags shall be manufactured from polyurethane Behr Desopan. The standard tag shall be 2.25" x 2.75" integral color purple (for Reclaimed Water) hot stamped with 1-1/8" black letters for identifying all remote control valves, and hand-lettered in permanent weather-proof marker for spare wire identification. All tags shall state on reverse side "Warning - Reclaimed Water - Do Not Drink". Product shall be equal to or better than T. Christy's Enterprises. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 220 of 275 212-2.12 Brass Pipe and Fittings. Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125 LB 85 percent copper and 15 percent zinc, trade designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM B43-91. Brass pipe fittings and connections shall be Standard 125 LB class 85 percent red brass fittings and connections. 212-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS. 212-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code (or later versions).212-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wire running from controller to the automatic control valves shall be no smaller than No. 14 solid, single conductor, copper wire, 0.015 mm insulation, 0.015 mm neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or equal, color code wires to each valve (per 212-2.7 Control Wires and Connectors). 212-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following: All controllers shall be grounded by one 19 mm by 3 m (10') long stainless steel grounding rod and a 50Dohm resistance lightning arrester. Add the following section: 212-3.4 Irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures. Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements: 1. One 100-amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer; 2. One 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC approval; 3. One 15-amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized by the service; 4. One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle. 5. The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical service equipment and enclosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the National Electrical Code. 6. Electrical service equipment shall be enclosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage, or heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish; anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure. 7. The cabinet shall be per City of Carlsbad standards and manufactured by Calsense and designed to fit the irrigation controller specified in the irrigation equipment legend. 8. The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt electrical service section from the irrigation controller section. 9. No wood components shall be used in the enclosure. 10. Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock. 11. The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be located and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and,insects from entering the cabinet. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 221 of 275 12. The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a clear acrylic plastic window to allow the electrical meter to be read. 13. The cabinet shall have a duplex 15-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter protection mounted on the interior service side. 14. Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-C-3250 and shall be no less than 6" thick. 15. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 10mm (3/8") diameter by 150mm (6") long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed blots with washers, without sleeves, conforming to section 304-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure service equipment to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65mm and 100mm (2-1/2" and 4"). SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS 213-2GEOTEXTILES. 213-2.1 General. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-2.1 (A) Table 213-2.1 (A) GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Application of Geotextile Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain Reinforcement of Street Structural Section Remediation and Separation of Soil Reinforcement of Soil Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (% Ton) Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (% Ton) Plant Protection Covering Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6"x6") Wire and 3 m (10') Post Spacing Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6') Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing Type Designation 90WS 180N 200WS 270WS 270WS N/A N/A 180N 250N 90N 90WS 200WS Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 222 of 275 SECTION 214 PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-5.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.1 (A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-5.1 (A) TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Type TFPM Manufacturer of Distributor DAPCO Davidson Plastics Company, 18726 East Valley Highway, Kent, Washington 98032, Telephone (206) 251-8140. Add the following section: 14-5.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the supplemental provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be .75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective Channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.2(A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-5.2(A) REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER Type Safe-Hit SH236MA Carsonite "Super Duck" SDF-436 Repo "The Replaceable Post" Manufacturer of Distributor Safe-Hit Corporation 1930 West Winton Avenue, Building Hayward, CA 94545 Telephone (415) 783-6550 #11 Carsonite International Corporation 2900 Lockheed Way Carson City, NV 89701 Telephone (702) 883-5104 Western Highway Products P.O. Box 7 Stanton, CA 90680 Telephone (800) 422-4420 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 "Submittals". Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 223 of 275 SECTION 215-FENCING Add the following section: 215-1 ENVIRONMENTAL FENCE 215-1.1 Materials. Environmental fence shall be minimum 4' high, orange colored plastic construction fencing installed prior to performing any work. Environmental fence shall be constructed of non-toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from -58F degrees to 194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6'-6" long, shall be spaced no more than 10'-0" apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2'-6" deep. Used materials may be installed providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose intended, as determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing the dimensions and sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes specified herein. Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and painting of steel items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required. SECTION 216 - STORM DRAIN MARKER Add the following sections: 216-1 STORM DRAIN MARKER Proposed Storm drain inlets shall be marked with Zumar Hottape "No Dumping - This Drains to Ocean", or approved equal. Marker image and dimension is shown in Appendix "D" Storm Drain Marker of these Special Provisions. Install Storm Drain Marker per manufacturer recommendations. Payment Full compensation for installing a Storm Drain Marker shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the related storm drain inlet. SECTION 217 - STORM DRAIN INLET FILTER BASKET 217-1 INLET FILTER BASKET. 217-1.1 General. Storm drain inlets in the City of Encinitas shall include inlet filter baskets which shall be a curb shelf basket designed to fit within the main box section of a Type B curb inlet. All flow entering the inlet shall be diverted into the basket. The shelf system and basket shall be manufactured from marine grade fiberglass with a gel coating for UV protection. Attach shelf and basket with Type 316 stainless steel drilled in anchors. No polypropylene or monofilament netting or fabrics shall be used. Fine and coarse screens attached to the basket shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Install filter basket securely to the interior walls of the inlet so that all flows entering the inlet pass through the filter basket and such that the filter basket is directly under manhole opening. Inlet filter basket shall have a 5-year manufacturer's warranty. Inlet filet basket shall be Curb Inlet Basket System, as manufactured by Bio Clean Environmental Services, Inc. P.O. Box 869 Oceanside, CA 92049, 760-433-7640; or equal. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 224 of 275 217-1.2 Payment Payment for Inlet filter baskets will be made at the unit price for Inlet Filter Baskets bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved providing and installing inlet filter baskets complete and in place as shown on the plans, as specified in these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 225 of 275 CITY OF CARLSBAD SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO "GREENBOOK" STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General, add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.1 General, add the following: Clearing and grubbing shall also include relocating two existing trees at 1877 Olivenhain Road as shown on the plans and as directed by the City of Encinitas (760- 633-2793). 300-1.2.3 Southern Willow Scrub Protection. Add the following: The Contractor shall protect existing Southern Willow Scrub vegetation within the temporary work area adjacent to Retaining Wall No. 4 as described herein. During clearing and grubbing, cut the existing vegetation to just above soil height. Mulch cut materials and spread uniformly over the existing vegetation, and then lay a geotextile and add a layer of soil over the cloth. The Contractor shall take care to keep the soil within the temporary work area and shall remediate all damages caused by soil that is deposited outside said limits upon completion of work within the temporary work area, remove the geotextile and soil layer. Payment for Southern Willow Scrub protection will be made at the lump-sum price for Southern Willow Scrub Protection bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved laying geotextile, adding soil layer, maintaining the temporary work area, protecting the adjacent habitat from damage, remediating any damage to the adjacent habitat, and removing the geotextile and soil layer upon completion of work, as specified in Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials, add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, storm drain inlets and pipelines, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 226 of 275 removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing storm drain inlets, and underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment, modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump-sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned storm drain inlets, pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and storm drain inlets, pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said storm drain inlets, pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General, add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains and other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials, all cut and fill including salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 1' of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. 300-2.2.1 General, add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.2.1 General, add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accordance with section 300-2.2.1. 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such excavated Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 227 of 275 material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it will be paid for in accordance with Subsection 300-2.2.1. 300-2.5 Slopes, add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be located within 75 mm (0.25') of the locations shown on the plans. 300-2.5 Slopes, add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material, add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.9 Payment 300-2.9 Payment, substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation will be made at the Contract Lump Sum price bid for unclassified excavation and shall include compensation for excavation, sloping, rounding tops and ends of excavation, matching existing graded slopes, loading, exporting and disposing of surplus material and unsuitable material shown on the plans or specified herein to be removed, stockpiling, hauling to designated sites, placing and compacting, mixing, grading of mitigation site, salvaging clean and suitable material and filling areas to the required grades and cross sections. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 300-4.8 and construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for unclassified excavation. Removing such selected material from the stockpile and placing it in its final position will also be paid for at the Contract Lump Sump Price for unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Payment for work performed under sections 300-2.2.1, 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4, when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable, shall be made for the actual labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.11) of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4 SSPWC. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND STRUCTURE BACKFILL 300-3.1 General, add the following: the Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 228 of 275 300-3.3.1 Foundation Stabilization. Add the following: Foundation stabilization shall consist of overexcating unsuitable soils, placing geotextile and crushed rock, and controlling groundwater, as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer. Geotextile shall conform to the requirements of Section 213-2 and 300-9 of these Special Provisions. Crushed rock shall conform to the requirements of Section 200-1.2 of the Standard Specifications, with a 3/4 -inch gradation. When unsuitable soils and / or groundwater is encountered, the contractor shall limit the length of the foundation excavation to control and limit the volume of groundwater entering the excavation. If needed, groundwater may be removed by pumping, however, pumped groundwater cannot be discharged into any storm drain, sewer, of the ground surface. Concrete for foundations may be placed upon stabilized foundations with limited groundwater present with the approval of the Engineer, subject to the following: a. The concrete is deposited as a full depth, flowing mass that will displace groundwater as it is placed. 300-3.6 Payment Add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to structure excavation and backfill and no additional compensation will be made therefore. 300-3.6.1 Measurement and Payment for Foundation Stabilization. Add the following: Measurement for foundation stabilization shall be by the cubic yard as placed as required by the Engineer. Payment for foundation stabilization will be made at the unit price per cubic yard bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals for overexcavating unsuitable soil; loading, hauling and disposing of unsuitable soil; furnishing and installing geotextile and crushed rock; controlling groundwater; and complying with the additional provisions for placing concrete for foundations, as specified by the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.1 General. On-Site soils are generally suitable for placement as unclassified fill provided they are free of oversized rock, clay clods, organic materials, and deleterious debris. 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas, add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, "Compaction", areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. 300-4.4 Benching, add the following: Benching shall conform to The City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawing GS-14 300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills, add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 4' of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted granular material with a very low to low expansion index of 30 or less as evaluated by UBC Standard Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 229 of 275 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly compacted or exported from the site. Should insufficient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 30 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the upper 4' of fill placed in the roadway. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 3". Particles with dimensions greater than 3" shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 8" shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 6" in diameter shall not be placed within 8' of finished grade. Rocks greater than 3" in diameter shall not be placed within 2' of finished grade. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water, add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557- 91. 300-4.7 Compaction, add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 3' of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 6" shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. 300-4.8 Slopes, add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep's foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 2' or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment, delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill" will be paid for as a part of Unclassified Excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 230 of 275 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the "Best Management Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2003 edition as published by the California Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2003 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods. b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein. Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 231 of 275 allowed therefore. Add the following section: 300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-11.4 Payment, delete and replace as follows: Rip rap energy dissipator will be paid for at the unit price bid for rip rap energy dissipator, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. 300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-12.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equipment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-12.2 Placement The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 213-2, "Geotextiles," and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope protection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with overlapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24"). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover material is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1") of seam shall be 6 ± 1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3') for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300.12.3 Measurement and Payment. Payment for rock slope protection fabric will be included in the unit and/or lump-sum prices bid for items which have said fabric in their design and no additional payment will be made. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 232 of 275 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Add the following section: 300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution prevention work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, hereafter referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the "Greenbook" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the California Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction ("Handbook"), the requirements of the Permit, the requirements in the plans and these supplemental provisions. 300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions. Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construction site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories: 1. Soil stabilization practices; 2. Sediment control practices; 3. Wind erosion control practices; and 4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices. Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are contained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibilities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP: 1. Source Identification; 2. Erosion and Sediment Controls; 3. Non-Storm Water Management; 4. Waste Management and Disposal; 5. Maintenance, Inspection and Repair; 6. Training; 7. List of Contractors and Subcontractors; 8. Post-Construction Storm Water Management; 9. Preparer; 10. Copy of the local permit; 11. BMP Consideration Checklist; 12. SWPPP Checklist; Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 233 of 275 13. Schedule of Values; and 14. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit, or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised operations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non-compliance. Add the following section: 300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A site-specific draft document intended for use as a template for the required SWPPP document will be made available for use at the Contractor's option, at no cost to the Contractor. The document is available for review in Appendix "E" The Contractor shall review the template and modify it as necessary to reflect the Contractor's operations. Add the following section: 300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of SWPPP shall be paid for at the Lump Sum contract price bid and no other payments will be made. Add the following section: 300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and maintaining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the "Handbook" and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 234 of 275 The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water management and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor's cost, which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.1.5 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontinued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the "Handbook" shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspection record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection. During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows: 1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the construction site; 3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week. If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City. SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading "150mm (6 inches)" to "300 mm (12")". 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12") of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. The Contractor's attention is directed to the presence of existing utilities located near the subgrade. ^^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 235 of 275 After exposing the subgrade the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request a utility markout to identify existing utilities that may be within 24 inches of the subgrade. No heavy equipment shall be used within 4' horizontally over existing buried utilities within 24 inches of the subgrade. 301-1.7 Payment Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-4 EMULSION-AGGREGATE SLURRY Add the following section: 302-4.3.4 Surface Preparation. As part of surface preparation prior to application of emulsion-slurry seal the Contractor shall: 1 . treat the area to receive emulsion-slurry seal with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to sealing of street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1 . 2. remediate cracks, potholes, and large areas of alligator cracking. Remediation shall be accomplished by: a) Removal of existing asphalt pavement, base material and soil and replacement with full depth asphalt concrete in locations designated by the Engineer b) Crack cleaning and sealing of all cracks designated by the Engineer. 302-4.4 Public Convenience and Traffic Control. Add the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to, mail delivery. Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. 302-5.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to receive asphalt concrete paving with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to paving the area. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per Section 6-1 . 302-5.2.2 Equipment add the following: The machine shall be capable of grinding Asphalt Concrete so that the finished surface shall not vary from true plane enough to permit a .01 foot thick shim .25 feet wide to pass under a 12 foot long straight edge when the straight edge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that a .02 foot shim .25 feet wide will not pass under 12 foot long straight edge when the straight edge is laid on the finished surface in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a traffic lane. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 236 of 275 302-5.2.5 Temporary Pavement Transitions, add the following: The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306- 1.5.1. Ramps shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.4 Tack Coat, add the following: The Contractor shall place a tack coat between the successive interfaces of existing pavement and new pavement when, in the opinion of the engineer, the Contractor has failed to maintain or prepare each existing or previously laid course of asphalt receiving the subsequent course of asphalt in a sufficiently clean state and the asphalt receiving the new pavement course is dirty enough to impair bonding between the next lift of asphalt. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading, modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control and a sensing device or devices. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30') minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. The Contractor shall provide an on- site backup paving machine during all paving operations. The surface course shall be 50 mm (2") thick. Leveling courses will be required in a variable thickness pavement section. Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed. 302-5.6.1 General, modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Adjust Manholes (and other structures), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: Adjustments of manholes, handholes, valve covers, and other surface facilities within the limits of asphalt concrete pavement, medians or sidewalks shall be completed by the type of facility in accordance with the following table. Type of Facility Storm drain manholes Water manholes and valve covers Telephone manholes Cable TV handholes Gas manholes and valve covers Sewer manholes Handhole at Sta 56+05 Rancho Santa Fe Road Responsible Agency Contractor Olivenhain Municipal Water District SBC Cox Adelphia San Diego Gas & Electric Contractor Contractor Contact Information George Briest (760) 632-4640 Benny Pepe (619)574-2816 De Marshall (619)540-1364 Sara Dufour (760) 438-7741 ext 499 Britney Roschitsch (858) 636-3900 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 237 of 275 The Contractor shall give other responsible agencies a minimum 10 working days advance notice and 5 working days to complete adjustments of manholes, handholes, valve covers and other surface facilities. The working days for advance notice and to complete this work shall be included in the Contractor's construction schedule. The Contractor shall adjust sewer and storm drain manholes in accordance with City of Carlsbad Standards per CMWD drawing S-1 and SDRSD D-10 respectively, Riser rims or extensions shall not be used for adjustments of these facilities. The Contractor shall adjust the handhole at Sta 56+05 Rancho Santa Fe Road to the new pavement surface and install a heavy duty traffic cover. Adjusting manholes and other structures and all appurtenances in the limits of asphalt concrete pavement, medians and sidewalks shall be paid for at the unit price bid in the proposal by type of facility. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in adjusting manholes and other structures as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment, add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat. 302-5.10 AC Pavement Transitions. Add the following: AC Pavement transitions consisting of cold milling existing asphalt concrete pavement and placing an AC pavement overlay shall be constructed as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Limits of AC Pavement Transitions are shown on the plans. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall mark the limits shown on the plans along with the elevation differences between the existing pavement surface and the new median curb flow line or the lip of the new curb and gutter on the existing pavement for the Engineer's review and confirmation. If necessary the Engineer may order adjustments to the AC Pavement Transition limits. Cold milling existing AC pavement shall conform to the requirements of Section 302-5.2 of the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. A tack coat conforming to the requirements of Section 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions shall be applied prior to placing the AC pavement overlay. Place AC pavement overlay in accordance to the requirements of Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. AC Pavement Transitions shall be measured by the square foot. Payment for AC pavement transitions will be made at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals required to construct AC Pavement Transitions including marking limits, installing traffic control measures, cold milling, tack coat, placing AC pavement overlay, maintaining and removing traffic control measures and all other work required as shown on the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 238 of 275 plans, and as specified in the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Changes to the limits of AC pavement Transitions as ordered by the Engineer will be paid for at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. 302-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION. Add the following section. 302-11.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein Add the following section. 302-11.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1') below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (11) of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt-to-asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to O.IOgallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0') full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish surface and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. Add the following section. 302-11.3 Crack Sealing The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks designated to be sealed before installing elastomeric sealant material. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt sealant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer's name, the product designation and the manufacturer's batch number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pavement. Add the following section. 302-11.4. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as designated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of constructing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 239 of 275 cutting and removing and disposing 300 mm (1') thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete, compaction of subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1 h asphalt emulsion and all other work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.6.1 General Modify the first sentence to include drainage inlets, cleanouts, pipe colars, outlets, headwalls, and energy dissipaters. 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design, add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary bracing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework. The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a registered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include: 1. Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the falsework. 2. Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of the falsework. 3. Concrete placement sequence. 4. Erection and removal sequence. 5. Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection. 303-1.11 Payment Delete this section and substitute: Payment for concrete structures will be at the unit price bid for each structure in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing concrete structures complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed 303-4 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-4.1.2 Construction. Add the following: Mortared joints around cells to be filled shall be placed so as to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the grout filling. Any overhanging mortar or other obstruction or debris shall be removed from the inside of such cells. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 240 of 275 A construction joint shall be constructed at the top of the top course to permit placement of the Modified Type 26 Concrete Barrier for Retaining Wall No. 2 and the mortar cap for Retaining Wall No. 3. Construction joints shall be made when the placing of grout, in grout filled cells, is stopped for more than one hour. The construction joint shall be approximately % inch below the top of the last course filled with grout. When fresh masonry joins masonry that is partially or totally set, the contact surface shall be cleaned, roughened, and lightly wetted. Surfaces of concrete on which the masonry walls are to be constructed shall be roughened and cleaned, exposing the aggregate, and shall be flushed with water and allowed to dry to a surface dry condition immediately before laying the masonry units. Where cutting of masonry units is necessary, all cuts shall be made with a masonry saw to neat and true lines. Masonry units with cracking or chipping of the finished exposed surfaces will not be acceptable. Splashes, stains, or spots on the exposed faces of the wall shall be removed. 303-4.1.3 Placing Reinforcing Steel. Add the following: Reinforcement shall be securely held in position at top and bottom with either wire ties or spacing devices and at intervals not exceeding 192 bar diameters before placing any grout. Wire shall be 16-gage or heavier. Wooden, aluminum, or plastic spacing devices shall not be used. Splices in vertical reinforcement shall be made only at the locations shown on the plans. 303-4.1.4.1 Anti-Graffiti Protective Coating. Add the following: Furnish and install an Anti-Graffiti protective coating for all above ground surfaces of the soundwall including the CMU block and pre-cast concrete cap as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All surfaces to be treated shall have cured a minimum of 28 days, and shall be clean and dry prior to applying the protective coating. The protective coating shall be applied in conformance with the manufacturer's instructions. The anti-graffiti protective coating shall be a clear, water-based, cross-linked co-polymer, sacrificial type, easily washed with hot water and used to prevent graffiti from penetrating the surface of concrete materials. Chemical solids shall not exceed 27% of the total coating volume. The coating shall be a non- flammable, clear-when-dry emulsion. The rate of application for each coat and the number of coats of anti-graffiti protective coating shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Each coat must be thoroughly dry before applying the next coat. Anti-graffiti protective coating shall be placed on all areas subject to graffiti exposure, including faces of retaining walls, as shown on the plans. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 241 of 275 The Contractor shall provide a 5-gallon container of anti-graffiti protective coating. This unopened container shall be delivered to the Engineer after all applications of coating are completed. 303-4.1.5 Measurement and Payment Add the following: Payment for Retaining Wall No. 2 - Masonry will be made at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the retaining wall complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed Payment for Retaining Wall No. 3 - Masonry: will be made at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the retaining wall complete in place including finish grading in front of the retaining wall, precast drainage inlet and PVC outlet cored drilled through the existing retaining wall, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Payment for Retaining Wall No. 4 - Masonry: will be made at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the retaining wall complete in place including protecting the existing RCP with reinforced concrete backfill, and expansion joint material as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Payment for Sound Wall will be made at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the sound wall complete in place including integrated pilasters, precast concrete cap, and anti-graffiti protective coating as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by.the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.5.2 Curb, add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3") high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A) TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) Curb Face Markings Type of underground facilities Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve Marking W S RW 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment, add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 242 of 275 which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. 303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE. 303-6.1 General. Add the following: Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 with 6"x6" - 10 guage wire mesh reinforcement throughout. Add the following: 303-6.5 Colored Textured Concrete- Use color application method "B" (integral color). Color shall be per Section 201-1.2.4(a). The pattern shall be as shown on the plans and per Section 201- 1.6. Add the following: 303-6.6 Measurement and Payment Payment for colored, textured concrete paving shall be paid under the contract unit price bid per square foot for median concrete paving. Said payment shall include compensation for all excavation, grading, backfill, permeable material, forming, mesh, reinforcing steel, concrete, integral color, texture sealers, and other material necessary to construct the specific paving. Add the following: 303-8 MODULAR CONCRETE RETAINING WALL. 303-8.1 General. Construct the modular concrete retaining wall complete in place in accordance with the Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions, as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer. 303-8.2 Excavation. Contractor shall excavate to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings. The Engineer will inspect the excavation prior to placement of leveling material or fill soils. Leveling pad and reinforced backfill shall be constructed on fill material with the upper 18 inches compacted to 95 percent minimum relative compaction or existing formational soils over excavated to a depth of 18 inches and recompacted to 95 percent minimum relative compaction. 303-8.3 Leveling Pad. Leveling pad material shall be placed to the lines and grades shown on the plans, to a minimum thickness of 6 inches. Leveling pad shall be prepared to insure full contact to the base surface of the concrete units. 303-8.4 Modular Unit Installation. First course of units shall be placed on the leveling pad at the appropriate line and grade. Alignment and level shall be checked in all directions and insure that all units are in full contact with the base and properly seated. Place the front of units side-by-side. Do not leave gaps between adjacent units. Layout of corners and curves shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 243 of 275 Install shear/connecting devices in the front pin hole for a near vertical installation. Place and compact drainage fill within and behind wall units. Place and compact backfill soil behind drainage fill. Follow wall erection and drainage fill closely with structure backfill. Maximum stacked vertical height of wall units, prior to unit drainage fill and backfill placement and compaction, shall not exceed two courses. 303-8.5 Structural Geogrid Installation. Geogrid shall be oriented with the highest strength axis perpendicular to the wall alignment. Geogrid reinforcement shall be placed at the strengths, lengths, and elevations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The geogrid shall be laid horizontally on compacted backfill and attached to the modular wall units. Place the next course of modular concrete units over the geogrid. The geogrid shall be pulled taut, and anchored prior to backfill placement on the geogrid. Geogrid reinforcements shall be continuous throughout their embedment lengths and placed side-by- side to provide 100% coverage at each level. Spliced connections between shorter pieces of geogrid or gaps between adjacent pieces of geogrid are not permitted. 303-8.6 Reinforced Backfill Placement. Reinforced backfill shall be placed, spread, and compacted in such a manner that minimizes the development of slack in the geogrid and installation damage. Reinforced backfill shall be placed and compacted in lifts not to exceed 6 inches where hand compaction is used, or 8 -10 inches where heavy compaction equipment is used. Lift thickness shall be decreased to achieve the specified density as required. Reinforced backfill shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. The moisture content of the backfill material prior to and during compaction shall be uniformly distributed throughout each layer and shall be dry of optimum, + 0%, - 3%. Only lightweight hand-operated equipment shall be allowed within 3 feet from the back of the modular concrete unit. Tracked construction equipment shall not be operated directly upon the geogrid reinforcement. A minimum fill thickness of 6 inches is required prior to operation of tracked vehicles over the geogrid. Tracked vehicle turning should be kept to a minimum to prevent tracks from displacing the fill and damaging the geogrid. Rubber tired equipment may pass over geogrid reinforcement at slow speeds, less than 10 MPH. Sudden braking and sharp turning shall be avoided. At the end of each day's operation, the Contractor shall slope the last lift of reinforced backfill away from the wall units to direct runoff away from wall face. The Contractor shall not allow surface runoff from adjacent areas to enter the wall construction site. c«Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 244 of 275 Reinforced backfill shall be allowed to settle for a minimum of 30 days prior to placing roadway base materials, or constructing walls or other surface improvements. Allowance for the 30-day settling period shall be shown in the schedule required by Section 6-1. 303-8.7 Cap Installation. Cap units shall be glued to underlying units with an all-weather adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. 303-8.8 Drainage Pipe. Install perforated drainage pipe behind the wall along the top of the leveling pad. Install solid wall drainage pipe outlets sloped from behind the wall to daylight, length as required. 303-8.9 Construction Tolerances. Vertical alignment: ± 1.5" over any 10'distance. Horizontal alignment: ± 1.5" any 10'distance. Corners, bends & curves: ± 1 ft to theoretical location. Maximum horizontal gap between erected units shall be < 1/2 inch. 303-8.10 Field Quality Control. Quality Assurance - The Engineer will provide testing and inspection services. 303-8.11 Measurement and Payment Modular Concrete Retaining Wall shall be measured by the square foot as shown on the plans. Payment for modular concrete retaining wall will be made at the unit price per square foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the modular concrete retaining wall, including overexcavating and recompacting existing soils below the leveling pad and the reinforced backfill, installing modular concrete retaining wall units, shear connectors, unit drainage fill and drainage pipe, structural geogrid, placing and compacting the structural backfill, installing caps, and all other accessories required for a complete retaining wall system, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Add the following: 303-9 CONCRETE BARRIER - TYPE 26A MODIFIED. 303-9.1 General. Construct Concrete Barrier - Type 26A Modified as. shown on the plans, as Specified in Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. 303-9.2 Measurement and Payment Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 245 of 275 Payment for Concrete Barrier - Type 26A Modified will be made at the unit price per linear foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the concrete barrier complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION 304-3 TUBULAR HAND RAILING. 304-3.1 General. Construct tubular Hand Railing as shown on the plans, as Specified in Section 75 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. 304-3.2 Measurement and Payment Payment for Tubular Hand Railing will be made at the unit price per linear foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the tubular hand railing complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS Add the following: Open trench operations including trench excavation, installation of pipe, backfill and densification, and testing pipelines for the 12" PVC Water Pipeline shall be completed in accordance with the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the construction of water mains and facilities, including all amendments adopted prior to the District's approval date of these Contract Documents. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 246 of 275 that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 1. Traffic volume and composition. 2. Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. 3. Size of the proposed excavation. 4. Weather conditions. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: PS = [ APT •>• EWL •*• DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED fkmh) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 8 PS = [ APT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (mob) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 5 where: PS = plate score. ADT = average daily traffic as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement. EWL = equivalent wheel loads as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement.. DAYS = total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. WEEKEND = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. NIGHTS = total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. WEATHER = total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. SPEED = the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. SLOPE = the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of the proposed steel plate bridging. LANES = the number of lanes where plates will be used. When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridging shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 247 of 275 regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306- 1.5. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: a) Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. b) Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2') beyond the edges of the trench. c) Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1") and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2(6) and 203-5.3(A). Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2") shorter than the width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6") of the beginning and end of the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter (12" x 3A") steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm (12") into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be completely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table 306- TABLE 306-1.1.7.4(A) REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 248 of 275 Maximum Trench Width (1) 0.3m (10") 0.6m (23") 0.8m (31") 1.0m (41") 1.6m (63") Minimum Plate Thickness 13mm (V2") 19mm (3/4") 22mm (7/8") 25mm (1") 32 mm (1 1/4n) (1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (5'), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submitted to the Engineer for review and approval in accordance with section 2-5.3. Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid surface on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the Caltrans District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-1.2.1 Bedding. All installation of, and bedding for recycled water, or potable water mains shall conform to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Standard Plans. Densification of bedding material by jetting will not be allowed. 306-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground utility marking tape 230 mm x75 mm (9" x 3") above each or,- in the case of bundled underground conduit of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of section 207-25 et seq. 306-1.3.3 Jetted Backfill. Delete Section 306-1.3.3 and replace with the following: Densification of backfill by jetting will not be allowed. 306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements, delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in the top 300 mm (12") of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent. 306-1.3.5 Jetted Bedding and Backfill Compaction Requirements. Delete this Section. 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing. 306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials shall Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 249 of 275 be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials. 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-1.5.1, "Temporary Resurfacing," the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials. 306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installation. Add the following: Payment for reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) for storm drains shall be made at the unit price for each size and D- load by the linear foot bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals for installing RCP storm drains complete in place, including trenching, bedding material, pipe, backfill and densification, temporary and permanent trench resurfacing and traffic control required for a complete installation as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 306-1.6 Basis of Payment for 12" PVC Water Pipeline & Appurtenances. Add the following: Payment for 12" PVC Water Pipeline & Appurtenances will be made at the lump-sum price bid in the proposal. Such payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and constructing the PVC waterline and appurtenances, including trenching, bedding, laying pipe, backfilling and densifying, testing, disinfecting, shut down for existing facilities and making connections to existing pipelines and constructing all appurtenances required for a complete and operable system, as shown on the plans, as specified in the District's Standard Specifications and Drawings, and these Supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS 307-3 STREET LIGHTING CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems" herein, shall replace Section 307-3, "Street Lighting Construction ", of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting. 307-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems" herein, shall replace Section 307-4, "Traffic Signal Construction ", of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of construction for all elements of traffic signals. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 250 of 275 SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION 308-1 GENERAL Add the following: Site observation visits herein specified shall be made by the Owner's Representative. The contractor shall request the site observation a minimum of (3) three working days in advance of the time the site observation is required. If the contractor schedules a site observation with the Owner's Representative, and in unable to perform the tasks associated with the work to be observed for no other reason than natural causes, the Contractor shall be billed for the time and material required by the Owner's Representative to reschedule and perform an additional site observation at the rate of $90.00/hour. Site observations will be required for the following parts of the work at the sole option of the Owner's Representative: 1. Upon installation and testing of irrigation main lines, when pipes are laid and are to be submitted to pressure tests. Inspection of lateral line trenching and placement. Do not cover any lines until they have been checked and approved. 2. Upon installation and testing of the irrigation service and control systems, including any remote control valves, quick coupling valves, backflow prevention assemblies, rain sensors, automatic controller(s), and control valves and wires. The Contractor shall perform an coverage test to determine if the coverage of water afforded the planting areas is complete and adequate. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct any inadequacies. 3. Upon the completion of fine grading and prior to the beginning of planting operations. The Contractor shall demonstrate the incorporation of the soil conditioner and fertilizers into the soil. The contractors shall provide copies to the Owner's Representative of invoicing for all materials used, which clearly indicate the quantities, types, and sources for all products purchased to complete work at the time of the site observation. 4. Pre-lnstallation Conference: When all plant material has been delivered on site and is displayed for inspection. All trees and shrubs are spotting in place for planting, but prior to the excavation of planting holes. 5. When all planting operations, and all other indicated or specified work except the Maintenance Period has been completed. At this time, a performance test shall be conducted to verify water coverage over the planted areas, and to check all work in accordance to the drawings to verify completion. Evidence of incomplete or incorrect work will result in a punch list of correction items that must be completed to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, prior to gaining final acceptance from the Owner's Representative, and beginning the specified maintenance period. The Maintenance Period will begin only after the Owner's Representative has inspected the entire scope of work, and written approval has been granted. 6. Final site observation visit shall be conducted at the completion of the (120) continuous calendar days Maintenance Period. The final acceptance of the work will occur only after written approval by the Architect has been granted. Once final approval is granted, the starting date for the Warranty Period shall begin. Acceptance: once the final site observation is completed, the Contractor will be notified in writing wheather the work is aceptable and of any requirements that are necessary for the completion and final acceptance of the work. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 251 of 275 The Contractor or his authorized representative shall be on the site at the time of each scheduled site observation visit by the Owner's Representative. 308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT 308-2.3 Topsoil Preparation and Conditioning 308-2.3.1 General Modify the first sentence to read: Class "A" Topsoil shall be used on the top 6 inches deep throughout all planting areas, water compacted to a depth of 8 inches minimum. Class "B" or "C" Topsoil shall be used to make up any differences in depth of the planting areas, compacted to a depth of 8 inches minimum. 308-2.3.2 Fertilizing and Soil Amending Procedures, add the following: The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydroseeded by discing, ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas of stones to the depth of cultivation and shall be rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1 (horizontal to vertical), to a depth of 12". The planting areas that are slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1, shall be cultivated to a depth of 6". The contractor shall take a minimum of (1) soil samples from each planted median and have them tested for agricultural suitability at an approved Soils Laboratory prior to planting and adjust the rates of plant fertilizers and soils amendments to follow the recommendations of said Laboratory. Contractor shall verify results with Owner's Representative for approval. The Contractor shall thoroughly blend soil amendments into the soil throughout all planter areas to a depth of 6" deep (min.). The rates for fertilizations and soil amending are listed for bidding purposes only, and shall be adjusted per the results and recommendations of the Soils Laboratory. The soil amendment material shall be evenly spread at the following rates planting areas: Organic Soil Amendment 6 cubic yards/1000 square feet Gypsum 200 pounds/1000 square feet Pre-plant Fertilizer 40 pounds/1000 square feet Iron Sulfate 25 pounds/1000 square feet Prior to the start of any planting, the surface and root area shall be evenly and thoroughly moistened to no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has been prepared in accordance with this section and shall request inspection by the Owner's Representative prior to any planting. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Owner's Representative, during a scheduled site observation visit, prior to any planting. Apply post-planting fertilizers per the Soils Testing Laboratory recommendations at the specified time periods. 308-2.4 Finish Grading., add the following: All depressions where water will stand, all voids, erosion, settled trenches and excavations, and all ridges and risers which affect the maintenance which visually are evident shall be filled with conditioned topsoil and/or removed by contractor, leaving a smooth, even finish grade. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 252 of 275 308-4 PLANTING. 308-4.1 General, add the following: Examine all areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of work in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as approved by the Owner's Representative. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the Owner's Representative's approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from their containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted areas so that the plants are 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the specified landscape maintenance period. Warning: Several of the fertilizers and chemicals specified in this document and on the drawings are dangerous to humans, animals and the environment. Read all manufacturers' warnings and use only as directed. Many of the fertilizers and chemicals cause staining or corrosion on paving and metals. The Contractor shall take special precautions to keep these elements off of paving and metals, and shall thoroughly clean up these surfaces before any moisture of any kind is applied. 308-4.2 Protection and Storage, add the following: The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the Owner's Representative's approval during a scheduled site observation visit, prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Owner's Representative to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately. 308-4.3 Layout and Plant Location, modify as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Owner's Representative of the planting layout before planting operations begin. Approval shall be granted during a scheduled site observation visit. 308-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting, add the following: The Contractor shall amend the backfill for planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of excavated soil from the planting pits and soil amendments at the following mixture: Soil Conditioner 25% On Site Soil 75% Gypsum 2 Ibs./cu.yd. Fertilizer for Backfill 15 Ibs/cu.yd. Plant fertilizer tablets shall be placed approximately 6" from the root ball at the following rate: One 7 gram tablet per flat plant. One 21 gram tablet per 1 gallon container. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 253 of 275 Two 21 gram tablets per 5 gallon container. Four 21 gram tablets per 15 gallon container. One 21 gram tablet per each 4 inch of box or ball size. Irrigate each planter pit and allow water to settle to the depth of the rootball prior to the placement of the plants inside of the planter pit. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill material shall be carefully tamped and settled around the plant rootball to fill all voids. Excess soil, generated from the planting holes shall be removed from the site, or distributed thereon with, and only with, approval of the Owner's Representative. All used containers shall be removed to the storage area or from the site. Provide tree drain (stand pipe) for all trees as detailed and noted in the drawings. Provide root control barriers for all trees as detailed and noted in the drawings. All plants shall be thoroughly watered into the full depth of each plant hole immediately after planting. 308-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying, add the following: All trees, 24" box, and smaller shall be staked with wood stake(s) or guyed (as indicated on drawings), driven into the ground on the windward side and leeward side of the tree. The stakes shall be driven in plumb and secure. Special care shall be taken that the driving in of the stake does not damage the tree roots or root ball. Tree ties shall be fastened to each tree and stake by looping figure 8's with the inside diameter of the tie at 2 or 3 times the diameter of the tree and by tacking the back of the tie to the stake. See detailed Drawings. The staking shall be accomplished in such a manner as to insure the proper and healthy growth and the safety of the plants, property, and the public. add new subsection: 308-4.10 Mulch Install a minimum 2" deep layer in all planting areas with less than 2:1 slopes. 308-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION 308-5.2.1 General Add the following after the first paragraph: Purple "recycled water" pipe, fittings, valves, valve boxes and signs shall be installed wherever recycled water is used for the irrigation system. The recycled water material and installation shall comply with the County Health Department regulations for such systems. The Contractor shall exercise caution when excavating and working in the project area due to existing utilities. Contractor shall be fully responsible for expenses incurred in the repair of damages caused by his operation. All repairs shall be made immediately. The entire irrigation system shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from end of completion. Should the Contractor fail during the guarantee period to correct a defect upon written notification by the Engineer, the Engineer shall cause the work to be corrected and bill the actual costs incurred to the Contractor. Defect corrections shall include the complete restoration of existing improvements that were damaged as a result of the defect. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 254 of 275 Plan locations of backflow preventers, valves, controllers, pipe lines, sleeves and other equipment are diagrammatic and indicate the spacing and relative locations of all installations. Final site conditions and plantings shall determine final locations. Point of connection shall be approximately as shown on drawings. Connect new underground piping and valves and provide all flanges, adapters or other necessary fittings for connection. Prior to starting any work, Contractor shall obtain a reading of existing static water pressure (no flow condition) at the designated point of connection and immediately submit written verification of pressure with date and time of recording to Owner's Representative. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. MODIFY to the last paragraph to read: After completing the irrigation system, the Contractor shall prepare and submit mylar drawings showing (to the nearest half-foot from two permanently fixed points of reference (such as walks, curbs, or edge of paving, etc.) locations of pipe, irrigation sleeves with sizes and depths, tubing, wiring, pull boxes and wire splice locations, point of connections for water and electrical services, electrical meter location and circuit number, utility trenches, backflow prevention device, y-strainer, pressure regulator, remote control valves (numbered by controller name and station number), in-line check valves, quick coupling valves, and shut-off valves, and other related improvements as directed by the Owner's Representative. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction, and made available to the Engineer and/or Owner's Representative at any time. Before the date of final inspection of the irrigation system, the Contractor shall transfer all information from the Project Record prints to one (1) mylar set of As-built plans with two (2) sets of blueline prints. The Owner shall provide the original mylar plans. All work shall be neat, in black ink and subject to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative; it shall be completed and approved prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Lettering shall be 1/8" high. All items changed/relocated from original drawings shall be so designated with the same symbol in the new location; the original symbol shall be erased. All notes/call outs pertaining to the item shall be directed to new location. Record drawings shall be signed in black ink and dated by the Contractor attesting to and certifying the accuracy of the record drawings. Include company name on drawings, date completed, and the designation "AS-BUILT IRRIGATION". ADD the following after the last paragraph: The Contractor shall prepare color irrigation controller charts, after the completion and inspection of the irrigation systems. The Contractor shall provide one color controller chart of the maximum size that will fit against the inside door of the irrigation controller enclosure, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The colored controller chart(s) shall clearly illustrate all valves operated from the controller and shall be numbered to match the actual field operation schedule of the irrigation systems with a pastel transparent color used to show area of coverage for each station. Only those areas controlled by that controller shall be shown. This chart shall be a plot plan, entire or partial, showing building, walks, roads and walls. A photostatic print of this plan, reduced as necessary and legible in all details, shall be made to a size that will fit into the controller cover. This print shall be approved by the Owner's Representative prior to, and shall be hermetically sealed by plastic. This shall then be Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 255 of 275 secured to the inside back of the controller cabinet door. Produce one plan for each controller as required. 308-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. 308-5.2.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall install all pressure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (10') minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21 "Alertline" PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (10') on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12") between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3") wide purple warning tape which reads "Caution Reclaimed Water". For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (%") in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tightness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. 308-5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline . Add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section, 308-5.2.6 Installation of Brass Pipe. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. 308-5.3 Installation of Valves, Valve Boxes and Special Equipment. Modify as follows: Valves, backflow preventers, pressure regulators and other related irrigation accessories shall be furnished and installed as specified and detailed in the drawings. Backflow preventers shall be provided with pipe supports and the accessories necessary to properly secure the assembly. All backflow preventers shall be assembled with pipe and fittings of galvanized steel. Backflow preventers shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications, all applicable code and ordinance requirements, and as designated on the Plans. Exact location and positioning shall be verified on the site and approved by the Engineer. Backflow preventer shall be installed in an enclosure as designated on the Plans and the manufacturer's instructions. Installation of enclosure shall be such that it will swing free and clear of backflow preventer. Install lock as A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 256 of 275 directed by the Engineer. A certified backflow preventer tester shall certify backflow preventer upon installation. Pressure regulator shall be installed as designated on the Plans. Y-strainer shall be installed downstream of the backflow preventer and as designated. Fit with "Reclaimed Water" warning tag as designated. Concrete footings shall be placed on 90% minimum compacted or undisturbed subgrade. Construct to shapes designated and parallel to adjacent paved areas. Light broom finish exposed surfaces. Add the following section: 308-5.3.1 Valves. The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (12") separation between valves and 150 mm (6") from any fixed object or structure. 308-5.3.2 Valve Boxes . The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number. 308-5.3.3 Backflow Preventer. The Contractor shall install backflow preventer assembly in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and positioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. 308-5.4 Sprinkler Head Installation and Adjustment. ADD the following: Install all sprinkler heads as detailed in the drawings. The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures. 308-5.5 Automatic Control System Installation. ADD the following: The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. As a part of the work to allow for possible damage to any common or control wire, the Contractor shall run an extra control wire on each leg of mainline from the controller to the farthest RCV. All spare wire ends shall be fully enclosed individually by waterproof wire connectors. Each wire splice shall be encased in the waterproof epoxy of waterproof connectors. Wire splices shall be made only in valve or pull boxes. Identify direct burial control wires at each automatic valve and at the terminal strips of the controller with valve station numbers shown on the drawings. Tag wires at the terminal strips with 3M Scotchcode SER Wire Markers or equal. Identify spare wires by capping ends with waterproof connectors as designated above and tagging with an I.D. tag marked "SP". 308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Add the following: The Contractor shall maintain all planter areas for period of no less than 120 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the greater. The Contractor shall provide complete landscape maintenance of all planted areas. The work shall include, but not be limited to, watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, supplementary fertilization, repair of irrigation systems, and control of diseases and pests. The Contractor shall submit a written plan to control weeds, disease, and pest Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 257 of 275 infestations in the planting areas. The submittai shall conform to the requirements for shop drawings as specified in section 2-5.3 et seq. of the specifications. The Owner's Representative shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon approval, the Contractor shall implement the control measures, exercising extreme caution in using pesticides and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel will be permitted to perform toxic spraying work. During the plant establishment period, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers and equipment on a daily basis to perform the work required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified maintenance work, as determined necessary by the Owner's Representative, will not be credited as one of the plant establishment days. All planting areas that are damaged by construction shall be repaired by the Contractor within twenty (20) days following completion of construction. The Contractor shall repair such damaged areas as required. The repair shall consist of bringing the damaged area back to final grade, preparing the soil, replanting the area with the same vegetation as originally specified, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment. The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation for hydroseeded areas for a minimum of 120 days to ensure adequate plant establishment. Towards the end of the maintenance period, the Contractor shall gradually reduce the amount of irrigation to allow plant adaptation to non-irrigated conditions. Upon the approval of the engineer, the temporary irrigation system shall be shut off at the end of the maintenance period. The hydroseeded areas must have their growth of 80% established and the coverage must be evenly successful over the entire hydroseeded area and adequate to prevent erosion no less than 30 days before the end of the maintenance period. Should the coverage not be achieved the maintenance period shall be extended until the required coverage is achieved plus an additional 30 day period. The Contractor shall call for a final inspection 30 days before the end of the maintenance period and at the end of the maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result in an extension of the maintenance period. The Contractor shall continue to provide maintenance for such time necessary to obtain conformance to the specifications. 308-7 GUARANTEE. Add following: The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24") box trees installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor shall guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material. The Owner's Representative shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guarantee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage: "Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For (Project Name) We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Supplemental provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 258 of 275 This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Project: (Project Name) Location: (Legal Description of Project Property) Name of Contractor: Address: (Of Contractor) Telephone: : (Of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Contractor in legal matters) Title: (Of said officer(s)) Signature(s) Date of Execution:" Add the following section: 308-7.1 Record Drawings. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6") in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm (V) in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all: a) Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services b) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines c) Backflow preventers d) Ball, gate and check valves e) Irrigation control valves. f) Quick coupler valves g) Routing of service wires h) Routing of control wires i) Electrical service equipment j) Electrical junction boxes k) Irrigation controllers I) Sleeves for future connections m) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer). The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer's inspection at any time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 259 of 275 provide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting blueline prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. Add the following section: 308-7.2 Controller Chart. The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall provide one controller chart of the maximum size the controller doorwill allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor shall hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Add the following section: 308-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive material shall describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number. b) Duration of Guarantee period. c) List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative. d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. e) In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered. Add the following section: 308-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project. the following checklist at the end of the project, using the format shown: a) Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) b) Materials approval c) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) d) Record drawings completed (received by, and date) e) Controller chart completed (received by, and date) f) Materials furnished (received by, and date) g) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) h) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) i) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) j) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) 308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, add the following: The lump-sum or unit prices set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 260 of 275 specified in the contract documents, including soils testing and recommended soil amendments, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, bubblers, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of "as-built" drawings, controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees. After completion of the project, the Engineer will retain $6,000 of the total contract amount, and will subsequently disburse the $6,000 to the Contractor on a monthly basis of $1,500 per month. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list submitted to the Contractor every month are completed. 308-8.1 Landscape and Irrigation (Sta 36+79.25 to 40+10.06) Measurement and payment for landscape and irrigation between stations 36+79.25 and 40+10.06 shall be measured and paid for separately as specified in the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. SECTION 310 - PAINTING 310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES. 310-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 310-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3 mm (V) in 3 m (10') when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm (V4") in 3 m (10') when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. 310-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 261 of 275 storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10') thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted. 310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (1/ 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. 310-5.6.8 Application of Paint Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. 310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The lump-sum prices bid and shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. Add the following: 310-5.6.11 Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings (Sta 23+75 to 40+10.06). Measurement and payment for traffic striping and pavement markings between stations 23+75 and 40+10.06 shall be measured and paid for separately as specified in the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. Add the following Section: 310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING Add the following Section: 310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein. Add the following section: 310-7.2 Measurement And Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for traffic signs and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing permanent traffic signs and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 262 of 275 310-7.2.1 Permanent Signing (Sta 23+75 to 40+10.06). Measurement and payment for permanent signing between stations 23+75 and 40+10.06 shall be measured and paid for separately as specified in the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. SECTION 312 - PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL 312-1 PLACEMENT. Add the following to the third paragraph: 4) When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pavement markers are to be placed. Add the following section: 312-1.1 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and remove reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Contractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-5.6.8. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be restored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement. 312-4.1 Pavement Markers (Sta 23+75 to 40+10.06). Measurement and payment for pavement markers between stations 23+75 and 40+10.06 shall be measured and paid for separately as specified in the Standard Specifications and these supplemental provisions. SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Add the following section: 313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS. Add the following section: 313-1.1 General. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and appurtenances to public traffic. 313-1.2 Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pavement markers in Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 263 of 275 areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for temporary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 312 "Pavement Marker Placement and Removal", except the 14-day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 312-1 "Placement", shall not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Add the following section: 313-1.3 Channelizers. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the supplemental provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75mmx 300mm (3" x 12") in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m (1000') at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. The Channelizer bases shall be cemented to the pavement in the same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in section 312-1, "Placement." Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The Channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the Channelizers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the Channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the Channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of section 4-1.5, "Certification". Said certificate shall certify that the Channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the Engineer and were manufactured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer. Add the following section: 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING. Add the following section: 313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Add the following section: 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. Add the following section: 313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS. Add the following section: 313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 264 of 275 Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand-filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans. 313-3.1.1 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 "Paint Systems" and 310 "Painting". Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place. Add the following section. 313-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per Caltrans Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures"." Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures". Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3") diameter by 9 mm (3/8") thick plate welded on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/i6") fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 "Ordinary Surface Finish." Exposed surfaces of concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor's name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel. Add the following section. 313-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be installed per Caltrans Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment Each rail unit placed within 3 m (10') of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing installed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provisions of section 206-7.2, "Temporary Traffic Signs". Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary railing shall be restored to its previous condition, or constructed to its planned condition. Add the following section: 313-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be "Energite III" manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, "Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules" Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 265 of 275 manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by Caltrans and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 standards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, durability and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m (15') or less to the end of the temporary railing (TypeK) being considered. The TSFCC shall be installed per Caltrans Standard Drawings T1 and T2 for approach speeds no less than the posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in Caltrans Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from. Add the following section: 313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump- sum item for Traffic Control and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the approach path, maintenance, painting and re-painting, replacement of damaged units and removal and shall also be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Payment for installation and/or relocation of K- rails and crash cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per section 3-3, Extra Work, SSPWC. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 266 of 275 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 267 of 275 APPENDIX "A" Service Order for Electrical Connection for Irrigation Controller Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 268 of 275 dU^E A (£" Sempra Energy utility- ELECTRIC METER & SERVICE LOCATION WANTED riATF n OVERHEAD ^S UNDERGROUND-SPECS ATTACHED [~]JT MEET REO'C NAME Cj~£tJL frii C'^/^ -0 ^° rt-~ ^ "*~ "^ — n PROJECT NO. Q2) ^ 7$> ^/ ADDRESS V£)C>OJC] Ijbsr^cJhC) jOa^TufcX ^ 6t^X-C3 MORATORIUM EFFECT - AGENCY . s- i^ ^•xQfl ' TYPE ^^ AV\ f /SA /l/O -J ' UAlb UHIII^AL - KhNUINlj bIHhhlBOWER SOURCE CONTACT t Y \oy*-oV\ <XW (O-J/o-*u-?, MONTH 1^ I D 1 - HH 0 PHONE # "7(jQ , ( ftO ^_ 2L1 C?C-> TCP REQ'DD ST EXC & PERMITS SERVICE ATTACHMENT POINT AND/OR METER LOCATION: ^7}\S>^JJ\ ^ftfdZs&JflD S&\ -5 £ &&\**\£A. to iPori<) £.S^ £J- Cu^Xo-vy-va.^ to /P/OLM.A.O "t/ULVviik /v^cJ*_/vj£D CQrr'xJLi^J *O/ j^Ov^M f)O|p-£. <LaOnnr^, (>O_-Ofi C7 |^O^i> "to ,WoLl^Ui(_y.. TB //^ /"MM yCOMM'L D RESIDENTIAL JOB NO. l£Q RESURFACING YEAR REQ'D DCUST D SDG&E w fyvcjt n/.j'i-r? * I r-2- L/»VC^ o \j O SDG&E APPLICATION REQ'D D CALL GENERAL CUSTOMER INFORMATION Meter Height - 4'0" min. - 6'3" max. from finish grade to center line of meter base. Meters are required to be readily accessible 24 hours per day. Meters must be located in a safe area free of any potentially hazardous or dangerous condition. Provide 3 ft. X 3 ft. minimum clear and level working space in front of meter. Where meter room is proposed, contact the Planner at the nearest SDG&E office. Meter bases and meter service disconnects must be located at or immediately adjacent to each other and be identified with address and unit number it serves. ^->^^ OVERHEAD SERVICES ^^*- — PROVIDE MiTJnWWM^ROUND CLEARANCE OF: ^ Ft at point ofattacljnTent of serviceytiifSs^ Ft. over driveway or parRjjg^^a^ Ft at outer lirnit_pi*eflirailar traffit?^^,^^ ^*--**^^ " ^ j^- " UNDERGROUND SERVICE ^.^ •lOCEDURE FOR INSTALLATION ff Pay all monies due D APPLICABLE D NOT APPLICABLE 9 Phnnn SDRRE at 3 working days prior to trenching to arrange with inspector and initiate trenching process. 3. PHONE DIG ALERT 1 -800-227-2600 AT LEAST TWO DAYS PRIOR TO TRENCH-, ING FOR LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. ' 4. Excavate trench, install conduit and service entrance equipment at meter location. CALL ABOVE PHONE # FOR INSPECTION. Do not cover conduit without inspector's written approval to backfill 5. Call inspector when trench is backfilled and compacted for inspection. If service entrance equipment is installed after backfill, CALL ABOVE PHONE # FOR INSPECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT. 6. Meter will be set after inspector has approved installation, including service equipment, and receipt of city/county/state* inspection clearance. JT TRENCH DGAS DTELCO DcATV SEC HEIGHT TARI f pni p nnNni IIT RV |~] ™ KmuFf ft SDRRF si7F r.ARI F POI F RFMD BY ^jnilRT flsriRXFW RADII IS SCH 80 SIZE HAWnHOI F RY rlctlSTniUIFR flsriRXF HsTriPARF* CONDUIT BY Si CUSTOMER D SDG&E SIZE ^L '1 TRENCH INSPECTED & APPROVED BY DATE PAYMENT BY CUST: CBL PL $ EXCESS $ MISC $ \J WIRF / PHASE /OfJ I^JiQ VOI TAGE ty METER CLIPS MAIN SWITCH MFTFRIMR- fl ^T*fi P5JRFI F-HONTAINPn J^TEST BY PASS FACILITIES REQ'D mjS\\ ITIFS MAXIMUM OONTRIRIITION TO FAIII T CIIRHFNT'Tt/, '^K> AMPS •Br5DG&E encounters hazardous or toxic material while performing construction of your project, SDG&E will halt work immediately and it will be your responsibility to remove and/or clean up all hazardous or toxic material prior to SDG&E continuing construction. SDG&E shall have no liability or obligation whatsoever to clean up, remove ot remediate any hazardous or toxic materials discovered during the course of construction unless it is through negligence of SDG&E. NOTE: INSPEC REQ'D PRIOR TO SET' ^ CITY/COUNTY D STATE POLE * 22/5.51/ 1 AHRFR ARMS HFtyn\3 STOP TRENCH &1" D 7 V,' FROM POLE EXISTING D RISER QUAD ~>'W, * RANCHO SAKTF/} FE SD N I *^\ "" "X^ P/£ZiG£>M 9 £ci METEP fO o ADD'L INFORMATION: (Detach before completing this section.) V™, PLANNER /PMA /". J jl fl /] /*^r\Ji]£/TL[L*-£- *^/\OS CJf\Aj{ £ t__ TELEPHONE (]DATE 10- 2. "6 Customer-owned facilities to receive electrical service are subject to all applicable local and state of California inspection authority requirements. Building address and/or meter base must be posted prior to meter set. Information on this sheet is void after 6 months from date. Keep this notice with building permit. DISTRIBUTION: WHITE ORIGINAL - Customer WHITE COPY - District Operations YELLOW - Planner GOLD - C.T. Order 107-09212 (3/04) A (^Sempra Energy utility ELECTRIC METER & SERVICE LOCATION WANTED DATE JD OVERHEAD ^S UNDERGROUND-SPECS ATTACHED O JT MEET REQ'D PROJECT NO. ? .5 Vl TR IN / - COMM'L D RESIDENTIAL JOB NO. MORATORIUM EFFECT - AGENCY TYPE DATE CRITICAL - PENDING STREET RESURFACING MONTH : YEAR TCPREQ'DD ST EXC & PERMITS REQ'D fejfcUST DSDG&E SERVICE ATTACHMENT POINT AND/OR METER LOCATION: Oxjustennrfln /o^oui <-_'— TT ' •* -—.—=-—f "~J—^._i-~Atf\ NOTE: INSPEC REQ'D PRIOR TO SET* H CITY/CS«HTY D STATESDG&E APPLICATION REQ'D BJ CALL GENERAL CUSTOMER INFORMATION POLE #_. LADDER ARMS REQ'D D EXISTING D Meter Height - 4'0" min. - 6'3" max. from finish grade to center line of meter base. Meters are required to be readily accessible 24 hours per day. Meters must be located in a safe area free of any potentially hazardous or dangerous condition. Provide 3 ft. X 3 ft. minimum clear and level working space in front of meter. Where meter room is proposed, contact the Planner at the nearest SDG&E office. Meter bases and meter service disconnects must be located at or immediately adjacent to each other and be identified with address and unit number it serves. STOP TRENCH Dl" ^p7'/4" FROM POLE RISER QUAD V '< \ OVERHEAD SERVICES INIMUM GROUND CLEARANCE OF: Ft. atp61r*«t>attachment of service wi Ft. over driveway or Ft. at outer limiLet^eTiicular tra Ft UNDERGROUND SERVICE IROCEDURE FOR INSTALLATION 1. Pay all monies dua [^APPLICABLE D NOT APPLICABLE 2. Phone SDG&E at ta*-ij£.. .#J33 working days prior to trenching to arrange with inspector and initiate trenching process. 3. PHONE DIG ALERT 1-800-227-2600 AT LEAST TWO DAYS PRIOR TO TRENCH- ING FOR LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 4. Excavate trench, install conduit and service entrance equipment at meter location. CALL ABOVE PHONE # FOR INSPECTION. Do not cover conduit without inspector's written approval to backfill 5. Call inspector when trench is backfilled and compacted for inspection. If service entrance equipment is installed after backfill, CALL ABOVE PHONE # FOR INSPECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT. 6. Meter will be set after inspector has approved installation, including service equipment, and receipt of city/county/state* inspection clearance. ADD'L INFORMATION: (Detach before completing this section.) JT TRENCH D GAS D TELCO D CATV SEC HEIGHT CABLE POLE CONDUIT BY D CUSTOMER D SDG&E SIZE. CABLE POLE BEND BY D CUST D SDG&E 90 =RADIUS SCH 80 SIZE . HANDHOLE BY IS CUSTOMER D SDG&E 55 STD PAGE « 35 I Z- l~ CONDUIT BY IS CUSTOMER D SDG&E SIZE TRENCH INSPECTED & APPROVED BY DATE PAYMENT BY CUST: CBL PL S EXCESS $MISC $ WIRE .VOLTAGE .METER CLIPS PLANNER / PMA MAIN SWITCH /<X?C\lT%p METERING: D CTS 83 SELF-CONTAINED HTEST BY PASS FACILITIES REQ'D TELEPHONE LTILiTIES MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION TO FAULT CURRENT .AMPS DATE 10 r SDG&E encounters hazardous or toxic material while performing construction of your project, SDG&E will halt work immediately and it will be your responsibility to remove and/or clean up all hazardous or toxic material prior to SOG&E continuing construction SDG&E shall have no liability or obligation whatsoever to clean 'jp, remove ot remediate any hazardous or toxic materials discovered during the course of construction unless it is through negligence of SDG&E. Customer-owned facilities to receive electrical service are subjec- to ai! applicable iocal and state of California inspection authority requirements. Building adclre:-3 ar-.a/c.. meter base must be posted prior to rneter set. Information on this sheet --s void ahsr 5 months Iron": date. Keep this notice v/iihbuilding permit DISTRIBUTION: WHITE ORIGINAL - Customer WHITE COOV - District Operations YELLOW - Planner GOLD - C.~ Oder 107-09212 (3/04) APPENDIX "B" Resource Agency Permits Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 269 of 275 T^ OF CAUFORNIA-THE RESOURCES AGENCY ARNOLD SCHWARZENEGGER. Governor DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME South Coast Region i Viewridge Avenue )iego, California 92123 1467-4201 FAX (858) 467-4299 May 27, 2005 Mr. Bill Plummer, Deputy City Engineer City of Carlsbad Engineering Department 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 Re: City of Carlsbad Rancho Santa Fe Road Improvement Project, Streambed Alteration Agreement #1600-2004-0369-R5 Dear Mr. Plummer This is in response to the Streambed Alteration Agreement Notification Package, #1600-2004-0369- R5, that you submitted to the Department of Fish and Game (Department) for the City of Carlsbad Rancho Santa Fe Road Improvement Project. The project is located adjacent to Encinitas Creek at the intersection of Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road in the city of Carlsbad, San Diego county. Based on the Department's review of the information you submitted, the Department has determined that a Lake or Streambed Alteration Agreement is not required for your project or activity because the activity you described in your notification package will not substantially adversely affect existing fish or wildlife resources. As a result, you may begin your project or activity if you have obtained all other necessary permits. If the project changes from that stated in the notification package specified above, a new notification shall be submitted to the Department of Fish and Game. A copy of this letter should be kept on site during all periods of work. Nothing in this letter authorizes the Operator to trespass on any land or property, nor does it relieve the Operator of responsibility for compliance with applicable federal, state, or local laws or ordinances. This letter does not constitute the Department's endorsement of the proposed operation, or assure the Department's concurrence with permits required from other agencies. Sincere! ramara A. Spear Environmental Scientist LOS ANGELES DISTRICT, CORPS OF ENGINEERS RECEIVEDDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY •LES DISTRICT, CORPS OPE SAN DIEGO HELDOFFICE 16885 WEST BERNARDO DRIVE, SUITE 300 A ;.,,-, . SAN DJEGO, CALIFORNIA 92127 rtUu ' ' 2003 August 7, 2003 RECON Office of the Chief Regulatory Branch OEverihain Municipal Water District 1966 Olivenhain Road Enciiiitas, California 92024-9761 Dear-Sirs or Mesdames: Refoeiiipe is made to^^ 20Q301211-JMB) dated June 19y2003¥or a Department of the Auny Permit to cOnstract-a new headquarters facility forthe Olrrenhairi Muiutagal Water ESstriet. The faeSli^ vaLl include new office buildifegs, wareltouses, and parking lefts. The project also indudes plans to widen both. QKyenMin Road and Raneho Santa Fe Road adjacent to Encinitas Greek in. Carlsbad and Enciniias, San Diego County, California, Based on fee information furnished in your appleaiion/lettery we have determmed that yomr proposed project^does not dBcharge dredged or.fill rnaterialinto a water of the IMted States of an adjacent wetland. Taereforej. the project is not subject to our jurisdiction under Section 4i4 sf the Clean Water Aet:and a Section 40i permit is ndt required from pur office, Pleasebe aware feat our determination does not preclude the need to eornply with Section 13260 of the Caffiotnia Water Code (Porter/Cologne) and we recommend that you contact tiie Califomia Regional Water Quality Control Board to insure compliance with the above regulations. Furthermore, our determination does not obviate the need to obtain other Federal, state, or local authorizations required,by law. If you have any questions, please contact Jeannette M. Baker of my staff at (858) 674-5385. Sincerely, Mark Durham Chief, South Coast Section Regulatory Branch -2- Copy Furnished: RECON Atin:CheriKim 1927 Fifth Avenue San Diego, California 92101 Mop Source; USGS 7-5 minuK gtaph'ic map len'et, Rancho Santo Fe*»&!&£:!y*"1'*?*0 _^~:7 ^~.,i.-s«^si^< Projed location RECON FIGURE 2 Project Location on USGS Map APPENDIX "C" Notification of Work to be Performed Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 270 of 275 CITY OF CARLSBAD ROAD WORK ABC CONTRACTORS OFFICE # (760)XXX-XXXX FIELD # (760)XXX-XXXX Dear resident: As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing pro- gram to maintain its streets, your street will be resurfaced with asphalt concrete over the exist- ing roadway surface. This construction will re- quire the closing of your street to through traffic for one day. Your street, from XYZ St. to DEF Ave. will be closed to through traffic and resur- faced on: MON. TUE. WED. THU. FRI. DATE: XX/XX/XX from 7-.OOA.M. to 5:00 P.M. If you don't plan to leave your home by 7:00 A.M. on the above date please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that will not be resurfaced. Streets scheduled for resurfacing can be determined by calling either the Contrac- tor or the City of Carlsbad's Project Inspector. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly overlaid street or you will have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. Please do not drive, walk on, walk pets, play, or skate on the newly overlaid asphalt. Also, please refrain from watering your lawns, washing cars, etc., approximately 6-8 hours after the asphalt is laid as running water will cause damage to the new surface. ABC is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the city and you may call them at the above phone number if you have any questions regarding the project. Resurfacing of your street will not occur on the day your trash is collected. Mail delivery may be delayed if the postman cannot reach the mailbox that day. If /ou have a moving company scheduled for that day please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which cannot be addressed by the Contractor, you may call the ' ity's Project Inspector @ (xxx) xxx-xxxx. Thank you for your cooperation as we work to make a better City of Carlsbad. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 271 of 275 APPENDIX "D" Storm Drain Marker Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 272 of 275 T^^m ^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^f ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^B ^^^^ HEIGHT: MARKER SIZE: 5"/. /2" x IZ1 APPENDIX "E" SWPPP Template Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 273 of 275 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN for WIDENING OF OLIVENHAIN ROAD & RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD CONTRACT NO. 3860-1 Prepared for: City of Carlsbad Public Works 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 Submitted by: CLICK AND INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME CLICK AND INSERT ADDRESS CLICK AND INSERT CITY, STATE, ZIP CLICK AND INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER CLICK AND INSERT OWNER/REPRESENTATIVE'S NAME Project Site Address: CLICK AND INSERT JOB SITE ADDRESS (IF ANY) CLICK AND INSERT JOB SITE TELEPHONE NUMBER (IF ANY) Contractor's Water Pollution Control Manager: CLICK AND INSERT WPCM'S NAME CLICK AND INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER SWPP Prepared by: CLICK AND INSERT COMPANY NAME CLICK AND INSERT ADDRESS CLICK AND INSERT CITY, STATE, ZIP CLICK AND INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER CLICK AND INSERT NAME AND TITLE OF PREPARER SWPPP Preparation Date: CLICK AND INSERT DATE Contents Section 100 SWPPP Certifications and Approval 100.1 Initial SWPPP Certification 100.2 SWPPP Approval 100.3 Annual Compliance Certification Section 200 SWPPP Amendments 200.1 SWPPP Amendment Certification and Approval 200.2 Amendment Log Section 300 Introduction and Project Description 300.1 Introduction and Project Description 300.2 Unique Site Features 300.3 Construction Site Estimates 300.4 Project Schedule/Water Pollution Control Schedule 300.5 Contact Information/List of Responsible Parties Section 400 References Section 500 Body of SWPPP 500.1 Objectives 500.2 Vicinity Map 500.3 Pollutant Source Identification and BMP Selection 500.3.1 Inventory of Materials and Activities that May Pollute Storm Water 500.3.2 Existing (pre-construction) Control Measures 500.3.3 Nature of Fill Material and Existing Data Describing the Soil. 500.3.4. Soil Stabilization (Erosion Control) 500.3.5 Sediment Control 500.3.6 Tracking Control 500.3.7 Wind Erosion Control 500.3.8 Non-Storm Water Control 500.3.9 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control 500.4 Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) 500.5 Construction BMP Maintenance, Inspection and Repair 500.6 Post-Construction Storm Water Management 500.6.1 Post-Construction Control Practices 500.6.2 Operation/Maintenance after Project Completion 500.7 Training 500.8 List of Subcontractors 500.9 Other Plans/Permits Section 600 Monitoring Program and Reports 600.1 Site Inspections 600.2 Discharge Reporting 600.3 Record Keeping and Reports Page ...1 ..1 ..2 ...3 ...4 ...4 ..6 ...7 ...7 ...7 ...7 ...7 ...7 ...9 ,10 10 10 11 .11 .11 .12 .12 .13 .14 .14 .14 .15 .15 .15 .15 .15 .16 .16 .16 .16 .17 .17 .17 .17 SWPPP Attachments Attachment A Vicinity Map Attachment B Water Pollution Control Drawings Attachment C BMP Consideration Checklist Attachment D Computation Sheet for Determining Runoff Coefficients Attachment E Calculations for Storm Water Run-On Attachment F Notification of Construction (NOC) Attachment G. Program for Maintenance, Inspection, & Repair of Construction Site BMPs Attachment H Storm Water Quality Construction Site Inspection Checklist Attachment I Trained Contractor Personnel Log Attachment J ....Subcontractor Notification Letter and Log Attachment K Notice of Discharge, Written Notice or Order Attachment L SWPPP and Monitoring Program Checklist Attachment M Annual Certification of Compliance Form Attachment N Other Plans/Permits Attachment O Notice of Completion of Construction Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Section 100 SWPPP Certifications and Approval 100.1 Initial SWPPP Certification Project Name: Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road City of Carlsbad Contract No. Contract No. 3860-1 "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Contractor's Signature Date Contractor's Name and Title Telephone Number INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 100.2 SWPPP Approval For City of Carlsbad Use Only City Approval and Certification of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract No. Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Engineer's Signature Date Engineer's Name Engineer's Telephone Number INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 100.3 Annual Compliance Certification By June 15 of each year, the contractor shall submit an Annual Certification of Compliance to the Engineer stating compliance with the terms and conditions of the Permits and the SWPPP. The Annual Certification of Compliance Form and Engineer Approval form are included in Attachment M. Completed Annual Certifications of Compliance and Approvals can be found in the following pages. INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Section 200 SWPPP Amendments 200.1 SWPPP Amendment Certification and Approval This SWPPP shall be amended: • Whenever there is a change in construction or operations which may affect the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater(s), or a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4); or • If any condition of the Permits is violated or the general objective of reducing or eliminating pollutants in storm water discharges has not been achieved. If the RWQCB determines that a Permit violation has occurred, the SWPPP shall be amended and implemented within 14 calendar days after notification by the RWQCB; • Annually, prior to the defined rainy season, when required by the project's Special Provisions; and • When deemed necessary by the Engineer. The amendments for this SWPPP, along with the Contractor's Certification and the Engineer's approval, can be found in the following pages. Amendments are listed in the Amendment Log in section 200.2 CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND/OR NAMES OR DELETE THIS LINE INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 4 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 SWPPP Amendment No. Project Name: Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road City of Carlsbad Contract No. Contract No. 3860-1 To be Completed by Contractor "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Contractor's Signature Date Contractor's Name and Title Telephone Number For City of Carlsbad Use Only Engineer's Approval and Certification of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Amendment "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations". Engineer's Signature Date Engineer's Name Engineer's Telephone Number INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 5 Stom? Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 200.2 Amendment Log Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract No. Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Amendment No.Date Brief Description of Amendment Prepared By INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page6 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Section 300 Introduction and Project Description 300.1 Introduction and Project Description CLICK AND INSERT PROJECT DESCRIPTION 300.2 Unique Site Features CLICK AND INSERT PROJECT FEATURES 300.3 Construction Site Estimates The following are estimates of the construction site: Construction Site Area ft2 Percentage impervious area before construction % Runoff coefficient before construction (1) Percentage impervious area after construction % Runoff coefficient after construction (1) Anticipated storm water flow onto the construction site (2> 300.4 Project Schedule/Water Pollution Control Schedule TYPE EITHER NARRATIVE PROJECT SCHEDULE OR STATE THAT THE GRAPHIC SCHEDULE IS ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE. ADD PAGE BREAKS AS NEEDED TO ENSURE THAT PAGE NUMBERING IS CONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE DOCUMENT (REMOVE THIS TEXT) 300.5 Contact Information/List of Responsible Parties The Water Pollution Control Manager (WPCM) assigned to this project is: CLICK AND INSERT WPCM'S NAME CLICK AND INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER CLICK AND INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME CLICK AND INSERT ADDRESS CLICK AND INSERT CITY, STATE, ZIP INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 7 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 The WPCM shall have primary responsibility and significant authority for the implementation, maintenance, inspection and amendments to the approved SWPPP. Duties of the Contractor's WPCM include, but are not limited to: • Ensuring full compliance with the SWPPP and the Permit • Implementing all elements of the SWPPP including, but not limited to: Implementation of prompt and effective erosion and sediment control measures Implementing all non-storm water management, and materials and waste management activities such as: monitoring discharges (dewatering, diversion devices), general site cleanup, vehicle and equipment cleaning, fueling and maintenance, spill control, ensuring that no materials other than storm water are discharged in quantities which will have an adverse effect on receiving waters or storm drain systems, etc. • Pre-storm inspections • Post-storm inspections • Storm event inspections • Preparing annual compliance certification • Ensuring elimination of all unauthorized discharges • The Contractor's WPCM shall be assigned authority by the Contractor to mobilize crews in order to make immediate repairs to the control measures • Coordinate with the Engineer to assure all of the necessary corrections/repairs are made immediately, and that the project complies with the SWPPP, the Permit and approved plans at all times CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND/OR NAMES OR DELETE THIS LINE INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Section 400 References The following documents are made a part of this SWPPP by reference: • Project plans and specifications no. 3860-1, Dwg. NO. 399-1, prepared by City of Carlsbad. • California Regional Water Quality Control Board Order No. 2001-01, NPDES No. CAS0108758, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit. • Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks, Construction Site Best Management Practices Manual, dated November 2000. • Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks, SWPPP/WPCP Preparation Manual, dated November 2000. • CLICK AND TYPE OTHER REFERENCES INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 9 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Section 500 Body of SWPPP 500.1 Objectives This Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has four main objectives: • Identify all pollutant sources, including sources of sediment that may affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with construction activity (storm water discharges) from the construction site, and • Identify non-storm water discharges, and • Identify, construct, implement in accordance with a time schedule, and maintain Best Management Practices (BMPs) to reduce or eliminate pollutants in storm water discharges and authorized non-storm water discharges from the construction site during construction, and • Develop a maintenance schedule for BMPs installed during construction designed to reduce or eliminate pollutants after construction is completed (post-construction BMPs). This SWPPP conforms with the required elements of Permit No. CAS0108758 issued by the State of California, State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). This SWPPP will be modified and amended to reflect any changes in construction or operations that may affect the discharge of pollutants from the construction site to surface waters, groundwaters, or the municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4). The SWPPP will also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not achieved the general objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. The SWPPP shall be readily available on-site for the duration of the project. 500.2 Vicinity Map The construction project vicinity map showing the project location, surface water boundaries, geographic features, construction site perimeter, and general topography, is located in Attachment A. The project's Title Sheet provides more detail regarding the project location and is also included in Attachment A. INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 10 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Ollvenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 500.3 Pollutant Source Identification and BMP Selection 500.3.1 Inventory of Materials and Activities that May Pollute Storm Water The following is a list of construction materials that will be used and activities that will be performed that will have the potential to contribute pollutants, other than sediment, to storm water runoff (control practices for each activity are identified in the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) and/or in sections 500.3.4 through 500.3.9: Vehicle fluids, including oil, grease, petroleum and coolants Asphaltic emulsions associated with asphalt concrete paving operations Cement materials associated with PCC paving operations, drainage structures and underground utilities Paints, solvents and thinners Wood products Fertilizers and herbicides CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OR DELETE LINE Construction activities that have the potential to contribute sediment to storm water discharges include: Clear and grub operations Grading operations Soil, asphalt and concrete export operations Utility excavation operations Landscape operations CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OR DELETE LINE Attachment C lists all Best Management Practices (BMPs) that are either minimum requirements or special contract requirements, and all BMPs selected by the Contractor for this project. Implementation and location of BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment B. Narrative descriptions of BMPs to be used during the project are listed by category in each of the following SWPPP sections. 500.3.2 Existing (Pre-Construction) Control Measures The following are existing (pre-construction) control measures encountered within the project site: Curb and gutter direct storm runoff to City owned and maintained storm drain system. CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEST OR DELETE LINE INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 11 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 12 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 500.3.3 Nature of Fill Material and Existing Data Describing the Soil CLICK AND DESCRIBE CONDITIONS OF FILL MATERIAL(S) AND EXISTING SOILS AT SITE Existing site features that, as a result of past usage, may contribute pollutants to storm water (e.g., toxic materials that are known to have been treated, stored, disposed, spilled, or leaked onto the construction site) include: CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OR DELETE LINE 500.3.4 Soil Stabilization (Erosion Control) Soil stabilization, also referred to as erosion control, consists of source control measures that are designed to prevent soil particles from detaching and becoming suspended in storm water runoff. Soil stabilization BMPs protect the soil surface by covering and/or binding soil particles. This project will incorporate minimum temporary soil stabilization requirements, temporary soil stabilization measures required by the contract documents, and other measures selected by the contractor. This project will utilize and implement the following principles for effective temporary and final soil stabilization during construction: 1. Preserve existing vegetation where required and when feasible. 2. Apply temporary soil stabilization (erosion control) to remaining active and non-active areas as required by the Construction Site BMPs Manual and the Special Provisions. Reapply as necessary to maintain effectiveness. 3. Implement temporary soil stabilization measures at regular intervals throughout the defined rainy season to achieve and maintain the contract's disturbed soil area requirements. When the project's Special Provisions require it, temporary soil stabilization will be implemented 20 days prior to the defined rainy season. 4. Stabilize non-active areas within 14 days of cessation of construction activities. 5. Control erosion in concentrated flow paths by applying erosion control blankets, erosion control seeding, and lining swales as required in the Special Provisions. 6. Seeding will be applied either during the defined seeding window, and/or to areas deemed substantially complete by the RE during the defined rainy season. 7. At completion of construction, apply permanent erosion control to al remaining disturbed soil areas. INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Sufficient quantities of temporary soil stabilization materials will be maintained on-site to allow implementation in conformance with Caltrans requirements and described in this SWPPP. This includes implementation requirements for active areas, non-active areas, and areas that require deployment before the onset of rain. Implementation and locations of temporary soil stabilization BMPs are shown on the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in Attachment B and/or described in this section. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C indicates the BMPs that will be implemented to control erosion on the construction site; these are: SS-1, Scheduling SS-2, Preservation of Existing Vegetation INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OF SOIL STABILIZATION OR DELETE LINE 500.3.5 Sediment Control Sediment controls are structural measures that are intended to complement and enhance the selected soil stabilization (erosion control) measures. Sediment controls are designed to intercept and settle out soil particles that have been detached and transported by the force of water. This project will incorporate minimum temporary sediment control requirements, temporary sediment control measures required by the contract documents, and other measures selected by the contractor. The temporary sediment control BMPs selected are adequate to prevent a net increase of sediment in storm water discharge relative to pre-construction levels. Sufficient quantities of temporary sediment control materials will be maintained on-site throughout the duration of the project, to allow implementation of temporary sediment controls in the event of predicted rain, and for rapid response to failures or emergencies, in conformance with other Caltrans requirements and as described in this SWPPP. This includes implementation requirements for active areas and non-active areas before the onset of rain. Implementation and locations of temporary sediment control BMPs are shown on the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in Attachment B. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C indicates all the BMPs that will be implemented to control sediment on the construction site, these are: SC-1, Silt Fence SC-7, Street Sweeping and Vacuuming SC-10, Storm Drain Inlet Protection CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEST OF SEDIMENT CONTROLS OR DELETE LINE INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 14 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 500.3.6 Tracking Control The following BMPs have been selected to reduce sediment tracking from the construction site onto private or public roads: • SC-7, Street Sweeping and Vacuuming CLICK AND INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEST OF TRACKING CONTROL PRACTICES OR DELETE LINE 500.3.7 Wind Erosion Control The following BMPs have been selected to control dust from the construction site: • WE-1 , Wind Erosion Control INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OF WIND EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES OR DELETE LINE 500.3.8 Non-Storm Water Control An inventory of construction activities and potential non-storm water discharges is provided in Section 5.3.1. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C and the following list indicates the BMPs that have been selected to control non-storm water pollution on the construction site. Implementation and locations of some non-storm water control BMPs are shown on the Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in Attachment B. A narrative description of each BMP follows: NS-6, Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection and Reporting NS-8, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning NS-9, Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-10, Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Illicit Connection/illegal Discharge Detection and Reporting The contractor will implement BMP NS-6, Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection and Reporting throughout the duration of the project. Paving Operations INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 15 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 The project will include placement of approximately of AC pavement. Paving locations and adjacent storm drain inlets are shown on the plans. Paving operations will generally be conducted in XXXX as shown on the project schedule in Section 300.4. BMP NS-3, Paving and Grinding Operations, will be implemented to prevent paving materials from being discharged off-site. Covers will be placed over each inlet adjacent to paving operations. Following paving operations, the area will be swept, inlet covers will be removed, and the inlets will be inspected for paving materials. Vehicle and Equipment Operations • Several types of vehicles and equipment will be used on-site throughout the project, including graders, scrapers, excavators, loaders, paving equipment, rollers, trucks and trailers, backhoes, forklifts, generators, compressors, and traffic control equipment. BMPs NS-9, Vehicle and Equipment Fueling, and NS- 10, Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance will be utilized to prevent discharges of fuel and other vehicle fluids. Except for concrete washout, which is addressed in Section 500.3.8, vehicle cleaning will not be performed on-site. • All vehicle maintenance and mobile fueling operations will be conducted at least 15 yards away from operational inlets and drainage facilities and on a level graded area. Concrete and Asphaltic Cement Saw-cutting • The project will include saw-cutting in the sidewalk, curb and gutter, cross-gutters and the road. Saw-cutting locations and adjacent storm drain inlets are shown on WPCDs 2, 3, and 4. Estimated saw-cutting dates are shown on the schedule in Section 300.4. Saw-cutting operations will not be conducted during or immediately prior to rainfall events. • BMP WM-08, Concrete Waste Management, will be implemented to contain and dispose of saw-cutting slurries. Sandbags will be used to contain the slurry and prevent discharges to the storm drain system. Once contained by the sandbag barrier, the slurry will be vacuumed and discharged to the concrete washout facility described above. Dried and cured concrete wastes will be disposed off-site during concrete washout maintenance activities. INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OF NON-STORM WATER CONTROL PRACTICES OR DELETE LINE INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 16 Stom? Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 500.3.9 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control An inventory of construction activities, materials, and wastes is provided in Section 5.3.1. The BMP Consideration Checklist in Attachment C and the following list indicates the BMPs that have been selected to handle materials and control construction site waste. A narrative description of each BMP follows. WM-1, Material Delivery and Storage WM-2, Material Use WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control WM-5, Solid Waste Management WM-9, Sanitary/Septic Waste Management Material Delivery, Storage, and Use In general, BMPs WM-1 and WM-2 will be implemented to help prevent discharges of construction materials during delivery, storage, and use. The general material storage area will be located in the contractor's yard as shown on WPCD-4. A sandbag barrier (BMP SC-8) will be provided around the storage area to prevent run-on from adjacent areas. Two types of storage/containment facilities will be provided within the storage area to minimize storm water contact with construction materials: • Water-tight shipping containers will be used to store hand tools, small parts, and most construction materials that can be carried by hand, such as paint cans, solvents and grease. Very large items, such as light standards, framing materials, and stockpiled lumber, will be stored in the open in the general storage area. Such materials will be elevated with wood blocks to minimize contact with run-on. Aggregate and base materials will also be stockpiled in the general storage area and will be surrounded with additional sediment controls (i.e., SC-8, Sandbag Barrier). . Spill clean-up materials, material safety data sheets, a material inventory, and emergency contact numbers will be maintained and stored in the office. Spill Prevention and Control BMP WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control, will be implemented to contain and clean-up spills and prevent material discharges to the storm drain system. Spill prevention is also discussed above in Material Delivery, Storage, and below in the following waste management and equipment maintenance sections. INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 17 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Waste Management BMP WM-5, Solid Waste Management, and BMP WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management will be implemented to minimize storm water contact with waste materials and prevent waste discharges. Solid wastes will be loaded directly into trucks for off- site disposal. When on-site storage is necessary, solid wastes will be stored in watertight dumpsters in the general storage area of the contractors yard. AC and PCC rubble will be stockpiled in the general storage area and will be surrounded with sediment controls (SC-8, Sandbag Barrier). Solid waste, including rubble stockpiles, will be removed and disposed off-site at least weekly. Coast Waste Management will provide solid waste disposal services. Hazardous wastes will be stored in the shipping containers or covered containment area discussed above for materials storage. Hazardous wastes will be appropriate and clearly marked containers and segregated from other non-waste materials. Contaminated Soil Management Contaminated soil management BMPs address the possibility of construction activity near contaminated soils. The construction site has no known history of contaminated soil or other impairments. However, employees will be instructed to recognize evidence of contaminated soil, such as buried debris, discolored soil, and unusual odors. Concrete Residuals and Washout Wastes This project includes placement of concrete. No discahrges are anticipated. Concrete pours will not be conducted during or immediately prior to rainfall events. BMP WM-8, Concrete Waste Management, will be implemented, a concrete washout facility will be constructed and maintianed. All excess concrete and concrete washout slurries will be discharged to the washout facility for drying. BMP maintenance, waste disposal, and BMP removal will be conducted as described in WM-08. Dried-off concrete will be used as fill material if permitted by the City. Sanitary and Septic Wastes The contractor will implement BMP WM-9, Sanitary and Septic Waste Management, and portable toilets will be located and maintained at the contractors yard for the duration of the project. INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OF WASTE MANAGEMENT & MATERIALS POLLUTION CONTROL PRACTICES OR DELETE LINE 500.4 Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) The Water Pollution Control Drawings can be found in Attachment B of the SWPPP. INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 18 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 500.5 Construction BMP Maintenance, inspection and Repair A program for Maintenance, Inspection and Repair of BMPs is shown in Attachment G. 500.6 Post-Construction Storm Water Management 500.6.1 Post-Construction Control Practices The following are the post-construction BMPs that are to be used at this construction site after all construction is complete: INSERT ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE TEXT OR DELETE LINE INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 19 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 500.6.2 Operation/Maintenance after Project Completion The post-construction BMPs that are described above will be funded and maintained as follows: Short term funding: Cities of Carlsbad and Encinitas Long term funding: Cities of Carlsbad and Encinitas 500.7 Training Section 300.5 shows the name of the Contractor's Water Pollution Control Manager (WPCM). This person has received the following training: The training log showing formal and informal training of various personnel is shown in Attachment I. This SWPPP was prepared by INSERT COMPANY NAME AND REGISTRAJION OR QUALIFICATIONS OF THE PERSON THAT PREPARED THE SWPPP 500.8 List of Subcontractors All contractors and subcontractors will be notified of the requirement for storm water management measures during the project, a list of contractors will be maintained and included in the SWPPP. If subcontractors change during the project, the list will be updated accordingly. The subcontractor notification letter and log is included in the SWPPP as Attachment J. 500.9 Other Plans/Permits Attachment N includes copies of other local, state, and federal plans and permits. Following is a list of the plans and permits included in Attachment N: • California Regional Water Quality Control Board Order No. 2000-01, NPDES No. CAS0108758, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit. • INSERT NAME(S), DATE(S) AND SOURCES OF OTHER LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL PLANS OR PERMITS IN THE FOLLOWING BULLETS DELETE BULLETS IF NOT NEEDED INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 20 Stomi Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No. 3860-1 Section 600 Monitoring Program and Reports 600.1 Site Inspections The Contractor will inspect the site prior to a forecast storm, after a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site, at 24-hour intervals during extended rain events, and as specified in the project Special Provisions. The results of all inspections and assessments will be documented and copSies of the completed inspection checklists will be maintained with the SWPPP. Site inspections conducted for monitoring purposes will be performed using the inspection checklist shown in Attachment H. The name(s) and contact number(s) of the assigned inspection personnel are listed below: Assigned inspector: NAME OF INSPECTOR Contact phone: TELEPHONE NUMBER 600.2 Discharge Reporting If a discharge occurs or if the project receives a written notice or order from any regulatory agency, the Contractor will immediately notify the Engineer and will file a written report to the Engineer within 7 days of the discharge event, notice, or order. Corrective measures will be implemented immediately following the discharge, notice or order. A sample discharge form is provided in Attachment K. The report to the Engineer will contain the following items: • The date, time, location, nature of operation, and type of unauthorized discharge, including the cause or nature of the notice or order; • The control measures (BMPs) deployed before the discharge event, or prior to receiving notice or order; • The date of deployment and type of control measures (BMPs) deployed after the discharge event, or after receiving the notice or order, including additional measures installed or planned to reduce or prevent re-occurrence; and • An implementation and maintenance schedule for any affected BMPs. 600.3 Record Keeping and Reports Records shall be retained for a minimum of three years for the following items: • Site inspections • Compliance certifications • Discharge reports • Approved SWPPP document and amendments INSERT CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME INSERT DATE Page 21 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment A Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT A VICINITY MAP (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment A Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 VICINITY MAP "A" (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment B Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT B WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DRAWINGS (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment C Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT C BMP CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment C Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as "Not Used" with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION BMPs BMP No. SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 SS-7 SS-8 BMP Scheduling Preservation of Existing Vegetation Hydraulic Hydroseeding Soil Binders Straw Mulch Geotextile, Plastic Covers, & Erosion Control Blankets/Mats Wood Mulching Temporary Concentrated Flow conveyance Controls SS-9 SS-10 SS-11 Earth Dikes/drainage Swales & Lined Ditches Outlet Protection/ Velocity Dissipation Devices Slope Drains MINIMUM REQUIREMENT (2) V V 0) V (1) V (1) V (1) V (1) V (1) CHECK IF CONTRACT REQUIREMENT CHECK IF USED V V V CHECK IF NOT USED V V V V V V V V IF NOT USED, STATE REASON Clearing Contract will remove all existing vegetation from project site. Provisions have been included in project plans & specifications for application of BFM to disturbed areas within 10 days Alternate temporary soil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary soil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary soil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary soil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete Alternate temporary soil stabilizing measures will be implemented as parts of project complete Natural drainage water courses will be preserved, concentrated flows will be checked at exit points from project site. Alternate temporary concentrated flow control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. (1) The Contractor shall select one of the five measures listed or a combination thereof to achieve and maintain the contract's rainy season disturbed soil area (DSA) requirements. Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment C Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as "Not Used" with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPs i BMP No. SC-1 SC-2 SC-3 SC-4 SC-5 SC-6 SC-7 SC-8 SC-9 SC-10 BMP Silt Fence Desilting Basin Sediment Trap Check Dam Fiber Rolls Gravel Bag Berm Street Sweeping and Vacuuming Sand Bag Barrier Straw Bale Barrier Storm Drain Inlet Protection MINIMUM REQUIREMENT (2) V V V CHECK IF CONTRACT REQUIREMENT CHECK IF USED V A/ V V CHECK IF NOT USED V V V V V V IF NOT USED, STATE REASON Bonded Fiber Matrix will be implemented within 10 days of exposing areas. Alternate sediment control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate sediment control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete Alternate sediment control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary and permanent sediment control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Alternate temporary and permanent sediment control measures will be implemented as parts of project complete. Wind Erosion Control WIND EROSION CONTROL BMPs TRACKING CONTROL BMPs TC-1 TC-2 TC-3 Stabilized Construction Entrance/ Exit Stabilized Construction Roadway Entrance/Outlet Tire Wash V \ V V Continued maintenance, monitoring of BMPs TC-1 , TC-2 & SC-7. (2) Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. (Contractor- Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment C Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as "Not Used" with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work NON-STORM WATER MANAGEMENT BMPs BMP No. NS-1 NS-2 NS-3 NS-4 NS-5 NS-6 NS-7 BMP Water Conservation Practices Dewatering Operations Paving and Grinding Operations Temporary Stream Crossing Clear Water Diversion Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection And Reporting Potable Water/Irrigation Vehicle and Equipment Operations NS-8 NS-9 NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning Vehicle and Equipment Fueling Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance MINIMUM REQUIREMENT (2) V V V V CHECK IF CONTRACT REQUIREMENT CHECK IF USED V V V V V CHECK IF NOT USED V V V V IF NOT USED, STATE REASON No dewatering operations for this project. No paving operations for this project. No stream crossing required for this project. No diversion required for this project. No vehicle or equipment cleaning will be conducted on the project site. (2) Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment C Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPS CONSIDERATION CHECKLIST The Contractor shall consider using all BMPs listed hereon. Those BMPs that are not included in the SWPPP shall be checked as "Not Used" with a brief statement describing why it is not being used. All selected BMPs shall be included in the Schedule of Values, except for those items shown on the plans and paid for as a separate item or work WASTE MANAGEMENT AND MATERIALS POLLUTION CONTROL BMPs BMP No. WM-1 WM-2 WM-3 WM-4 WM-5 WM-6 WM-7 WM-8 WM-9 WM-10 BMP Material Delivery and Storage Material Use Asphalt Concrete Stockpiles Spill Prevention and Control Solid Waste Management Hazardous Waste Management Contaminated Soil Management Concrete Waste Management Sanitary/Septic Waste Management Liquid Waste Management MINIMUM REQUIREMENT (2) V V V A/ A/ CHECK IF CONTRACT REQUIREMENT CHECK IF USED V V V V V V V CHECK IF NOT USED V V V IF NOT USED, STATE REASON Amendme added if material to be stored on- site No AC will be stockpile will be required for this project. No concrete will be will be required for this project. (2) Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the Contractor or determined by Construction Manager. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment D Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT D COMPUTATION SHEET FOR DETERMINING RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment D Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 Total Site Area = acres (A) Existing Site Conditions Impervious Site Area 1 = acres (B) Impervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient2A = 0.95 (C) Pervious Site Area 3 = acres (D) Pervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient = 0.45 (E) Existing Site Area Runoff Coefficient (B x C) + (D x E) = (F)(A) Proposed Site Conditions (after construction) Impervious Site Area1 = acres (G) Impervious Site Area Runoff CoefficientZ4 = 0.95 (H) Pervious Site Area3 = acres (I) Pervious Site Area Runoff Coefficient4 = 0.55 (J) Existing Site Area Runoff Coefficient (G x H* *(l x J) = (K)(A) 1. Includes paved areas, areas covered by buildings, and other impervious surfaces. 2. Use 0.95 unless lower or higher runoff coefficient can be verified. 3. Includes areas of vegetation, most unpaved or uncovered soil surfaces, and other pervious areas. 4. See the table on the following page for typical C values. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment D Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS (RATIONAL METHOD) DEVELOPED AREAS DURBAN) Cgftffictem. C Soil Group n! Residential.: Singfs Fsmfjy ,40. .45 .50 .55 MultHMts .45 .50 .60 .70 Wobtle Homes .45 .50 .55 .65 Rural (lot? greater ftpn 1/2 acre) ,3'0 .3.8 .40 .4S Cpirtmweral. * 80% Impervious ,7O ,75 .80 .85 Industrial ^ 90% Impervious ,30 .85 .90 .95 NOTIS:- sti Soil Group maps .are available at the offices of the Oepanmsni; of PuMle Wsrfes, 131 Wher0 actyst conditieos deviate «gntficei}dy 'from the tabut»t<sd imperyicusness values of 80% of S0%. the vsluss gfv^n for coeffieiant C, may fee revised by multiplying S0% dr 90% by the ratio af actual imperviousmfiss ts the tabulated irnperviausnsss. However, in no c$s.e shall the final cosfficiBOt be (ess than 0.50, For example,* Consider commsrciaJ property -on 0 soil group. Actual impervicusness ~ S0% Tabulated impervfeusn6«f = 80% 80 APPENDIX IX Updated 4/33 (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment E Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT E COMPUTATIONAL SHEET FOR DETERMINING RUN-ON DISCHARGES (Contractor- Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment E Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 0.45 (A) Existing Site Conditions Area Runoff Coefficient Area Rainfall Intensity Drainage Area Site Area Run-on Discharge 1.008x(A)x(B)x(C) inches/hr (B) acres (C) cfs (D) Q = 1.008 CIA 0.385Tc = (11.9xL3/H)' Use average Tc for largest and smallest offsite areas: Area 1: 92.3 acres l_= 0.89 mi. H=60ft. Tc =(11.9 x (0.89)3/ 60)0385 = 0.469 hrs. Area 2: 0.75 acres L= 0.05 mi. H=12' Tc =(11.9 x (0.05)3/12f385 = 0.031 hrs. Ave. = (0.469+0.031)72 = .250 hrs. + (10min. for natural watersheds) 0.167hrs. = 0.417 hrs. P2= 2.1 inches/hr. (from County of San Diego 2-year 24 hour Precipitation Chart I = 7.44 P6 D -'645 I = 7.44 (2.1)(0.417x60) -0645 = 1.96 inches/hr. Q = 1.008x(0.45)x(1.96)x(138) = 121.72 cfs (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment E Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 2-YEAR 2vi«HIR PiETOTIUfJ COUNTY OF m DIEGO ^ .„„.,,,« nr n \trxn Ik unilO DEPARTMENT OF SANITATION 8 HB- ISOPLIWIALS OF 2'YEAR 24-HOUR FLOOD CONTROL HOTTAHW » 1BHHS OF Ml to Lat, Long. P2= inches/hr. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE MATKHUl OCMX1C AND ATBOSPHiSIC ADfflSBmTKW SKClAt, STBD1ES BSANCH, OFflCE OF ifVDROLfiOY, SATiOHAL tIAIHM SrSVICt ' I mi 's5' 30' oo 15'nr JO1 15'116* (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment E Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 3. HYDROLOGY 3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA The Count? of Son Kego .£ lydrotegy Manual formula w-as used -to derermine the time of concentration, Tc, Time of concentration was determined by the fornmLa: Tc = (11-9 x Lf Tc =: time of concentration, in hours (5 minute minimum). L ~ horizontally projected length of Ebs watershed, in .mites .• H = differences in elevation along effective slope, in few. Tbe raskmaJ method was used to estimate- the peak discharge, Q. Peak discharge was dsfemined by the formula: Q = 1.008 C I A., where Q = j&gchBrge,. in cubic feet per second. C = coeffteient of ruttaff, wftecs C 3= LO for pavement & 0.90 for fill / cat slopes (composite C vallies- were -calculated for most or eemposice watersheds). * average raiRiaU intensity, in fnches per how, for a :fteq«ency and for the itoradon equal to the time of conceiioraiion. n- 3.2 RAJMFAUL INTENSITY CALCULATION The County a/San .Dig&o Hydrology Manual method -^MI used .to ta.J:niMJ intensities for a given duration and frequency. Rainfall intensity was determined by the formula; f»7.4AF«D"'!"M, where t .a average rainfall intensity, in inches per hour, for a given frequency and for the duration. P& = piKcipitation for the 6-hour 100-year storm, in inches. determined from isopluvial chars located its Appendix A, D = .duration, in minutes, «quai to the tfme -of coneentratjon. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment E Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santo Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 1 —ce«s o> C; *> oj i-O o M- jc o•o t— e w o 4-» <*-c: • o •*— o> <i>ro >, s- — vs i — -a o aio -o -a >>ir> .0 i— *•» >• c >i e> t. 10 «« v> t-&~ <v 2£ ~o ft? o i — 3 cr >>< — «n +-1 *— -K i—l£> <U +J tj CJ Cl» CTl r— Cs-cc o»«Er. ••— res o CO El ^f (O *-*-r- -^3 C> tfl 4-* CJ CX <Ogaj^o.H-'go -c ^ ^ SoJ*-»^" "m ' c i- i-a<Ur~ . CO CT CT. O O >, CU «>•»->,!= -^~ BJ c: c -i->i(A 0 -»->!- Q 0 <1J W1<—e: o. <t* *o c^ *s~ ITS -»— ••— ^i c <3 ^ g^^^<u ii^m to *t -^ § "Jf Ct--^T33 ^*Jif il "oi -S CT> OOO5-CT3 UC£X O. 3 C•i— •«— "*-o.<oa» <u.t--r- i— o cj-i—t — 4-> O 1- J^ U O i- .^1 QJ «X ••- c: ro a. -SO. £X4-> (U «« c:o.3» i- i-euc-^-o O "o E Q-»— «= "-r-lT-»J iljC -r-t^ O>*J 1. igs 4^ ai t3 "?— oin ex- r— c •«->••— "e*-f/i io«u B»O> • — o O C *~ in Z3 f- ^7 4-* •-•» 4J 4J 3; 4^ mf- o o cr w> f-» «s o o <o o f~- «J o.u_cj| — s; a «c <-> *->••-> cilo ca'c- i— 4J<us. C3 r— CNJ CTi **• U> *S« O enn a*. «- C t£. £>\f ^ &. •* ui>^ tu ^-^ o4-* II " *" S>> ca «•— -~« «sti ^* t^ C CJ 13 • O.cr c H a- C £ "^ Q-o u. * *J U- 0*o "a ^i<=e> a> * 0 4-» *>-r- U V>-4-» Cl H 13 It o aj 40 "o o-r- in CL. <»:+•»»-« o. <c o •— CM «»> _^- <tih— ^ X C3 OJ t~* irj CO"»» v>4 T3 V3 '> n: 6-Hour Precipitation (inches) mo to c? to o tr> E^^^^|^r-—:-^±i::ffiSl±: -^—1— /^—/--—f-—•—/.—, (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment F Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT F NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI) (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment G Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT G PROGRAM FOR MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION, AND REPAIR OF CONSTRUCTION SITE BMPs (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment G Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair of BMPs identified in the SWPPP/WPCP BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs)I^MH SS-1 Scheduling INSPECTION FREQUENCY (all controls) TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION BMPs MAINTENANCE/REPAIR PROGRAM Weekly Prior to forecast storm • Construction schedule will reflect a plan to avoid any area from remaining exposed for longer than 21 days. • If a grading or excavation operation is scheduled and there is an anticipated storm event, adjustments will be made so that the operation can finish before, or it will be postponed. • All major grading operations area planned to complete prior to rainy season 2001-2002. SS-4 Hydraulic Mulch As planned slope areas are substantially complete or prior to 21 days of exposure. • Areas that are not adequately covered may require additional applications as deemed necessary. SS-10 Outlet Protection / Velocity Dissipation Devices Bi-Weekly Prior to forecast storm After a rain event Rock slope protection which is proposed for this project will be inspected for damage or accumulation of silts and cleared as necessary The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair of BMPs identified in the SWPPP/WPCP BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs) _•SC-1 Silt Fence SC-4 Check Dam SC-8 Sandbag Barrier SC-6 Sandbag Berm SC-10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection INSPECTION FREQUENCY (all controls) TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPs MAINTENANCE/REPAIR PROGRAM Bi-Weekly Prior to forecast storm After a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events • Remove, dispose, and replace damaged, deteriorated, or otherwise unsuitable BMPs • Repair any slope damage as soon as weather conditions permit. • Replace torn sand bags as required. • Replace torn sections of silt fences. Re-key bottom offences as needed. • Remove retained sediments before they reach 1/3 of the barrier height or % of the sediment holding capacity • Clean and dispose of accumulated sediment deposited in sediment traps around drainage inlets; re-secure silt fence as needed • Remove BMPs when no longer needed, as directed by Engineer, Repair slopes/surfaces damaged by BMP removal. SC-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming Daily After a rain event that causes runoff from construction site onto adjacent streets Inspect site access points daily. Sweep tracked sediment. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment G Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 As necessary WIND EROSION CONTROL BMPs WE-1 Wind Erosion Control Daily • Maintain water trucks and water distribution equipment in good order and fix leaks immediately • Increase frequency of application of water should weather conditions become dry and hot. The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair of BMPs identified in the SWPPP/WPCP BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs) INSPECTION FREQUENCY (all controls) MAINTENANCE/REPAIR PROGRAM TRACKING CONTROL BMPs SC-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming TC-1 Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit TC-2 Stabilized Construction Roadway Daily Prior to forecast storm After a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events As necessary Replace Gravel as Necessary. Remove excessive soil accumulation. Sweep surrounding areas. Inspect site access points daily. Sweep tracked sediment. Inspect areas of stablized roadway, replace and restore stabilizing material. Maintain material in designated areas, prevent dispersment by collecting material before. Inspect stabilizing material for accumulation of sediment, replace if depth of sediment renders present material ineffective. NON-STORM WATER MANAGEMENT BMPs NS-6 Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection and Reporting NS-9 Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Weekly Inspect site during project execution for evidence of illicit discharges or illegal dumping. Observe site perimeter for evidence or potential of illicitly discharged or illegally dumped material, which may enter the job site. Notify the Resident Engineer of any illicit (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment G Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 NS-1 Water Conservation Practices discharges or illegal dumping incidents at the time of discovery. • Remove, dispose and replace damaged, deteriorated, or otherwise unsuitable BMPs • Remove vehicles and/or equipment that leak. • Replace drip pans or absorbent materials as needed. Re-stock spill materials. • Remove BMPs when no longer needed, as directed by the Engineer. Repair slopes/surfaces damaged by BMP removal (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPPJ-Attachment G Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 The contractor shall use the following guidelines for maintenance, inspection, and repair ofBMPs identified in the SWPPP/WPCP BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs) INSPECTION FREQUENCY (all controls) MAINTENANCE/REPAIR PROGRAM WASTE MANAGEMENT AND MATERIALS POLLUTION CONTROL BMPs WM-1 Material Delivery and Storage WM-2 Material Use WM-4 Spill Prevention and Control WM-5 Solid Waste Management WM-6 Hazardous Waste Management WM-7 Contaminated Soil Management WM-9 Sanitary/Septic Waste Management Weekly Prior to forecast storm After a rain event that causes runoff from the construction site At 24-hour intervals during extended rain events • Keep storage areas clean, well organized, and equipped with ample clean-up supplies as appropriate for the materials stored • Repair or replace perimeter controls, containment structures, covers and liners as needed to maintain proper function and protection • Properly remove and dispose accumulated rainwater from containment facilities • Covers any stockpiles with appropriate mats or covers. • Maintain waste fluid containers in leak proof condition. Repair or replace dumpsters that leak • Provide timely service and removal to prevent dumpsters and sanitary facilities from overflowing. • Schedule Refuse Contractor to pick up waste containers weekly. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT H STORM WATER QUALITY CONSTRUCTION SITE INSPECTION CHECKLIST (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 GENERAL INFORMATION Project Name City of Carlsbad Contract No. Contractor Inspector's Name inspector's Title Signature Date of Inspection Inspection Type (Check Applicable) Season (Check Applicable) Storm Data Widening of Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road 3860-1 D Prior to forecast rain Q Aft D 24-hr intervals during extended rain d Ott er a rain event ler D Rainy d Non-Rainy Storm Start Date & Time: E Time elapsed since last storm A (Circle Applicable Units) Min Hr. Days ft >torm Duration (hrs): pproximate Rainfall mount (mm) PROJECT AREA SUMMARY AND DISTURBED SOIL AREA (PSA) SIZE LIMITS FROM SPECIAL PROVISIONS Total Project Area Rainy Season DSA Limit Field Estimate of Active DSAs Hectares Hectares Hectares Acres Acres Acres OTHER REQUIREMENTS Requirement Yes No N/A Corrective Action Preservation of Existing Vegetation Is temporary fencing provided to preserve vegetation in areas where no construction activity is planned? Location: Location: Location: (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 | OTHER REQUIREMENTS I Requirement Yes No N/A Corrective Action Location: Temporary Soil Stabilization Does the applied temporary soil stabilization provide 100% Coverage for the required areas? Are any non-vegetation areas that may require temporary soil stabilization? Is the area where temporary soil stabilization required free from visible erosion? Location: Location: Location: Location: Temporary Linear Sediment Barriers Are temporary linear sediment barriers properly installed in accordance with the details, functional and maintained? Are temporary linear sediment barriers free of accumulated litter? Is the built-up sediment less than 1/3 the height of the barrier? Are cross barriers installed where necessary and properly spaced? Location: Location: Location: Location: Location: Storm Drain Inlet Protection Are storm drain inlets internal to the project properly protected with either Type 1 , 2 or 3 inlet protection? Are storm drain inlet protection devices in working order and being properly maintained? Location: Location: Location: Location: Location: Desilting Basins Are basins maintained to provide the required retention/detention? * (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 A! OTHER REQUIREMENTS L^^ Requirement Yes No N/A Corrective Action • • Are basin controls (inlets, outlets, diversions, weir, spillways, and racks) in working order? Location: Location: Location: Location: Location: Stockpiles Are all locations of temporary stockpiles, including soil, hazardous waste, and construction materials in approved areas? Are stockpiles protected from run-on, run-off from adjacent areas and from winds? Are stockpiles located at least 15m from concentrated flows, downstream drainage courses and storm drain inlets? Are required covers and/or perimeter controls in place? Location: Location: Location: Location: Concentrated Flows Are concentrated flow paths free of visible erosion? Location: Location: Location: Location: Tracking Control Are points of ingress/egress to public/private roads inspected and swept and vacuumed daily? Are all paved areas free of visible sediment tracking or other particulate matter? Location: Location: Location: Location: Wind Erosion Control Is dust control implemented in conformance with Section of the Standard Specifications? Location: Location: (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ^ OTHER REQUIREMENTS LJ Requirement Yes No N/A Corrective Action • J Location: Location: Dewatering Operations Is dewatering handled in conformance with the dewatering permit issued by the RWQCB? Is required treatment provided for dewatering effluent? Location: Location: Location: Location: Vehicle & Equipment Fueling, Cleaning, and Maintenance Are vehicle and equipment fueling, cleaning and maintenance areas reasonably dean and free of spills, leaks, or any other deleterious material? Are vehicle and equipment fueling, cleaning and maintenance activities performed on an impermeable surface in dedicated areas? If no, are drip pans used? Are dedicated fueling, cleaning, and maintenance areas located at least 15m away from downstream drainage facilities and water courses and protected from run-on and run-off? Is wash water contained for infiltration/evaporation and disposed of outside the highway right of way? Is on-site cleaning limited to washing with water (no soap, soaps substitutes, solvents, or stream)? On each day of use, are vehicles and equipment inspected for leaks and if necessary, repaired? Location: Location: Location: Location: Waste Management & Materials Pollution Control Are material storage areas and washout areas protected from run-on and run-off, and located at least 15m from concentrated flows and downstream drainage facilities? Are all material handling and storage areas clean; organized; free of spills, leaks, or any other deleterious material; and stocked with appropriate clean-up supplies? Are liquid materials, hazardous materials, and hazardous wastes stored in temporary containment facilities? Are bagged and boxed materials stored on pallets? Are hazardous materials and wastes stored in appropriate, labeled containers? (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 A OTHER REQUIREMENTS L^^ Requirement Yes No N/A Corrective Action • fl ^— ^— ^^^-^^— — ^— — — Are proper storage, clean-up, and spill-reporting procedures for hazardous materials and waste posted in open, conspicuous and accessible locations adjacent to storage areas? Are temporary containment facilities free of spills and rainwater? Are temporary containment facilities and bagged/boxed materials covered? Are temporary concrete washout facilities designated and being used? Are temporary concrete washout facilities functional for receiving and containing concrete waste and are concrete residues prevented from entering the drainage system? Do temporary concrete washout facilities provide sufficient volume and freeboard for planned concrete operations? Are concrete waste, including residues from cutting and grinding, contained and disposed of off-site or in concrete washout facilities Are splits from mobile equipment fueling and maintenance properly contained and cleaned up? Is the site free of liter? Are trash receptacles provided in the Contractor's yard field trailer areas, and at locations where workers congregate for lunch and break periods? I Is litter from work areas within the construction limits of the project site collected and placed in watertight dumpster? Are waste management receptacles free of leaks? Are the contents of waste management receptacles properly protected from contact with storm water or from being dislodged by winds? Are waste management receptacles filled at or beyond capacity? Location: Location: Location: Location: Temporary Water Body Crossing or Encroachment Are temporary water body crossing and encroachments constructed as shown on the plans or as approved by the engineer? Does the project conform to the requirements of the 404 permit and/or 1601 agreement? Location: Location: Location: Location: | Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection and Reporting (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment H Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 A OTHER REQUIREMENTS ^^ Requirement Yes No N/A Corrective Action • Is there any evidence of illicit discharges or illegal dumping on the project site? If yes, has the Engineer been notified? Location: Location: Location: Location: Discharge Points Are discharge points and discharge flows free noticeable pollutants? Are discharge points free of any significant erosion or sediment transport? Location: Location: Location: WPCP/SWPPP Update Does the WPCP/SWPPP, Project Schedule/ Water Pollution Control Schedule and WPCDs adequately reflect the current site conditions and contractor operations? Are all BMP's shown on the WPCDs installed in the proper location(s) and according to the details for the plan? Location: Location: Location: Location: General Are there any other potential water pollution control concerns at the site? Location: Location: Location: Location: (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment I Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT I TRAINED CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL LOG (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment I Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 Project Name: City of Carsbad Number: Storm Water Management Training Log Ovlivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road 3860-1 Storm Water Management Topic: (check as appropriate) D Temporary Soil Stabilization d Temporary Sediment Control D Wind Erosion Control CH Tracking Control D Non-storm water management [U Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control Specific Training Objective: Location: Instructor: Date: Telephone: Attendee Roster (attach additional forms if necessary) Name Company Phone Comments: (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment J Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT J SUBCONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION LETTER (SAMPLE) AND NOTIFICATION LOG (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment J Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 SUBCONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION LOG Project Name: Qlivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road City of Carlsbad Contract Numbe SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME CONTACT NAME jr: 3860-1 ADDRESS PHONE NUMBER PAGER/ FIELD PHONE DATE NOTIFICATION LETTER SENT TYPE OF WORK USE ADDITIONAL PAGES AS NECESSARY (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment K Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT K NOTICE OF DISCHARGE, WRITTEN NOTICE, OR ORDER (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment K Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 To: Name of Construction Manager Date: Insert Date Subject: Notice of Discharge Project Name: Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract Number: In accordance with the NPDES Statewide Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity, The following instance of discharge is noted: DATE, TIME, AND LOCATION OF DISCHARGE NATURE OF THE OPERATION THAT CAUSED THE DISCHARGE INITIAL ASSESSMENT OF ANY IMPACT CAUSE BY THE DISCHARGE EXISTING BMP(s) IN PLACE PRIOR TO DISCHARGE EVENT DATE OF DEPLOYMENT AND TYPE OF BMPs DEPLOYED AFTER THE DISCHARGE STEPS TAKEN OR PLANNED TO REDUCE, ELIMINATE AND / OR PREVENT RECURRENCE OF THE DISCHARGE IMPLEMENTATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR ANY AFFECTED BMPs If further information or a modification to the above schedule is required, notify the contact person below. Name of Contact Person Title Company Telephone Number Signature Date (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT L STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) AND MONITORING PROGRAM CHECKLIST (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 Construction Project: Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road Contractor: Contract No: SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not applicable » SWPPP Section 100 100.1 100.2 200 200.1 200.2 300 300.1 300.2 300.4 400 500.2 500.2 500.2 500.2 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.3 500.4 ITEM SWPPP Certification and Review SWPPP Certification SWPPP Approval SWPPP Amendments Amendment number and date entered into SWPPP - Amendment Log Amendment Certification and Approval Introduction/Project Description Project Description and Location (narrative) Unique Site Features (narrative) Project Schedule/Water Pollution Control Schedule (narrative & graphic) References Vicinity Map (narrative or graphic) Site perimeter Geographic Features General Topography Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) (graphic or narrative) Site perimeter Existing and proposed buildings, lots and roadways Storm water collection and discharge points General topography before and after construction Anticipated discharge location(s) Drainage patterns including the entire relevant drainage areas Temporary on-site drainage(s) Pollutant Source and BMP Identification (narrate/or indicate on site map) Drainage Drainage Patterns after major grading GENERAL PERMIT REF. C.10 C.10 C.10 A.4.3, A.16 A.4.a, A.16 A.4.a, A.16 A.5.a.1 A.5.3.1 A.5.C.5 A.14 A.S.a.1 A.5.3.1 A.5.3.1 A.5.3.1 A.S.a.2 A.5.3.2 A.S.a.2 A.5.3.2 A.5.3.2 A.5.3.2 A.S.a.2 A.5.3.2 A.5.b A.5.b.1 A.5.b.1 COMMENTS (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Widening ofOlivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 | SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) | CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not applicable SWPPP Section 500.4 Attach. E 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.4 500.3.3 500.3.8 & 500.3.9 500.3.8 & 500.4 500.3.8 & 500.4 500.3.9 & 500.4 500.3.9 & 500.4 500.3.9 & 500.4 500.3.9 & 500.4 500.3.9 & 500.4 500.3.8, 500.3.9 & 500.4 500.6 500.6.1 500.4 500.6.2 500.3.1 500.3.2 500.3.1 500.3.8 & 500.3.9 ITEM Slopes after major grading Calculations for storm water run-on BMPs that divert off-site drainage from passing through site Storm Water Inlets Drainage patterns to storm water inlets or receiving water BMPs that protect storm water inlets or receiving water Site History (narrative; if possible, indicate location(s) on the Water Pollution Control Drawings) Nature of fill material and data describing the soil. Description of Toxic materials treated, stored, disposed, spilled or leaked on site BMPs that minimize contact of contaminants with storm water Location of Areas Designated for: Vehicle storage & service Equipment Storage, cleaning, maintenance Soil or waste storage Construction material loading, unloading, storage and access Areas outside of Owners right-of-way (yards, borrow areas, etc.) BMP Locations or Descriptions for: Waste handling and disposal areas On-site storage and disposal of construction materials and waste Minimum exposure of storm water to construction materials, equipment, vehicles, waste Post Construction BMPs Listing or Description of Post-construction BMPs Location of post-construction BMPs Parties responsible for long-term maintenance Additional Information Description of other pollutant sources and BMPs Pre-construction control practices Inventory of materials and activities that may pollute storm water BMPs to reduce/eliminate potential pollutants listed in the inventory GENERAL PERMIT REF. A.5.D.1 A.5.D.1 A.5.b.1 A.5.b.2 A.5.b.2 A.5.b.2 A.5.b A.5.D.3 A.5.b.3 A.5.D.4 A.5.D.4 A.5.D.4 A.S.b.4 A.5.b.4 A.5.D.5 A.5.b.5 A.5.D.5 A.5.b.5 A.5.D.6 A.5.D.6 A.5.b.6 A.5.b.6 A.5.C A.5.C.1 A.5.C.1 A.5.C.2 A.5.C.2 COMMENTS See Geotechnical Report No import soils proposed for this project. No unusual pollutants anticipated. Project area is undeveloped, native vegetation. • (Contractor- Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 J SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) 1 CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not applicable l SWPPP Section 300.4 300.4 Attach F 300.3 300.5 500.4.1 500.4 500.4 500.4 300.4 500.3.4 500.3.7 500.3.5 500.3.5 & 500.4 300.4, 500.3.5 500.3.6 500.3.8 & 500.3.9 500.3.8 & 500.3.9 500.3.8 & 500.3.9 500.3.8 & 500.3.9 300.5 500.6 500.6.1 500.6.2 500.5 300.5, 600.1 600.1, Attach. H 500.7 ITEM Runoff coefficient (before & after) Percent impervious (before & after) Copy of the NOI Construction activity schedule Contact information SOIL STABILIZATION (EROSION CONTROL) The SWPPP shall include: Areas of vegetation on site Areas of soil disturbance that will be stabilized during rainy season Areas of soil disturbance which will be exposed during any part of the rainy season Implementation schedule for erosion control measures BMPs for erosion control BMPs to control wind erosion SEDIMENT CONTROL Description/Illustration of BMPs to prevent increase of sediment load in discharge Implementation schedule for sediment control measures BMPs to control sediment tracking NON-STORM WATER MANAGEMENT Description of non-storm water discharges to receiving waters Locations of discharges Description of BMPs Name and Phone number of person responsible for non-storm water management POST-CONSTRUCTION Description of post-construction BMPs Operation/Maintenance of BMPs after project completion (including short-term funding, long-term funding and responsible party) MAINTENANCE, INSPECTIONS AND REPAIR Name and phone number of person(s) responsible for inspections Complete inspection checklist: date, weather, inadequate BMPs, visual observations of BMPs, corrective action, inspector's name, title, signature OTHER REQUIREMENTS Notation of all training GENERAL PERMIT REF. A.5.C.3 A.5.C.3 A.5.C.4 A.5.C.5 A.5.C.6 A.6 A.6.a-c A.6.3.1 A.6.3.2 A.6.a.3 A.6.3.4 A.6.b A.6.C A.8 A.8 A.8 A.8 A.9 A.9 A.9 A.9 A.9 A.10 A.10 A.10 A.11 A.11 A.11.a-f A. 12-1 6 A.12 COMMENTS Water Pollution Control Schedule. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 • SECTION A: STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) ' CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not applicable SWPPP Section 500.8 ITEM List of Contractors/Subcontractors GENERAL PERMIT REF. A.13 COMMENTS (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment L Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 SECTION B: MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not applicable SWPPP Section 600.1 100.3 600.2 600.3 ITEM Description of Site Inspection Plans Compliance certification (annually 7/1) Discharge reporting Keep records of all inspections, compliance certifications, and noncompliance reports on site for a period of at least three years GENERAL PERMIT REF. B.3 B.4 B.5 B.6 COMMENTS SECTION C: STANDARD PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES CHECK IF ADDRESSED n/a if not applicable SWPPP Section 100.1 ITEM Signed SWPPP Certification GENERAL PERMIT REF. C.9.10 COMMENTS NPDES PERMIT No. CAS000002 REQUIREMENTS CHECK IF PiRESSED la if not iplicable SWPPP Section 500.3 & 500.4 100-600 100.1 & Attach. F 500.3.4 & 500.3.5 100.1 & Attach. F 500.3.8 500.4 500.3.8 ITEM SWPPP references and/or includes permanent and temporary BMPs SWPPP contains all elements required in the State General Permit. CAS000002 SWPPP limits application, generation, & migration of toxic substances Implementation of adequate Erosion and sediment Controls after construction Copy of the Notification of Construction (NOC) SWPPP contains BMPs for mobile operations (material production or recycling operations) including AC recycling, PCC Recycling, Concrete Mixing, Crushing, & storage of materials that are established by the contractor on the construction site or on other property specifically arranged for by Caltrans. SWPPP applies to all areas that are directly related to construction including but not limited to staging & storage yards, material borrow areas, or access roads whether or not they reside in Carlsbad R/W. The SWPPP contains RWQCB WDR requirements for projects that reuse Aerially Deposited Lead. (Applicable only for projects that reuse ADL soils.) CALTRANS PERMIT REF. H.1.b H.2.b H.6 H.7 H.S.a H.S.b H.S.b H.9 COMMENTS No aerially deposited lead anticipated. (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment M Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT M ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE FORM (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment M Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 Annual Certification of Compliance for the Construction Contractor Project Name: City of Carlsbad Contract Number: Contractor Company Name: Contractor Address: Construction Start Date: Description of Work: Olivenhain Road and Rancho Santa Fe Road 3860-1 Completion Date: Description of work Work Now in Progress:Work in progress Work Planned for Next 12 Months: Work p|annecj "I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment of knowing violations." Contractor Signature:Date: (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment M Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 Review by the Construction Manager for the Annual Certification of Compliance Construction Manager's Findings I, and/or personnel acting under my direction and supervision, have inspected the project site and the work described above and find as follows: 1. D YES D NO Storm water pollution control measures are being implemented in accordance with the SWPPP approved for the project. 2. D YES D NO The project site and activities thereon are in compliance with the NPDES General Permit No. CAS000002, or local NPDES permits, which ever is applicable. When both 1 and 2 above are checked "yes", the construction manager must complete the annual certification below. If either 1 or 2 above are checked "no", the construction manager must: • File a notice of non-compliance within 30 days of identification of the noncompliance; • Document follow up actions below; • Notify the contractor; and • Initiate corrective actions in accordance with the contract. Construction Manager's Follow up Actions: I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment of knowing violations. CERTIFICATION BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Construction Manager's Name and Signature Date (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment N Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT N OTHER PLANS AND PERMITS (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) Sto/m Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)-Attachment O Widening of Olivenhain Road & Rancho Santa Fe Road Contract No 3860-1 ATTACHMENT O NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT) (Contractor - Please Insert Name Here) APPENDIX "F" Right of Entry Forms Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 274 of 275 RECEIVtL CITY OF CARLSBAD PERMISSION FOR RIGHT OF ENTRY The City of Carlsbad requests permission to enter your property described as: NAME: Colinas De Pro STREET ADDRESS: Rancho Santa Fe Road ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER: 2551 925800 for the purposes of facilitating the construction of a retaining wall along the frontage of your property. The construction may include clearing and grubbing, grading, preservation of existing drainage patterns, building supporting slopes and/or retaining walls, driveway modifications and other miscellaneous remedial work. The City will be responsible for all damages and liability arising from the City entering the property for the above stated reasons. The City shall perform all work in a professional manner per the approved plans and specifications. When completed, the City will restore the owners real property to a condition similar to the existing condition before the construction. The right of entry shall end when the City Council accepts the retaining wall construction work as complete based upon the recommendation by the City Engineer. Therefore, I hereby grant the City of Carlsbad, and its contractor, permission to enter my property to construct the above-mentioned improvements. OWNER / CO-OWNER (*lar/0t> DATE' DATE ENG\DOCS\MISFORMS\RIGHT OF ENTRY FORM APPENDIX "G" Select Standard Plans Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 3860-1 Page 275 of 275 Edge of Footing Loyout Line PLAN 1 — 1/2:1 sloping backfill or 12Kpa (250 psf) live load surcharge. 1-1/2:1 sloping backfill or. 12Kpa (250 psf) live load surcharge. -Mortar Cap H= 1.62m"H=1.1m 457mm ('•-61 #13 (T@305mm (|4) ^ (12") #13 (#4)total 2 TYPICAL SECTION over 1.12m (3'-8") 305mm (12") ELEVATION Horizontal reinf. not shown 305 '279 mm mm (12") (11- W TYPICAL SECTION 1.12m (3'-8") max DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING STEEL H (max) T (min) W (min) ® Bars ® Bars Max. Toe Press. 1.63m (5'-4") 254mm (0'-10") 1.17m (3'- 10") #13(#4)@406mm(16") #19(#6)@406mm(16") 95.8 Kpa (2,000 psf) 1.12m (3'-8") 203mm (0'-8") 838mm (2'-9") #13(#4)@406mm(16") 67.0 Kpa (1,400 psf) NOTES: 1. See Standard Drawings C—7 and C-8 for additional notes and details. 2. Fill all block cells with grout. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric By Approved Parkinson T. Stanton Date 2/95 03/03 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING MASONRY REMAINING WALL TYPE 6 (LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE OR SLOPING BACKFILL) RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chftirpersofi R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER C-6 DESIGN CONDITIONS:FENCING: Walls are to be used for the loading conditions shown for each type wall. Design H shall not be exceeded. Footing key is required except as shown otherwise or when found unnecessary by the Engineer. Special footing design is required where foundation material is incapable of supporting toe pressure listed in table. DESIGN DATA: Reinforced Concrete: Fc=8.3 Mpa (1200 psi) F'c=20.7 Mpa (3000 psi) Fs=138 Mpa (20,000 psi) n=10 Reinforced Masonry: F'm=41.4 Mpa (600 psi) Fm=1.4 Mpo (200 psi) Fs=138 Mpa (20.000 psi) n=50 Earth=1922 kg/cu m (120 pcf) and Equivalent Fluid Pressure=1.76 kg/sq m (36 psf) per 305mm (foot) of height. Walls shown for 1 1/2:1 unlimited slopino, surcharge are designed in accordance with Rankline s formula for unlimited sloping surcharge with a 0 = 33" 13m(42'). REINFORCEMENT: Intermediate grade, hard grade, or rail steel deformation shall conform ASTM A615, A616, A617. Bars shall lap 40 diameters, where spliced, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Bends shall conform to the Manual of Standard Practice, A.C.1. Backing for hooks is four diameters. All bar embedments are clear distances to outside of bar. Spacing for parallel bars is center to center bars. MASONRY: All reinforced masonry retaining walls be constructed of regular or light weight standard units conforming to the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction." JOINTS: Safety fencing shall be installed at the top of the wall as required by the agency. INSPECTIONS: Call for inspections as follows: A. When the footing has been formed, with the steel tied securely in final position, and is ready for the concrete to be placed. B. Where cleanout holes are not provided: (1) After the blocks have been laid up to a height of 1.22m (41) or full height for walls up to 1.52m (5'), with steel in place but before the grout is poured, and (2) After the first lift is properly grouted, the blocks have been laid up to the top of the wall with the steel tied securely in place but before the upper lift is grouted. Where cleanout holes are provided: After the blocks have been laid up to the top of the wall, with the steel tied securely in place, but before grouting. C. After grouting is complete and after rock or rubble wall drains are in place but before earth backfill is placed. D. Final inspection when all work has been completed. CONCRETE GROUT AND MORTAR MIXES: Concrete grout shall attain a minimum compressive strength of 13.8 Mpa (2,000 psi) in 28 days and mortar shall attain 12.4 Mpa (1,800) psi in 28 days. All cells shall be filled with grout. Rod or vibrate consolidation. Bring grout within 10 minutes of pouring to insure grout to a point 51mm (2") from the top of masonry units when grouting of second lift is to be continued at another time. Vertical control joints shall be placed at 9.75m (32') intervals maximum. Joints shall be designed to resist shear and other lateral forces while permitting longitudinal movement. Vertical expansion joints shall be placed at 29.3m (96') intervals maximum. CONCRETE: Footing concrete shall be 332 kg/M-C-22Mpa (560-C-3250), using Type B aggregate when placing conditions permit. BACKFILL: No backfill material shall be placed against masonry retaining walls until grout has reached design strength or until grout has cured for a minimum of 28 days. Compaction of backfill material by jetting or ponding with water will not be permitted. Each layer of backfill shall be moistened as directed by the Engineer and thoroughly tamped, rolled or otherwise compacted until the relative compacting is not less than 90%. MORTAR KEY: To insure proper bonding between the footing and the first course of block, a mortar key shall be formed by embedding a flat 2x4 flush with and at the top of the freshly poured footing. The 2x4 should be removed after the concrete has started to harden (approximately 1 hour). A mortar key may be omitted if the first course of block is set into the fresh concrete when the footing is poured, and a good bond is obtained. WALL DRAINS: Wall drains shall be provided in accordance with Standard Drawing C-8. SOIL All footings shall extend at least 305mm (12") into undisturbed natural soil or approved compacted fill. Soil should be dampened prior to placing concrete in footings. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric By Approved A. Kercheval T. Stanton Date 12/75 03/03 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING GENERAL NOTES FOR MASONRY RETAINING WALLS RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER C-7 I ^-*\ ID -H £. te £o cNl £ 8 mEC 7CM £ 1£, _Li 1 ! / /H No surchorge loads within this oreji for level backfill design. ^p< / — Filter Material, 25.4mm (1 / aggregate, 0.113 cu m (' / 102mm (4") dia. drain or / (1 cu. ft.) per 305mm I—/ head joints.J }-\r TOo ?*<5gr ^\ ^ "" 102mm (4") dia. drain * f\f\\\i uitfA nnach c^raan " max. crushed cu. ft.) per L'ne of undisturbed natural soil. or one horizontal row of open head joints. TYPICAL SECTION 133mm (5 1A" s" Block Wall Mortar or cast-in-place concrete • Finished Ground Line Vertical Reinf. Vertical Reinf . filled block cells Top of Footing Horizontal reinf. thru beam block 51mm (2") X 102mm (4") (nominal) Key CAP DETAIL . KEY DETAIL NOTES: 1. Ail masonry retaning walls shall be constructed with cap, key and drainage details as shown hereon. 1. 102mm (4") diameter drain may be formed by placing o block on it's side. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric By Approved Kercheval T. Stonton Date 12/75 03/03 SAN DRAWING DETAILS FOR MASONRY RETAINING WALL RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE stotizoos hairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER r Manhole frame and cover see drawing M—1- -#13 (#4) n around opening B \s Curb Line 102mm _/ (4") radius 305mmT~ (12") J_ Transition to normal curb height in 3m (10') on both sides unless otherwise noted • See note 7 Galv. steel angle continuous and protection bar. See drawing D—12- Edge of Gutter (#4@12") Length shown on plans PLAN 457mm (1'-6 SECTION B-B Slope gutter 76mm (3") or match existing roadway - surface -254mm[^o^mm (10")unless -shown othe Y Slope floor 12:1 towards outlet founded pipe ends see drawing D-61 r Elev. shown on plans 17;1 1.22m (4-0") -4136305mm (#4012-) Determined by pipe size-1.22m (4') min., 2.44m (S')max. SECTION C-C NOTES I.See Standard Drawings D-11 & D-12 for additional notes and details. 2. Types are designated as follows: (no wing)A, (one wing)A-1, (two wings)A-2. 3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be rounded with a radius of 13mm (1/2"). 4. When V exceeds 4' steps shall be installed. See Standard Drawing D-11 for details. 5. Concrete gutter to match adjacent gutters. 6. An expansion joint shall be placed at the ends of the inlet where the curb is to adjoin. 7. Provide 6.35mm (1/4") tooled groove in top slab in line with back of adjacent curb. 8. Surface of top slab shall be sidewalk finished to drain toward street at a slope of 6.35mm (1/4") per foot. 9. Maintain 38mm (1-1/2") clear spacing between reinforcing and surface unless otherwise noted. SECTION A-A LEGEND ON PLANS Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformatted By Approved Kercheval T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 12/75 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CURB INLET - TYPE A RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE h&irperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER D-1 -Manhole frame and cover see \drawing M-2 13 (#4) n around opening Transition to normal curb height in 3m (10*) on both sides unless otherwise- noted See note 7c Galv. steel angle continuous and protection bar. See Std.Dwg.- D-12 #13001520101 PLAN — 152mm (6") Edge of Gutter #13 (#4)ei52mm (6") #13 (#4)©304mm (12") .i—en FcnCN tCM / rim —") ;"••' C"0 ^f -••»)• .->- 41-CM<0—^ . ^^ ^ 305mm (1'-0") 457mm {1'-6") SECTION B-B Y+254mm 76mm (3°) clr. 191mm (7-1/2") 4-#13 (|4) around pipe Slope floor 12:1 towards outlet r-3-f 13 (#4) \\ 51mm _H -Rounded pipe ends see drawing 0-61 -Elev. shown on plans 12LL -Curb Line 254mm (10") unless otherwiseshownn rU Determined by pipe size—1.22m (4') min., 2.44m (8')max. 1.22m (4'-0") (T-0") SECTION A-ASECTION C-C NOTES I.See Standard Drawings 0-11 & D-12 for additional notes and details. 2. Types are designated as follows: (no wing)B, (one wing)B-1, (two wings)8-2. 3. Maintain 38mm (1-1/2") clear spacing between reinforcing and surface unless otherwise noted. 4. When V exceeds 4' steps shall be installed. See Standard Drawing D-11 for details. 5. Concrete gutter to match adjacent gutters. 6. An expansion joint shall be placed at the ends of the inlet where the curb is to adjoin. 7. Provide 6.35mm (1/4") tooled groove in top slab in line with bock of adjacent curb. 8. Surface of top slab shall be sidewalk finished to drain toward street at a slope of 6.35mm (1/4") per foot. 9- Maintain 38mm (1-1/2") clear spacing between reinforcing and surface unless otherwise noted. LEGEND ON PLANS Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformatted Approved Kerchevol T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 12/25 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CURB INLET - TYPE B RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE CKbirperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER D-2 2-#13 (#4) bars #13 (#4) Bars placed diagonally |13 (#4) @ 203mm (8"). both ways Bend Down 381mm (15") (Typ.)PLAN TYPE A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 PIPE DIA. up to 991mm (39") 1.1m (42") to 1.22m (48") 1.30m (51") to 1.50m (60") 1.60m (63") to 1.80m (72") 1.90m (75") to 2.13m (84") X 1.22m (4') 1.52m (5') 1.83m (6') 2.13m (71) 2.44m (81) Y 1.22m (4') 1.22m (41) 1.22m (4') 1.22m (41) 1.22m (4') 2 1.83m (6') 1.83m (6r) 1.83m (61) 2.13m (71) 2.44m (81) 51mm (2") Bend Down 15' (Typ) E Diagonal Bars 2~#13 (#4) bars Elev. shown on plans Rounded Pipe Ends See Drawing D-61 Manhole Frame and Cover see Standard Drawing M-3 For step details, see Standard Drawing D-11 4-#13 (#4) Around pipe Slope floor 12:1 towards outlet NOTES SECTION A-A 1. See Standard Drawing D-11 for additional notes and details. 2. Concrete base shall be 332kg/M3-C-22Mpa (560-C-3250) 3. All precast components shall be reinforced with 6.35mm (1/4") diameter steel, wound spirally on 102mm (4") centers. 4. All joints shall be set in Class C mortar. 5. Maintain 38mm (1 1/2") clear spacing between reinforcing and surface unless otherwise noted. 6. Exposed edges of concrete shall be rounded with a radius of 13mm (1/2"). 7. Manhole cover to be designated "Storm Drain". LEGEND ON PLANS fol Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Jeformatted By Approved Kerchevol 12/75 T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING STORM DRAIN CLEANOUT - TYPE A RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE WSirperson R.C.E. 192+5 Date DRAWING NUMBER D-9 #13(#4) O 75mm (3") C.C. « #13(#4) x ^-#13(#4) bars continuous !£ Anchor m-\ i Dimensions shown on plans !£ PLAN Monolithic Gutter Curb Line « Elev. shown on plans May be open channel jM3(f4)075mm (3-) C.C. Manhole frame and cover, see drawing M-2 100mm(4") min. f 13(14) 0 75mm(3") C.C. total 4 Elev. shown on plans 75mm(3") X 75mm(3") Construction Joint #13(#4) @152mm(6") C.C. £ 280mm Lfo(. construction e "1 ' through existing curb—Existing Gutter For all new construction- Monolithic Gutter. 3-#13(|4) 152mm- (6") SECTION B-B NOTES 1. Concrete shall be 332 kg/M3 -C-22Mpa (560-C-3250) 2. D=inside diameter of pipe or depth of channel. 3. Section to be sloped laterally with top conforming to the grades of the existing sidewalk and curb. 4. Manhole frame and cover may be deleted with open channel. 5. Trowel finish top surface and reproduce markings of existing sidewalk and curb. 6. Trowel finish floor of outlet. 64mm (2 1/2") x 51mm (2")x6mm (1/4") x 1.44m (4'-0") Galvanized - Steel Angle ANCHOR DETAIL LEGEND ON PLANS D "-12L LJ Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric leformottec By Approved Kerchevol 12/75 T.Stanton T.Stanton Date 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CURB OUTLET - TYPE A RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE 3WISO03 Sirperson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER D-25 305mm(r) lap 305mm(1') |-lap SECTION A-A 203mm(8") -1 2-#13(#4)WING WALL REINFORCING o 2-#13(#4) Alternate Detail C #13(#4)0305mm(12") 1-11304 )'152mm(6") SECTION B-B ALT. DETAIL C Metric US Metric US Metric US Metric US DM. OF PIPE 450mm 18' 600mm 24" 750mm 30' 900mm 36' DWNSWNS L 689mm 2-3 1/8' 962rran 3-1 7/8' 1.24m 4-0 5/8' 1.51m 4'-1l 1/2' E 381mm1-3- 533mm 1-9' 686mm 2-3' 833mm 2'-9* F 571mm 1-10 1/2' 800mm 2-7 1/2' 1.03m 3-4 1/2' 1.26m 4-1 1/2' DOUaiPPE w 610mm 2'-0' 762mm 2-6' 914mm 3'-0' 1.07m 3-6' UIYPE CONC. Q.43k< ».55y< 0.61k< D.79y< .81kg 1.05yd 1.02kg 1.33yd STEEL 16kg 35ft 22kg 47lb 33kg 71lb 40kg 88lb ING TYPE CONC. ).49k( 3.63y< ).72ki I93y( 1.0kg ^.29yc 1.30kc .69yc STEE 20kg 43b 28kg 6db 39kg 851 52kg 114lb oouaiPK W § cn « UIYPE CONC. }.63k< ].82y< 1.0kg l.22yc 1.3kg l.66yc \Wti 2.19)t( STEEL 24kg 53t> 34kg 73t> 50kg 109lb 62kg 136lb WING TYPE CONC. 0.69kg 0.90yd 1.1kg 1 ,36yd 1.5kg 1.92yd 1.95kg 2.55y< STEEL 28kg 61lb 39kg 86lb 56kg 123lb 74kg 162lb NOTES: 1. Concrete shall be 332kg/M3 -C-22Mpa (560-C-3250) 2. Exposed corners to be chamfered 3/4" (19mm). 3. Multiple pipes to be set a distance of D/2, with a 305mm{1') minimum between outside diameters of pipes. 4. Top of heodwall shall be placed approximately parallel to profile grade when the grade is 3% or more. 5. Skewed pipes: Dimension W to be increased in width or length due to skew or multiple pipes. LEGEND ON PLANS 6. For pipe wall thickness greater than 76mm(3") use alternate Detail-C. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformatted By Approved Kercheval T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 12/75 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING WING AND U TYPE HEADWALLS :OR 450mm (18") TO 900mm 136") PIPES RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER D-34 20 OR 2 W (min.)Endwall (typical) Design Velocity m/sec (ft/sec)* 1.8-3 (6-10) 3-3.7 (10-12) 3.7-4.3 (12-14) 4.3-4.9 (14-16) 4.9-5.5 (16-18) Rock Classification No. 2 Backing 220 kg (1/4 ton) 450 kg (1/2 ton) 900 kg (1 ton) 1.8 tonne (2 ton) T (min) 320mm (1.1ft) 823mm (2.7ft) 1.1m (3.5ft) 1.3m (4.4ft) 1.6m (5.4ft) *over 5.5 mps (18 fps) requires special design D = Pipe Diameter W = Bottom Width of Channel .51 (min.) #13 (#4) Bars Flow PLAN -152mm (6") ^-Filter Blanket Sill, Class 249kg/rr? -C-13Mpa (420-C-2000) Concrete Concrete Channel SECTION A-A mm.NOTES 1. Plans shall specify. SECTION B-B 2. 3. 4. 5. A} Rock Class and thickness (T). )B) Filter material, number of layers and thickness. Rip rap shall be either quarry stone or broken concrete (if shown on the plans.) Cobbles are not acceptable. Rip rap shall be placed over filter blanket which may be either granular material or filter fabric (woven filter slit film faerie shall not be used). See Regional Supplement Amendments for selection of filter blanket. Rip rap energy dissipators shall be designated as either Type 1 or Type 2. Type 1 shall be with concrete sill; Type 2 shall be without sill. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Md Rip Rap Table By Approved Kercheval 12/75 T. Stanton S. Brady Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING 03/03 04/06 RIP RAP ENERGY DISSIPATOR RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE 04/27/2006 Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER D-40 Manhole frame and cover see Std OwgW~2 #13(#4)l 1 around opening Curb Line See note 7 152mm (6") L PLAN 152mm (6") min.- 152mm (6") Curb Line Edge of Gutter #13 (#4) 9 152mm (6 #13 (#4) © 305mm (12" 102mm (4") Curb Line rb Une 4-#13(#4) around pipe Slope floor 12:1 towards outlet Determined by pipe size - 1.22m (4") min, 2.44m (8') max. 152mm (6")SECTION B-B SECTION A-A NOTES 1. See Standard Drawings D-11 & 0-12 for additional notes and details. 2. Dimension shown becomes 610mm (2'-0") when opening on both sides. Adjust manhole as required. 3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be rounded with a radius of 13mm (1/2") , crrun r»w DI AMC 4. When V exceeds 1.22m (41) steps shall be installed. See Standard Drawing D-11 for details. LtbtlNU UN rtAPO 5. Concrete gutter to match adjacent gutters. 6. An expansion joint shall be placed at the ends of the inlet where the curb is to adjoin. p [ 7. Provide 6.35mm (1/4") tooled groove in top slab in line with back of adjacent curb. ==:=:::=:=:= 8. Maintain 38mm (1 1/2") clear spacing between reinforcing and surface unless otherwise noted. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric ieformatted By Approved H. Hecht 10/82 T. Stonton T. Stonton Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING 03/03 04/06 MEDIAN CURB INLET RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE: hfcirperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER T~I—102mm (4") Clearance (min.) 19mm (3/4") Crushed Roc SECTION NOTES: 1. For trenching on improved streets see Standard Drawing G—24 or G—25 for resurfacing details. 2. (*) indicates minimum relative compaction. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric ?eformotted By Approved Parkinson T. Stonton T. Stonton Date 2/95 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING PIPE BEDDING AND TRENCH BACKFILL FOR STORM DRAINS RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGOREGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Charperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING D.6Q Arm Length 2.44m (8') max Curve Overhang 305mm (I1) min Pole Top Core 127mm (5) dia 305mm (12") high (min) Hand hole to face street e CNId 457mm (18") Undisturbed Earth Select Sand, 95% minimum relativecompaction 332 kg/M3 C 22 Mpa (560-C-3250) P.C.C. Anchor base square or round, add 305mm (!') to each dimension for loose soil or soft clay conditions. DIRECT BURIAL FOUNDATION 762mm (2'-6") ANCHOR BASE FOUNDATION POLE HEIGHT 7.62m ±61 Omm 25' ±2' 8.53m ±6 10mm 28' ±2' 7m 23' -0" 8.1m 26' -6" MOUNTING HEIGHT 8.23m ±305mm 27' ±1' 9.14m ±305mm 30' ±1' 8.15m 26' -9" 9.14m 30' -0" LAMP SIZE (WATTS) 170 M.V. 100 H.P.S. 90 LP.S. 400 M.V. 250 H.P.S. 180 LP.S. 70 H.P.S. 150 H.P.S. Rnished Grade Anchor bolts mustnot protrude 6.35mm (1/4")minimum bolt clearance "Anchor bolts (4 req.) 25.4mm x 914mm x 102mm (1"x36"x4") hook, galvanized. Use two leveling nuts with washers (all galv.) on each bolt. eviston ORIGINAL Add Table Add Metric Reviewed By M. Bahmanian Approved Kerchevol T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 12/75 05/86 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING STREET LIGHTING STANDARD RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER E-1 E £o 1 305mm (T) 1 Clamp -10mm (#8) copper wire grounded to pole steel with lug. CM E E o to '3mjfl 1 \"S-10mm (#8) copper wire grounded to pole steel with lug. STEEL CONDUIT NON-METALLIC CONDUIT DIRECT BURIAL FOUNDATION See Detail A Attach ground wire under anchor nut. 305mm 16mm (1/2") Rigid Steel Conduit STEEL CONDUIT NON-METALLIC CONDUIT ANCHOR BASE FOUNDATION (1J 19mm x 2.4m (3/4" x 8') copper covered steel ground rod. Alternate Ground: 4.57m (15') 35mm (no. 4) stranded copper wire, coiled. Approved non-metallic conduit. (V) Steel conduit. Steel Conduit DETAIL A Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformatted By Approved Kercheval T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 12/75 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING GROUNDING OF CONCRETE LIGHTING STANDARDS RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER E-2 13mm {1/2")51mm (2") Weakened Plane Joint CJ) 203mm (8") 13mm (1/2") R-(2") Weakened Plane Joint 152mm (6") CURB Area=0.083m (0.89 Sq. Ft.) 203mm (8") CURB Area=0.1m (1.09 Sq. Ft.) Width Shown on Plans 457mm (18") min. • Gutter Eievotion 13mm (1/2") 152mm (6') Ex,stng Curb Weakened Plane Joint 38mm (1-1/2") except where elevations shown indicate otherwise GUTTER NOTES: 1. Concrete shall be 308kg/M3-C-17-MPa (520-C-2500). 2. See Standard Drawings G-9 and G-10 for joint details. 3. Slope top of curb 6.35mm (1/4") per foot toward street. LEGEND ON PLANS 152mm (6") curb Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformotted By Approved Kercheval 12/75 T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO DRAWING CURBS AND GUTTER - SEPARATE RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Ch£irDe R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER 152mm (6") 51mm (2") Weakened Plane Joint 15mm (1/2") R TYPE G H W 610mm (24") 762mm (30") *AREA 0.124sq. m (1.34sq ft.) 0.150sq. m (l.61sq ft.) with 152mm (6") Curb Face NOTES: 1. Concrete shall be 308kg/M 3-C-17-MPo (520-C-2500). 2. See Standard Drawings G-9 and G-10 for joint details. 3. Slope top of curb 6.35mm (1/4") per foot toward street.LEGEND ON PLANS Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric eformatted By Approved Kerchevol 12/75 T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CURB AND GUTTER - COMBINED RECOMMENDED BY TOE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER G-2 Varies Width as shown on plan 51mm (2") Weakened Plane Joint- NON-CONTIGUOUS Width as shown on plan 13mm (1/2") R / I r----- ! L_ 3mm (1/2") R 51mm (2") Weakened Plane Joint CONTIGUOUS NOTES: 1. Concrete shall be 308kg/M3-C-17-MPa (520-C-2500). 2. See Standard Drawings G-9 and G-10 for joint details. LEGEND ON PLANS Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformatted By Approved Kerchevol 12/75 T. Stonton T. Stanton Date 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING SIDEWALK - TYPICAL SECTIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE 310112003 Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER G-7 Contact Joints per Standard Drawing G-10 when separate pours are made PLAN 3m (10') unless otherwiseshown on plan 178mm (7")- 13mm (1/2") R typical of Paving Base material as shown on plans SECTION A-A NOTES: 1. Concrete shall be 332kg/m3-C-22-MPa (560-C-3250). 2. = Weakened plane joints. 3. — • = Typical flowlines. 4. o = Elevations to be shown on plans. 5. Return segments to be 178mm (7") Thick. 6. Curb between P.C.R.s. shall be considered as part of cross gutter. 7. In all cases subgrade shall be compacted to 95% min. relative compaction to depth of 305mm (12"). LEGEND ON PLANS Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reformatted By Approved Kerchevol T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 12/75 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CROSS GUTTER RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER G-12 Existing A.C. and Base 305mm (12") min. (typ.) feather to meet existing paving See Asphalt Concrete '///////sss//7///// ' LL—1 TYPE A Base Material see Note 3 Asphalt Concrete TYPE B NOTES: 1. Trench edges to be cut a minimum of 152mm (6") wider than trench for 914mm (3') wide or less, and 305mm (12") wider for trenches over 914mm (3') wide. 2. Existing A.C. shall be cut and removed in such a manner so as not to tear, bulge or displace adjacent pavement. Edges shall be clean and vertical. All cuts shall be parallel or perpendicular to street centerline, when practical. 3. Base material shall be replaced to depth of existing base. A.C. may be substituted for base material. 4. A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion or paving asphalt shall be applied to existing A.C. or P.C.C. contact surfaces, prior to resurfacing. 5. Asphalt Concrete Resurfacing: a) Minimum total thickness shall be one inch greater than existing A.C. b) A.C. shall be hot plant mix. c) Finish course for Type B resurfacing shall be laid down using a spreader box. 6. All A.C. resurfacing shall be seal coated with an emulsified asphalt and covered with sand. Chip sealing shall be applied as required by Agency. 7. Type B shall not be used on lateral crossings. 8. Sloughing of trench under pavement shall be cause for requiring additional pavement and base. Revision ORIGINAL dd Metric eviewed By Approved Parkinson T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 2/95 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING TRENCH RESURFACING TYPES A & B RECOMMENDED 8Y THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE 310112003 Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER G-24 Monolithic curb if specified or required Transition area 305mm (12 in.) wide border See Detail A Std. Dwg. G-32 • See Type B ELEVATION TYPE B Face of Curb Lip of Gutter See Type A Curb PUN - TYPE A Monolithic curb if specified or r-1.22m (4') min. R/W Transition area _Sidewalk -R/W Face of Curb 305mm (12") wide border See Detail A Std. Dwg. G-32 -Top of curb 152mm (6 ) Gutter flow line NOTES: 1. See Drawing G-32 for general notes. 2. For truncated domes details, please see Drawing G-30. 3. 2 side slope shall be 10:1. 4. Landing cross slope shall be 2.0% max. in both directions. -See Note 4 5% maximum gutter apron slope at ramp opening See Detail B Std. Dwg. G-32 SECTION A-A Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric UPDATE Revised By Approved M.Bahmanian T. Stanton D. Davies T. Stanton Dote 4/86 03/03 12/04 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CURB RAMP - TYPES A AND B (NEW CONSTRUCTION) RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER G-27 3.1m (10') max.3.1m (10') max. Comer or End Post Fastener PostT°P Reinforcing Tension Wire Crown for drainoge Ground Line , f , _ Depth = 762mm (2'-6") for ~i51mm (2) fence height of 1.5m (5') or „ r— unoer. Depth = 914mm (3'-0*) ^mm for fence height of over 1.5m (5')^ -Footing -51mm (2") Diameter of footing = 4 timesoutside diameter of post. NOTES 1. All footings shall be 309kg/M3-C-22-Mpa (520-C-2500) concrete. 2. The following items shall be furnished and installed only when shown on the plans and/or colled for in the special provisions. a. Barbed Wire b. Extension Arm c. Top Horizontal Rail 3. Chain link fence shall conform to Section 206-6 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction unless specifically noted on this drawing. 4. See Standard Drawing M-20 for additional details. EXTENSION ARM AND BARBED WIRE LEGEND ON PLANS -*—x—*—o Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reviewed By Approved AKercheval T. Stanton T. Stonton Date 12/75 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CHAIN LINK FENCE RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE hwperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER M-6 610mm (24") min 356mm (14") 13mm (1/2") dia. lift hole 51mm (2") min RISER RING A.C. Pavement C.I. Frame P.C.C. Pavement- Grout around box- / xxxxxx ^ • 152mm (6") thick grout pad ^— Slope surface of grout pad to drain away from cover, and to meet existing grade. PLAN-IN UNPAVED AREA Brick support all around on 51mm (2") sand base. J concrete —332kg/hP-C-22MpaSc. (560-Q-3250) I oncrele NOTES 1. Cover and frame to be cost integrally with pipe box. 2. Monument base may be cast in place or precast. 3. Form and taper exposed upper 152mm (6") of cast-in-place base to a top diameter of 127mm (5"). (Precast base shall be sand backfilled). 4. Monument marker shall be a domed brass, 76mm (3") in diameter. 5. Monument Location: a) Set on all centerline intersections unless actual location is modified by the Agency and shown in modified location on map. When centerline intersection is impractical, offset 1.5m (5') on centerline of major street, (see detail at right). If neither centerline can be occupied, two monuments will be set in line around the front on the perimeter of a 3m (10') diameter circle, whose center is the point. b) Set on centerline at intervals not exceeding 305m (1000') on straight runs. c) Set on centerline at points of curvature. d) Set on center at center points of cul—de—sacs. e) Set on centerline when center point of cul—de—sac is offset from centerline. f) These standards may be modified at the discretion of the Agency in cases where strict compliance therewith results in more monuments than it considers necessary. The following technique for reducing the number of monuments will be routine. g) Substitution of one monument on the "Point of Intersection" for monuments at the "Beginning of Curve" and the "Ending of Curve" when the "Point of Intersection" falls within the pavement area. h) Deletion of any monument otherwise required by these standards when its position can be determined by turning one angle from a point on a straight line between two other monuments, providing such point is not more than 91.4m (300') from the point on which the deleted monument would have been placed. Alteration location of monument. Tie distances shown on final sub division map if alternate locationis used. LOCATION OF STREET SURVEY MONUMENT Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reviewed By Approved Kerchevol 12/75 T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING STREET SURVEY MONUMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER M-10 10mmx127mm Dia.lg. (3/8"x5")Dia. ' 57mm (2-1/4")R And Flush With The All 305mm (12") or Tread Width PLAN AT END OF HANDRAIL 76mm (3") 38mm 0-1/2")(5/8"x1-1/2 19mm0 (3/4C Bolts andanchors approved by the Engineer Surface Of Ramp or Step Nosing Limit HANDRAIL BRACKET PIPE HANDRAIL WALL TYPE305mm (12") Extension 38mm (1 1/2 ) Std. Pipe Guardrail for ramps76mm±25mm(3"±Ourface oframp or step nosing limit. H Post shall be centered in stair tread. See Std. Dwg. M-26 for stairs. ^ — 210mm (8-1/4")R ^^ £\ (j 38mm Std. Pipe — |Cr~~-— — _ A" (1-1/2")Std. Pipe^\\\ A"J -v \\ -I (\ A; A"' I i PIPE GUARDRAIL-POST TYPE I I 6mm (1-1 /2") Sliding Fit mm (1/4") Exp. Jt. i7mm±x76mm long (1-7/16")±x(3")long Rod Sliding Fit WELDING DETAILS 89mm (3-1/2") CD I J K) 76mm (3") Hole u t1u 11uII NOTES 1. 6mm (1/4") Expansion joints © 4.9m (16')± centers 2. Weld and grind smooth all connections.3. All railing to be hot dip galvanized after fabrication.4. Pipe shall seamless steel ASTM A53 Grade B. 5. Maximum =A102mm{4"). Guardrails and handrails for stairs and ramps more than 762mm(30") above have intermediate rails equally spaced such that a sphere 102mm(4") in diameter cannot pass through. 6. Handrail extension for stairs, at all bottom risers, shall be 305mm(12") plus one tread width. MOUNTING DETAIL Post shall be grouted in place using non—shrink grout. Revision ORIGINAL Add Metric Reviewed By G.Parkinson Approved T. Stanton T. Stanton Date 2/95 03/03 04/06 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING PEDESTRIAN PROTECTIVE RAILING DETAILS No. 1 RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chairperson R.C.E. 19246 Date DRAWING NUMBER M-24 CONCRETE L ^- #4 AT 12"O.C. -; ^^LLj&vSL/^ IT *"' ^^X^ / T^"1"-^ NEW OR ! TYP. / / //\T^> EXISTING I , / U^ff ^^/^ S PIPE // /NEW OR /. ' / / EXISTING / / 90V-1 // / PIPE / / 1 I/ ' ' k*~~~^~~^ ~T \ I - f^jy><^{V r- #4 AT 12" O.C. ' / \ ' — 3- 1 4 CIRCULAR TIES NOTES'1 N \^r 1 L_V^ • D L T 1) A CONCRETE COLLAR IS REQUIRED WHERE 12" 1'-0" 4" CHANGE IN GRADE EXCEEDS 0.10 FT. PER 18" T-0" 5" o,- 4- n- fi» 2). WHLKL PIHLS Oh DIH-LRLNf DIAMETERS A JOINED WITH A CONCRETE COLLAR L ANC 36" 1'-6" 8" SHALL BE THOSE OF THE LARGER PIPE. [ 4g» 1-_6» „ D2 WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 57" T-6" 10" 3). FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 66" A SPECIAL 60" i'-g" n" DETAIL IS REQUIRED. 66 1>~9" 11 4) FOR PlPF ^I7E MHT USTED USE NEXT ^IZ 5). OMIT REINFORCING ON PIPES 24" AND LEJ DIAMETER AND ON ALL PIPES WHERE ANG LESS THAN 10*. 6). WHERE REINFORCING IS REQUIRED THE DIA THE CIRCULAR TIES SHALL BE D+(2xWALL 7). WHEN D1 IS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN D2 AND WHEN D1 IS GREATER THAN D2 JOIN 8). PIPE MAY BE CORRUGATED METAL PIPE. C PIPE OR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE. REV. APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD POMPRFTF PlPF PHI I APowlNVyrxt- 1 L_ r Ir C owLLMrx FOR PIPES 12 THROUGH 66 THE FT. RE ) T )=D1 OR COLLAR E LARGER. >S IN LE A IS METER OF THICKNESS)+8". . JOIN INVERTS SOFFITS. IONCRETE /3/<£L. d^ CITY ENGINEER DATE SUPPLEMENTAL r\Q C STANDARD NO. L^O'Cl NORTH AND WEST PROPERTY LINE SOUTH AND EAST PROPERTY LINE 60' AND 84' R/W 102' AND 126' R/W REQUIRE SPECIAL DESIGNS STREET LIGHT, BASE AND CONDUIT TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF STREET FIRE HYDRANT TRPICAL BOTH SIDES OF STREET SEE. NOTE 6 WATER SERVICE TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF STREET UTILITY TRENCH SEE SDRSD M-15 FOR DETAILS TYPICAL BITH SIDES FIRE HYDRANT SERVICE ST. LIGHT BASE RAL SERVICEBOTH SIDES STORM.DRAIN WA TYPICAL SECTION NOTES 1). LOCATION OF WATER MAIN WILL GOVERN LOCATION OF UTILITIES. NORMALLY THE WATER MAIN WILL.BE LOCATED ON SOUTH AND EAST SIDE OF STREET EXCEPT ON SINGLE LOADED STREETS WHERE IT MAY BE PLACED ON THE LOADED SIDE OF THE STREET. 2). STREET LIGHTS AND FIRE HYDRANTS WILL BE LOCATED 18" OFF FACE OF CURB WHEN CONTIGUOUS SIDEWALK EXCEEDS 5 FEET IN WIDTH. 3). WATERLINE DEPTH TO BE 3.5' MIN. WITHIN ALL LOCAL AND COLLECTOR STREET CLASSIFICATIONS AND 4.5' MIN. ON ALL ARTERIAL STREETS. RECLAIMED WATERLINE DEPTH TO BE 4.5' MIN. WITHIN ALL LOCAL AND COLLECTOR STREET CLASSIFICATIONS AND 5.5' MIN. ON ALL ARTERIAL STREETS. 4). REDUCE TO 5' FOR 36' WIDE CURB TO CURB STREETS. 5). WHEN SIDEWALK MEANDERS, WATER METER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT BACK OF CURB. 6). INCREASE TO 10' FOR 84' RIGHT-OF-WAY. 7). HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF UTILITIES SHALL FOLLOW THE STREET CURVATURE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY WAIVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. REV.APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES CITY ENGINEER SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO. 6-04 DATE WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS SEE STD. DWG. FOR &APH DETAIL PLAN OF CROSS GUTTER 3/8" UP TYPICAL ! I -AGGREGRATE BASE- SECTION A-A <£> \: WIDTH 6 MIN. A.B. SECTION C-C 6 MIN. A.B."GUTTEDWIDTH SECTION B-B 3EV.APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD SPECIAL CROSS GUTTER (STEEP GRADES) CITY ENGINEER SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO. 6-04 DATE MINIMUM Tl TYPE SUBGRADE R-VALUE 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 4 5 CUL-DE- SAC AC 4 4 AB 5 4 STRUCTURAL SECTION IN INCHES Tl= 1 .35 (EWL) 5 0 LOCAL STREET AC 4 4 4 4 AB 7 6 5 4 6.0 COLLECTOR AC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 AB 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 7.0 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 AB 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 8.0 SECONDARY ARTERIAL AC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 AB 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 8.5 MAJOR ARTERIAL AC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 AB 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 9.0 PRIME ARTERIAL AC 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 AB 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 1. SOILS HAVING AN R VALUE LESS THAN 12 REQUIRE SPECIAL CONSIDERATION. AN ALTERNATIVE TO INCREASING THE STRUCTURAL SECTION IS TO TEST FOR LIME STABILIZATION. THE CORRESPONDING STRUCTURAL SECTION DETERMINED AND % LIME ESTABLISHED. 2. A.B. = ALL AGGREGRATE BASE MATERIALS SHALL BE CLASS II PER CALTRANS SECTION 26-1.02A OR CMB PER SECTION 200-2.4 SSPWC. 3. THE BOTTOM FIGURES LISTED ARE THE MINIMUM PERMITTED. 4. TOP 12" OF SUB-GRADE TO BE 95% COMPACTION. 5. PAVING SHALL BE DONE IN A MINIMUM OF TWO LIFTS WITH THE SURFACE COURSE DONE JUST PRIOR OCCUPANCY. THE BASE COURSE SHALL BE 2.5" MIN. 6. POTABLE, RECLAIMED WATER AND GAS, VALVE BOXES SHALL BE RAISED TO GRADE OR MADE ACCESSIBLE AT EACH PAVING LIFT AS APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. IF THE SEWER MAIN IS IN SERVICE, THE ACCESSHOLE SHALL BE RAISED TO AT EACH PAVING LIFT. RAISING APPURTENANCES TO FS BEFORE AC CAP WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. RAISING VALVE BOXES, CLEANOUTS OR ACCESSORIES TO FINISH GRADE BEFORE FINISH AC CAP IS PLACED WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. REV.APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD < STRUCTURAL SECTION DF STREETS AND ALLEYS ( ^^ ^_ 6-04 :iTY ENGINEER DATE SUPPLEMENTAL r\O A~l STANDARD NO. VjO' 1 / 1/2" R 2 WEAKENED PLANE JOINT 6" CURB AREA = 1.21 SQ. FT. LEGEND ON PLANS 152 MM (6") CURB APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD MEDIAN CURB CITY ENGINEER - 6-04 DATE SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO.4O ~ I O 1/2" MIN. CLEAN CRUSHED ROCK - MAX.) - TAPER PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE FINISHED GRADE 2 TYPICAL SECTION A-A B SECTION B-B MOLDED LETTERS -1/8" DEEP (SEE NOTE 2) M z :==O TRAFFIC SIGNAL *o.c* \ 1r>\lV\ R 4" *O.C* x" * I ^ /y\^ y£ j '/ i \ 3/8"0 DEF. BARS QLxJCJ oUJ B PLAN TYPE 31/2 5 COVER EDGE THICKNESS 1 3/4' 2" MIN. DEPTH BOX AND EXTENSION NO EXTENSION 22" L* 15 3/8" 23 1/4" W* 10 1/8" 13 3/4" R 1 1/8" 1 1/4" TOP DIMENSION COVER REINFORCING PLAN NOTES: 1). USE STEEL COVER WHEN SUBJECTED TO TRAFFIC LOADS. 2). PULL BOX COVER SHALL BE MARKED "STREET LIGHTING" WHERE PULL BOX CONTAINS STREET LIGHTING CONDUCTORS ONLY. "HIGH VOLTAGE" SHALL BE ADDED WHERE VOLTAGE IS ABOVE 600 VOLTS. 3). THE L AND W DIMENSIONS OF THE COVER SEAT SHALL BE 1/8" GREATER THAN THE COVER DIMENSIONS. 4). COMPACT EARTH UNDER AND AROUND PULL BOX. REV.APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD PULL BOX FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND STREET LIGHTING 6-04 CITY ENGINEER DATE SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO.